<<

Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

ENVIRONMENT AND ECOLOGY BHM 403 (2008 -2017)

PREPARED BY ANIS CHATTOPADHYAY ASST. PROFESSOR

TECHNO INDIA EM-4/1, SECTOR –V, SALT LAKE KOLKATA -700091

1 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

2008 GROUP – A ( Multiple Choice Type Questions ) 1. Choose correct answer from the given alternatives in each of the following questions : 10x1 = 10 i) Environmental Studies involve studies of a) evolution of life b) all aspects of human environment c) nitrogen cycle d) cycle. b ii) "Itai itai' disease is caused by a) Zinc b) Cadmium c) d) Iron. b iii) El Nino starts from a) Mediterranean coast b) Chinese coast c) South American cost d) Indian cost. C iv) The Greenhouse effect is due to a) Carbon dioxide, water vapour, methane and chlorofluorocarbons b) Nitrogen oxide c) Sulphur oxide d) Carbon monoxide. A v) The Ganga pollution is due to dumping of a) domestic and industrial sewages b) waste from forest c) food waste d) hospital waste. A vi) Biotic factor of ecosystem is a) Solar energy b) Temperature c) Soil d) Plants and animals. D vii) Medha Patkar is involved in a) Chipko movement b) Silent Valley movement c) Narmada Bachao movement d) none of these. C viii) The "Kyoto Protocol" is related with a) b) noise pollution c) water pollution d) none of these. A ix) BOD stands as a) Biochemical Oxygen Demand b) Biological Oxygen Demand c) Biggest Oxygen Demand d) Blown Out Dose. B x) The protective shield for life on is a) Carbon dioxide b) c) Oxygen d) . B

2 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

GROUP – B ( Short Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 5 = 15 2. State the main components of ecosystem. Ans: The world we live in is composed of many, many different ecosystems, all interacting and playing off one another. Each of these ecosystems has parts, or components, which also interact within the ecosystem to produce the effects we observe and draw conclusions from. Although the components of ecosystems vary greatly from one place to another, in general we can categorize them to help better understand how they interrelate and what commonalities exist from one ecosystem to another.

A basic division that is made when considering the components of any ecosystem is between the living, or "biotic," parts and the non-living, or "abiotic". The amount of sunlight a particular area receives; the temperature and climate over an extended period of time; and the amount of rainfall received are all examples of abiotic components of an ecosystem. For ecosystems that exist in water, the type of water (freshwater or salt) and the strength of water current are ecosystem-specific components.

The biotic components of ecosystems can be further broken down into subcategories based on the feeding characteristics of a given animal. The most basic level of biotic components are the primary producers, or "autotrophs," which produce their own food usually using the chemical process known as . In a land ecosystem, these organisms would be the green plants, trees, bushes and the like; in a sea ecosystem, the primary producers are phytoplankton.

Above the level of autotrophs are the "heterotrophs," animals which feed on other animals in order to get their necessary nutrients. Within this category there can be countless divisions again, depending on which level in the food chain a particular animal preys upon for its food. However, there are four subcategories which must be present in any ecosystem, which are:

º Herbivores, which feed only on plants

º Carnivores, which feed only on other animals

º Omnivores, which feed on plants and animals, and

º Detritivores, which feed on dead things.

Now we must look briefly at how the components of ecosystems interact with and affect one another. Take, for example, a pond. The sunlight shines down into the water, and if the pond is relatively stagnant and nutrient-rich, tiny green algae will utilize the abiotic components to manufacture their own food. At the edge of the pond, the same sunlight is taken in by other plants, such as reeds and marshland plant life, to produce their food. Inside the pond, microscopic animals feed on the algae. Insects, such as water beetles and their young, will in turn feed on the microscopic animals, and become food for larger animals such as fish and birds. At the top of the chain lie the animals that only eat other animals, such as herons, which feed only on fish. The final step in the chain occurs when the animal dies, and is fed on by bacteria as part of the decomposition process.

3 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Or

Components of an Ecosystem

(Organisation or Structural aspect of an ecosystem)

An ecosystem comprises of two basic components i) Abiotic components and ii) Biotic components

The relationship between the biotic components and abiotic components of an ecosystem is called 'holocoenosis'.

Abiotic Components

These include the non-living, physico - chemical factors such as air, water, soil and the basic elements and compounds of the environment.

Abiotic factors are broadly classified under three categories.

Climatic factors which include the climatic regime and physical factors of the environment like light, humidity, atmospheric temperature, wind, etc.

Edaphic factors which are related to the structure and composition of soil including its physical and chemical properties, like soil and its types, soil profile, minerals, organic matter, soil water, soil organisms.

Inorganic substances like water, carbon, sulphur, nitrogen, phosphorus and so on. Organic substances like proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, humic substances etc.

Biotic Components

It comprises the living part of the environment, which includes the association of a number of interrelated populations belonging to different species in a common environment.

The populations are that of animal community, plant community and microbial community.

Biotic community is distinguished into autotrophs, heterotrophs and saprotrophs.

4 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Autotrophs (Gr: auto - self, trophos - feeder) are also called producers, convertors or transducers.

These are photosynthetic plants, generally chlorophyll bearing, which synthesize high-energy complex organic compounds (food) from inorganic raw materials with the help of sunlight, and the process is referred as photosynthesis.

Autortophs form the basis of any biotic system.

In terrestrial ecosystems, the autotrophs are mainly the rooted plants.

In aquatic ecosystems, floating plants called phytoplankton and shallow water rooted plants called macrophytes are the dominant producers.

Heterotrophs (Gr: heteros - other; trophs - feeder) are called consumers, which are generally animals feeding on other organisms.

Consumer's also referred as phagotrophs (phago - to ingest or swallow) or macroconsumers are mainly herbivores and carnivores.

Herbivores are referred as First order consumers or primary consumers, as they feed directly on plants.

For e.g., Terrestrial ecosystem consumers like cattle, deer, rabbit, grass hopper, etc.

Aquatic ecosystem consumers like protozoans, crustaceans, etc.

Carnivores are animals, which feed or prey upon other animals.

Primary carnivores or Second order consumers include the animals which feed on the herbivorous animals.

5 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

For e.g., fox, frog, predatory birds, smaller fishes, snakes, etc.

Secondary carnivores or Third order consumers include the animals, which feed on the primary carnivores.

For e.g., wolf, peacock, owl, etc.

Secondary carnivores are preyed upon by some larger carnivores.

Tertiary carnivores or Quaternary consumers include the animals, which feed on the secondary carnivores.

For e.g., lion, tiger, etc.

These are not eaten by any other animals.

The larger carnivores, which cannot be preyed upon further are called top carnivores.

Saprotrophs (Gr: sapros - rotten; trophos - feeder) are also called decomposers or reducers. They break down the complex organic compounds of dead matter (of plants and animals).

Decomposers do not ingest their food. Instead they secrete digestive enzymes into the dead and decaying plant and animal remains to digest the organic material. Enzymes act upon the complex organic compounds of the dead matter.

Decomposers absorb a part of the decomposition products for their own nourishment. The remaining substances are added as minerals to the substratum (mineralisation).

Released minerals are reused (utilised) as nutrients by the plants (producers).

6 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3. How do you explain Environmental Impact Assessment ? An environmental impact assessment is an assessment of the possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting of the environmental, social and economic aspects. The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers consider the ensuing environmental impacts when deciding whether to proceed with a project. The International Association for Impact Assessment (IAIA) defines an environmental impact assessment as "the process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social, and other relevant effects of development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and commitments made."[1] EIAs are unique in that they do not require adherence to a predetermined environmental outcome, but rather they require decision makers to account for environmental values in their decisions and to justify those decisions in light of detailed environmental studies and public comments on the potential environmental impacts of the proposal.[

The eight guiding principles...

There are eight guilding principles that govern the entire process of EIA and they are as follows:

Participation: An appropriate and timely access to the process for all interested parties.

Transparency: All assessment decisions and their basis should be open and accessible.

Certainty: The process and timing of the assessment should be agreed in advanced and followed by all participants.

Accountability: The decision-makers are responsible to all parties for their action and decisions under the assessment process.

Credibility: Assessment is undertaken with professionalism and objectivity.

Cost-effectiveness: The assessment process and its outcomes will ensure environmental protection at the least cost to the society.

Flexibility: The assessment process should be able to adapt to deal efficiently with any proposal and decision making situation.

Practicality: The information and outputs provided by the assessment process are readily usable in decision making and planning.

7 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Applying EIA...

EIA is considered as a project management tool for collecting and analyzing information on the environmental effects of a project. As such, it is used to:

identify potential environmental impacts, examine the significance of environmental implications, assess whether impacts can be mitigated, recommend preventive and corrective mitigating measures, inform decision makers and concerned parties about the environmental implications, and advise whether development should go ahead.

EIA Process...

In EIA systems there are sequence of activities implemented in project in a logical sequence and are termed as EIA process. They are given in Figure 2.

The EIA processes in sequences of application.

8 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Project screening Not all development projects require EIA. Project screening will help identify the ones that actually do. Here in this section describes the various screening criteria. Scoping The process of scoping helps determine the coverage or 'scope' of the EIA. The methods of scoping is elaborated in this section. Baseline data collection A brief explanation on the concept of baseline data collection and its purposes. Identification of environmental impacts Described here are the various types of environmental impacts of development projects both beneficial and adverse. Impact prediction comparison of alternatives and determination of significance This sections covers the considerations for impact prediction, uncertainties in impact prediction and comparison of alternatives for impact prediction. Mitigation measures Described briefly under this section are the concept and objectives, types and interesting points, of mitigation measures. Public consultation and participation Public participation is a necessary component of the EIA. "Who are the public?", "How to involve them?", and "What are the benefits/disbenefits?" The answers can be found under this section. Environmental monitoring As one of the most important aspects of EIA, "Environmental Monitoring" is defined here along with explanations on monitoring principles, types and institutional aspects. Environmental auditing You will find under this section, the various types of Environmental Auditing and when it should be carried out during the EIA.

EIA

Benefits and Flaws

EIA generates huge benefits in selection of project location, process, design, development actions, and decision-making, however, in the current practice of EIA there are a number of flaws, shortcomings and deficiencies. The table below, summarizes apparent benefits and flaws of the EIA.

9 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

EIA benefits and flaws

Benefits Flaws

Provides systematic methods of impact Time-consuming assessment

Estimates the cost/benefit trade-off of Costly alternative actions

Facilitates the public participation Little public participation in actual implementation

Provides an effective mechanism for Unavailability for reliable data (mostly in developing countries)  coordination  environmental integration  negotiations

 feed back

Top-level decision making Too focused on scientific analysis(sometimes)

Triggers an institutional building Poor presentation of EIA report(bulky volumes, scientific explanation, difficult to understand)

Achieve a balance between the impact of Compliance monitoring after EIA is seldom developmental and environmental concern carried out

Education and training...

One significant factor that could help improve the EIA process is good education and training. Currently, very few educational and training courses exist in developing countries that properly consider various EIA methodologies available in depth. Information on the legal and regulatory frameworks and institutional arrangements are also necessary. Education and training process are important since the fundamental factors behind all EIA predictions are still the best professional judgment and/or experiences with similar projects implemented elsewhere.

Both short-term and long- term courses are necessary. These courses however, must be multidisciplinary, and the focus should be on the practical and operational aspects of EIA based on theoretical implications.

4. Mention the main objectives of Environmental Studies. Ans:

The objectives for developing environmental education are as follows:

(a) Awareness:

10 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

To help social groups and individuals acquire awareness and sensitivity to the total environmental and its allied problems.

(b) Knowledge:

To help social groups and individuals gain a variety of experiences in and acquire a basic understanding of the environment and its associated problems.

(c) Attitude:

To help social groups and individuals acquire a set of values and feelings of concern for the environment and motivation for actively participation in environmental improvement and protection.

(d) Skill:

To help social groups and individuals acquire skills for identifying and solving environmental problems.

(e) Evaluation ability:

To help individuals and social groups to evaluate environmental measures and education programs in terms of ecological, economic, social, aesthetic and educational factors.

(f) Participation:

To provide social groups and individuals with the opportunities to be actively involved at all levels in working towards the resolution of environmental problems.

The overall goal of environmental education can be expressed in another form as three principal objectives (UNESCO, 1977a).

1- To foster clear awareness and concern about economic, social, political and ecological interdependence in urban and rural areas.

2- To create new patterns of behaviors of individuals, groups and society as a whole towards the environment.

3. To provide every person with opportunities to acquire the knowledge, values, attitudes, commitment and skills needed to protect and improve the environment.

In order to achieve these goals and objectives, the environmental education should be a continuous life-long process, to be provided for all age groups, at all levels, both in and out of school education. It should foster in public large-children, adolescents and adults alike awareness and better understanding of the environmental issues.

Environment is interwoven with man's life, the environmental education should therefore, include environment in its totality-natural and built up, in an interdisciplinary problem-solving approach.

11 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Environmental education should not be viewed as one or more subjects added to the already heavy curriculum, but as a growing important concern to be integrated into the programs for all learners, whatever be their age and learning situation. The out of school environmental education may therefore be either governmental, nongovernmental and/or combination of both.

Environmental education programs need to be planned nationally as there is difference in the environmental priorities. Fast growing populations, high .intensity agriculture, human settlements and slum improvement, introduction of modern transport systems, increasing demands for energy and industrialization are the environmental priorities for developing countries whereas over exploitation of resources, industrial pollution and waste disposal are the main environmental priorities for developed countries.

5. Define Greenhouse Effect. Ans:

Life on earth depends on energy from the . About 30 percent of the sunlight that beams toward Earth is deflected by the outer atmosphere and scattered back into space. The rest reaches the planet's surface and is reflected upward again as a type of slow-moving energy called infrared radiation.

The heat caused by infrared radiation is absorbed by "greenhouse gases" such as water vapor, carbon dioxide, ozone and methane, which slows its escape from the atmosphere.

Although greenhouse gases make up only about 1 percent of the Earth's atmosphere, they regulate our climate by trapping heat and holding it in a kind of warm-air blanket that surrounds the planet.

This phenomenon is what scientists call the "greenhouse effect." Without it, scientists estimate that the average temperature on Earth would be colder by approximately 30 degrees Celsius (54 degrees Fahrenheit), far too cold to sustain our current ecosystem.

How Do Humans Contribute to the Greenhouse Effect? While the greenhouse effect is an essential environmental prerequisite for life on Earth, there really can be too much of a good thing.

The problems begin when human activities distort and accelerate the natural process by creating more greenhouse gases in the atmosphere than are necessary to warm the planet to an ideal temperature.

 Burning natural gas, coal and oil -including gasoline for automobile engines-raises the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.  Some farming practices and land-use changes increase the levels of methane and nitrous oxide.  Many factories produce long-lasting industrial gases that do not occur naturally, yet contribute significantly to the enhanced greenhouse effect and "global warming" that is currently under way.

12 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 Deforestation also contributes to global warming. Trees use carbon dioxide and give off oxygen in its place, which helps to create the optimal balance of gases in the atmosphere. As more forests are logged for timber or cut down to make way for farming, however, there are fewer trees to perform this critical function.  Population growth is another factor in global warming, because as more people use fossil fuels for heat, transportation and manufacturing the level of greenhouse gases continues to increase. As more farming occurs to feed millions of new people, more greenhouse gases enter the atmosphere.

Ultimately, more greenhouse gases means more infrared radiation trapped and held, which gradually increases the temperature of the Earth's surface and the air in the lower atmosphere.

The Average Global Temperature is Increasing Quickly

Today, the increase in the Earth's temperature is increasing with unprecedented speed. To understand just how quickly global warming is accelerating, consider this:

During the entire 20th century, the average global temperature increased by about 0.6 degrees Celsius (slightly more than 1 degree Fahrenheit).

Using computer climate models, scientists estimate that by the year 2100 the average global temperature will increase by 1.4 degrees to 5.8 degrees Celsius (approximately 2.5 degrees to 10.5 degrees Fahrenheit).

6. State the importance of Environmental Protection Act, 1986 in Hospital Administration. Ans:

The act was promulgated to provide for the protection and improvement of environment and matters connected the results. The act consists of 26 sections distributed among four chapters and extends to the whole of India.

The act provides general powers to the Central Government to take all necessary measures for the purpose of:

(A) Protecting and improving the quality of the environment and

(B) Preventing, controlling and abating environmental pollution.

Besides, other powers the Central Government shall have process for:

(i) Planning and execution of a nationwide programme for the prevention, control and abatement of environmental pollution.

(ii) Laying down standards for the quality of environment in its various aspects.

13 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(iii) Laying down standards for emission or discharge of environmental pollutants from various sources whatsoever.

(iv) Restriction of areas in which industry, operations or processes shall not be carried out subject to contain safeguards.

(v) Laying down procedures and safeguards for prevention of accidents, which may cause environmental pollution. (vi) Laying down procedures for handling of hazardous substances.

(vii) Examination of such manufacturing processes materials and substances as are likely to cause environmental pollution. (viii) Carrying out and sponsoring investigations and research relating to problems of environ-mental pollution.

(ix) Collection and dissemination of information on environmental pollution and

(x) Preparation of manuals, codes or guides, relating to the prevention, control and abatement of environmental pollution.

By considering above facts Hospitals have to arrange the following preventive measures for their organization:

A modern hospital is a complex, multidisciplinary system which consumes thousands of items for delivery of medical care and is a part of physical environment. All these products consumed in the hospital leave some unusable leftovers i.e. hospital waste. The last century witnessed the rapid mushrooming of hospital in the public and private sector, dictated by the needs of expanding population. The advent and acceptance of "disposable" has made the generation of hospital waste a significant factor in current scenario.

What is hospital waste

Hospital waste refers to all waste generated, discarded and not intended for further use in the hospital.

Classification of hospital waste

(1) General waste: Largely composed of domestic or house hold type waste. It is non- hazardous to human beings, e.g. kitchen waste, packaging material, paper, wrappers, plastics.

(2) Pathological waste: Consists of tissue, organ, body part, human foetuses, blood and body fluid. It is hazardous waste.

(3) Infectious waste: The wastes which contain pathogens in sufficient concentration or quantity that could cause diseases. It is hazardous e.g. culture and stocks of infectious agents from laboratories, waste from surgery, waste originating from infectious patients.

(4) Sharps: Waste materials which could cause the person handling it, a cut or puncture of skin e.g. needles, broken glass, saws, nail, blades, scalpels.

14 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(5) Pharmaceutical waste: This includes pharmaceutical products, drugs, and chemicals that have been returned from wards, have been spilled, are outdated, or contaminated.

(6) Chemical waste: This comprises discarded solid, liquid and gaseous chemicals e.g. cleaning, house keeping, and disinfecting product.

(7) Radioactive waste: It includes solid, liquid, and gaseous waste that is contaminated with radionucleides generated from in-vitro analysis of body tissues and fluid, in-vivo body organ imaging and tumour localization and therapeutic procedures.

Approach for hospital waste management

Based on Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998, notified under the Environment Protection Act by the Ministry of Environment and Forest (Government of India).

1. Segregation of waste

Segregation is the essence of waste management and should be done at the source of generation of Bio-medical waste e.g. all patient care activity areas, diagnostic services areas, operation theaters, labour rooms, treatment rooms etc. The responsibility of segregation should be with the generator of biomedical waste i.e. doctors, nurses, technicians etc. (medical and paramedical personnel). The biomedical waste should be segregated as per categories mentioned in the rules.

2. Collection of bio-medical waste

Collection of bio-medical waste should be done as per Bio-medical waste (Management and Handling) Rules. At ordinary room temperature the collected waste should not be stored for more than 24 hours.

Type of container and colour code for collection of bio-medical waste.

Category Waste class Type of container Colour 1. Human anatomical waste Plastic Yellow 2. Animal waste -do- -do- 3. Microbiology and -do- Yellow/Red Biotechnology waste 4. Waste sharp Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 5. Discarded medicines andPlastic bags Black Cytotoxic waste 6. Solid (biomedical waste) -do- Yellow 7. Solid (plastic) Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 8. Incineration waste Plastic bag Black 9. Chemical waste (solid) -do- -do-

15 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3. Transportation

Within hospital, waste routes must be designated to avoid the passage of waste through patient care areas. Separate time should be earmarked for transportation of bio-medical waste to reduce chances of it's mixing with general waste. Desiccated wheeled containers, trolleys or carts should be used to transport the waste/plastic bags to the site of storage/ treatment.

Trolleys or carts should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected in the event of any spillage. The wheeled containers should be so designed that the waste can be easily loaded, remains secured during transportation, does not have any sharp edges and is easy to clean and disinfect. Hazardous biomedical waste needing transport to a long distance should be kept in containers and should have proper labels. The transport is done through desiccated vehicles specially constructed for the purpose having fully enclosed body, lined internally with stainless steel or aluminium to provide smooth and impervious surface which can be cleaned. The drivers compartment should be separated from the load compartment with a bulkhead. The load compartment should be provided with roof vents for ventilation.

4. Treatment of hospital waste

Treatment of waste is required:

 to disinfect the waste so that it is no longer the source of infection.

 to reduce the volume of the waste.

 make waste unrecognizable for aesthetic reasons.

 make recycled items unusable.

4.1 General waste

The 85% of the waste generated in the hospital belongs to this category. The, safe disposal of this waste is the responsibility of the local authority.

4.2 bio-medical waste: 15% of hospital waste

 Deep burial: The waste under category 1 and 2 only can be accorded deep burial and only in cities having less than 5 lakh population.

 Autoclave and microwave treatment Standards for the autoclaving and microwaving are also mentioned in the Biomedical waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998. All equipment installed/shared should meet these specifications. The waste under category 3,4,6,7 can be treated by these techniques. Standards for the autoclaving are also laid down.

 Shredding: The plastic (IV bottles, IV sets, syringes, catheters etc.), sharps (needles, blades, glass etc) should be shredded but only after chemical treatment/microwaving/autoclaving. Needle destroyers can be used for disposal of needles directly without chemical treatment.

16 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 Secured landfill:: The incinerator ash, discarded medicines, cytotoxic substances and solid chemical waste should be treated by this option.

 Incineration: The incinerator should be installed and made operational as per specification under the BMW rules 1998 and a certificate may be taken from CPCB/State Pollution Control Board and emission levels etc should be defined. In case of small hospitals, facilities can be shared. The waste under category 1,2,3,5,6 can be incinerated depending upon the local policies of the hospital and feasibility. The polythene bags made of chlorinated plastics should not be incinerated.

 It may be noted that there are options available for disposal of certain category of waste. The individual hospital can choose the best option depending upon the facilities available and its financial resources. However, it may be noted that depending upon the option chosen, correct colour of the bag needs to be used.

5. Safety measures

5.1 All the generators of bio--medical waste should adopt universal precautions and appropriate safety measures while doing therapeutic and diagnostic activities and also while handling the bio-medical waste.

5.2 It should be ensured that:

 drivers, collectors and other handlers are aware of the nature and risk of the waste.

 written instructions, provided regarding the procedures to be adopted in the event of spillage/ accidents.

 protective gears provided and instructions regarding their use are given.

 workers are protected by vaccination against tetanus and hepatitis B.

6. Training

 each and every hospital must have well planned awareness and training programme for all category of personnel including administrators (medical, paramedical and administrative).

 all the medical professionals must be made aware of Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998.

 to institute awards for safe hospital waste management and universal precaution practices.

 training should be conducted to all categories of staff in appropriate language/medium and in an acceptable manner.

7. Management and administration

Heads of each hospital will have to take authorization for generation of waste from appropriate authorities as notified by the concerned State/U.T. Government, well in time and to get it renewed as per time schedule laid down in the rules. Each hospital should constitute a hospital waste management committee, chaired by the head of the Institute and having wide representation from all

17 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India major departments. This committee should be responsible for making Hospital specific action plan for hospital waste management and its supervision, monitoring and implementation. The annual reports, accident reports, as required under BMW rules should be submitted to the concerned authorities as per BMW rules format.

8. Measures for waste minimization

As far as possible, purchase of reusable items made of glass and should be encouraged. Select non PVC plastic items. Adopt procedures and policies for proper management of waste generated, the mainstay of which is segregation to reduce the quantity of waste to be treated. Establish effective and sound recycling policy for plastic recycling and get in touch with authorised manufactures.

9. Coordination between. hospital and outside agencies

 Municipal authority : As quite a large percentage of waste (in India upto 85%), generated in Indian hospitals, belong to general category (non-toxic and non-hazardous), hospital should have constant interaction with municipal authorities so that this category of waste is regularly taken out of the hospital premises for land fill or other treatment.

 Co-ordination with Pollution Control Boards: Search for better methods technology, provision of facilities for testing, approval of certain models for hospital use in conformity with standards 'aid down.

 To search for cost effective and environmental friendly technology for treatment of bio- medical and hazardous waste. Also, to search for suitable materials to be used as containers for bio-medical waste requiring incineration/autoclaving/ microwaving.

 Development of non-PVC plastics as a substitute for plastic which is used in the manufacture of disposable items.

GROUP – C ( Long Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three questions. 3 15 = 45 7. Being a disease palace, discuss the role of a hospital administrator to control the internal environment of the hospital for giving protection to the internal as well as the external publics. 15 Ans: Potentially hazardous wastes from hospitals and clinics which have a pathogenic, chemical, explosive, or radioactive nature are called “medical wastes”. Medical wastes include the following:

 pathological wastes (i.e., body parts, aborted fetus, tissue and body fluids from surgery; and dead infected laboratory animals);  infectious waste (i.e., surgical dressings and bandages, infected laboratory beddings, infectious cultures and stocks from laboratories, and all waste from patients in isolation wards handling infectious diseases);  sharps (i.e., needles, syringes, used instruments, broken glass);  pharmaceutical wastes (i.e., soiled or out-of-date pharmaceutical products);  chemical wastes (i.e., spent solvents, disinfectants, pesticides and diagnostic chemicals);  aerosols (i.e., aerosol containers or gas canisters which may explode if incinerated or punctured);

18 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 radioactive wastes (i.e., sealed sources in instruments, and open sources used in vitro diagnosis or nuclear medical therapy); and  sludges from any on-site wastewater treatment facilities may be potentially hazardous.

Pathological wastes should be destroyed by incineration under high heat (i.e., over 900 o C with an afterburner temperature at over 800o C), although some countries require burial of human pathological wastes at official cemeteries for religious reasons. To reach these temperatures and have adequate afterburning and pollution control typically requires development of a regional medical waste facility. Smaller individual hospital or clinic incinerators may not be able to reach these temperatures and afterburning retention periods. Volatilized (such as arsenic, mercury, lead) and dioxins and furans could result from inadequate burning temperatures and retention periods.

Other procedures to consider may include chemical disinfection or sterilization (i.e., irradiation, microwave, autoclave, or hydroclave) followed by secure landfill disposal of residuals. In some cases, following complete disinfection, some wastes may be recycled. For example, recycling by specialized contractors is sometimes arranged after disinfection of thick plastics, such as intravenous bags and tubs, and syringes.

Pharmaceutical wastes require destruction, secure land disposal or return to the manufacturer for destruction through chemical or incineration methods.

Chemical wastes need to be source segregated according to their recycling potential and compatibility; and those which are non-recyclable may require stabilization, neutralization, encapsulation, or incineration.

Hospital wastewater treatment sludges require treatment (i.e., anaerobic digestion, composting, incineration, etc.) which raises temperatures to levels that destroy pathogenic microorganisms.

Radioactive medical therapy and diagnosis in high-income countries are divided into two categories: “open sources” which derive from direct use of the radiochemical substance, and “sealed sources” which involve indirect use of the substance within a sealed apparatus or equipment unit. Only open sources tend to result in radioactive wastes, as sealed sources are returned to the manufacture for recycling when exhausted or no longer required. Radioactive wastes typically include isotopes such as technetium 99, gallium 67, iodine 125, iodine 131, cesium 137, iridium 192, thallium 201, and thallium 204. These wastes are seldom present in low-income and middle-income developing countries, because the hospitals do not have the equipment and technology to generate these wastes. If generated, these wastes should be stored safely until the radioactivity has declined to acceptable levels and then disposed with general refuse to sanitary landfill. The half-lives of commonly used medical radionuclides for therapy, diagnosis, or imaging range from 6 hours to several days. Storage on-site in a secured chamber is typically recommended for a period of 10 half-lives, or for one to two months.

The overall quantity of wastes generated in hospitals varies according to the income level of the country. For developing countries, the data base is limited, but it appears that the following range of quantities is likely:  general waste which is not contaminated, and can be handled with general municipal refuse: 1.0 to 2.0 kg/bed/day; and  contaminated medical waste which needs special management, and is considered potentially hazardous: 0.2 to 0.8 kg/bed/day.

Low-income countries would tend to generate medical wastes on the low end of this range, while middle-income countries would tend to generate medical wastes on the upper end of this range. The study area is within a [] income country, based on ranking criteria established by the World Bank and published in its annual development report.

19 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Medical wastes, if not properly managed, pose a risk to the personnel who are handling these wastes, including custodial personnel and waste collectors, as well as to those providing disposal or picking through the wastes for recyclables. There is the danger that syringes will be recovered from transfer depots and disposal sites by waste pickers for recycling (i.e., by drug users). Contaminated containers for collection of medical wastes are not usually dedicated to only one site, but are circulated throughout cities as each skip truck brings an empty container to the hospital or clinic and removes the full one while it covers its daily collection route for general refuse.

Incineration is generally considered the preferred technology for some, if not all, medical wastes. At a minimum, infected tissue, body parts, and laboratory animal carcasses are generally recommended to be incinerated. On-site incinerators operating on a batch basis or regional incinerators operating on a continuous basis are considered appropriate technology. Because of the cost of meeting stringent air pollution control emission standards, many high-income countries are taking steps to steam sterilize, irradiate, chemically disinfect, or gas/vapor sterilize some of the medical wastes.

One hospital incinerator with a capacity of 0.75 tonne/hour, operating on a continuous feed, could cost from $US 0.5 to 1.0 million to implement. Air pollution control systems, if they are added to meet 1995 USA standards, could cost another $ 0.5 to 1.0 million to implement. Incinerators which operate on a batch basis are typically dedicated to one hospital, as their capacity is limited to less than 1 tonne/day. Regional incinerators would typically be designed to operate on a continuous feed basis.

These equipment costs do not include transportation, customs, and setup costs within the study area. Transportation and setup may add about 10% to these costs. If government imports the equipment, especially as it is for waste management purposes, customs may not need to be paid. However, if the private sector is building the facility and needs to import the equipment, customs could add about to these costs. Civil works and land costs which are local costs may add about 30% to these costs.

While the costs/tonne of treatment/destruction are likely to be high (about $100 to $300/tonne depending on the level of pollution control required), the low quantities of medical wastes in developing countries would result in a costs which generally would be less than 1% of the most hospital's operating budget, exclusive of salaries. Therefore, the proper treatment/destruction facilities are likely to be affordable. Hospitals interviewed in various developing countries have indicated a willingness to pay to cover these costs.

Hospital waste treatment/destruction facilities could be implemented through one or more Design, Build, Own, and Operate (DBOO) or Design, Build, Operate and Transfer (DBOT) concession agreements of 10 to 15 years duration. Or the government could implement the facilities and arrange for service contracts of 2 to 5 years for operation and maintenance. Each hospital would be required to pay tipping fees which fully cover the costs of investment, debt service and operation. As part of the privatization agreement, the company providing the treatment/destruction services could also be awarded the task of also providing collection of the wastes from each hospital and maintaining a manifest system to track the waste from source to ultimate disposal.

Secured sanitary landfill is generally considered the preferred technology for medical wastes which do not require incineration or disinfection, such as packaging materials and general kitchen wastes. Nevertheless, special measures to fence and control access to the area of landfilling for medical wastes are essential. No waste picking should be allowed in the secured area. Also, the machinery for compacting refuse should not come in direct contact with the waste. Instead, the waste should be dumped into a trench and a adequate layer of soil dumped over the waste. Only thereafter is it recommendable that the machinery work over the soil covered waste to compact it and grade the surface so that infiltration of rainwater is minimized.

Role of Hospital Administrator:

20 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

In a hospital environment, there are many pollution risks: dust, lint, as well as bacteria and germs. Luckily, many of the factors that contribute to the environmental pollution in hospitals can be controlled, and the pollution possibly avoided. Here are some tips to effectively learn how to control environmental pollution risks in a hospital. 1. Identify disease house in hospital - Hospitals can have dust, airborne bacteria, gases and germs in the air. Determining what is in each room can help you save on the type of equipment needed for each location. 2. Purchase ionizers for hospital rooms -Ionizers can keep positive ions flowing throughout the rooms and will help keep cleaning costs low. 3. Make sure the hospital has an adequate ventilation system and a working air condition system -An inadequate air flow in the hospital can aid in the spread of germs. Bacteria grow easily in warm, humid areas so a working air conditioning system throughout the hospital is vital to hindering bacteria growth. 4. Implement a disposal system - Hospital waste management is one of the best ways to eliminate air pollutants. Having a well-structured way to dispose of the trash and hazardous waste will greatly decrease the amount of pollution in the hospital. 5. Educate the hospital staff on how to dispose of waste correctly -They should also know what can be recycled, and where specific waste products go. Hazardous material should be disposed of properly and carefully, and if the staff is thoroughly trained, then it reduces the risk of contamination to other patients. Some states provide workshops and seminars to properly educate staff. 6. Use specialized hazardous waste receptacles -Using red "hazardous material" bags or canisters for appropriate waste will cut down on the accidental handling of hazardous and potentially dangerous material. The Contra Costa Health Department has a Hazardous Material Department that has developed a poster entitled "Know Where to Throw." It focuses on the handling of hazardous material and what is appropriate to throw in the hazardous material receptacles.

7. Establish a separate holding area -There should be an area separate for patients who are sick, and for visitors. This can help protect visitors from any air-borne illnesses. This may also limit the need to clean and sterilize the visitor room as often, which will lower the cost of cleaning.

8. a) Define the concept of Noise Pollution. b) What are its acute and chronic effects ? c) How can the noise pollution be controlled ? 2 + 8 + 5 Ans: The noise pollution is defined as the unwanted sound which is released into the environment. It disturbs the human being and cause an adverse effect on the mental and psychological well being. It is measured in the units of decibels and is denoted by the dB.The noise which is more than 115 dB is tolerant. The industrial limit of sound in the industries must be 75 dB according to the world health organization. A type writer can produce a sound at 60 dB. There are different sources of the noise pollution and include the agriculture machines, industries which produce a sound and the use of

21 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India entertaining equipment, crackers, the blasting of dynamite, bull dozing, stone crushing, defense equipments and textile mills. b) Noise has been found to interfere with our activities at three levels; (a) audio logical level in referring with the satisfactory performance of the hearing mechanism; (b) biological level interfering with the biological functioning of the body; and (c) behavioural level affecting the sociological behaviour of the subjects. Because of this the noise affects categorically, performance, physiology and psychology.

Acute effect of Noise Pollution:

 The most immediate and acute effect of noise is the impairment of hearing, which diminishes by the damage of some part of auditory system. When exposed to very loud and sudden noise acute damage occurs to the eardrum. Prolonged exposure to noise of certain frequency pattern will lead to chronic damage to the hair cells in the inner ear.

 Noise causes chronic headache and irritability; work, which needs a high degree of skill, is considerably affected. The overall working efficiency goes down when noise level goes up.

 Loud and sudden noise such as sonic boom produces a startle effect, which may damage the brain. Sonic booms can also cause physical damage to property i.e. windows may break due to it. Sudden noise can be much more harmful than a continuous noise.

Chronic effect of Noise pollution:

1. Depression and fatigue, which considerably reduces the efficiency of a person.

2. Insomnia as a result of lack of undisturbed and refreshing sleep.

3. Straining of senses and annoyance as a result of slow but persistent noise from motorcycles, alarm clocks, call bells, telephone rings etc.

4. Affecting of psychomotor performance of a person by a sudden loud noise (sound)

5. It is a cause of frustration and is associated with difficulty in concentration, disturbance of rest, physical and mental fatigue. Low frequency noise of 50 to 60 dB affects the higher centre of brain and causes an alternation in the normal sleep pattern and prevents sound sleep.

6. Noise, which is an annoyance also causes irritation dis-satisfaction, dis-interest and affects work "performance. Noise has been reported both to improve and to decrease work efficiency, depending on its intensity, duration and frequency distribution etc.

Various physiological as well as pathologic effects of noise pollution are as under:

1. Noise pollution affects human health, comfort and efficiency. It cause contraction of blood vessels, makes, the skin pale, leads to excessive secretion of adrenalin hormone into blood stream with is responsible for high blood pressure.

2. It causes muscles to contract leading to nervous breakdown, tension and even insanity.

22 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3. Noise effects are anxiety, stress reaction and fright. These adverse reactions are coupled with a change in hormone content of blood, which in turn produces increased rate of heart beat, constriction of blood vessels, digestive sperms and dilation of pupil of eye.

4. The most immediate and acute effect of noise is the impairment of hearing, which diminishes by the damage of some part of auditory system. When exposed to very loud and sudden noise acute damage occurs to the eardrum. Prolonged exposure to noise of certain frequency pattern will lead to chronic damage to the hair cells in the inner ear.

5. Auditory fatigue appears in the 90 dB associated with whistling and buzzing in ears. Temporary deafness occurs at 4000-6000 Hz, and this effect is known as Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS), Permanent loss of hearing occurs at 100 dB due to continuous noise exposure. Under such conditions, the auditory threshold shift is called Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS). Besides chronic hearing loss, there may be instantaneous damage or acoustic trauma, which may be caused by very high intensity impulsive noise resulting from an explosion or sudden excessive noise of more than 150 dB.

6. Physiological effects of noise pollution include neurosis, hypertension, increase in sweating, hepatic diseases, giddiness, peptic ulcers, undesirable change in gastro intestinal activities behavioural and emotional stress.

7. Noise mainly interferes with man's communication. It is easily visualized that a conversation can be carried on in whisper in a still place, while one his to shout to make sense in a noisy factory.

8. Blood gets thickened by excessive noise. Changes in breathing amplitude have also been reported due to impulsive noise.

9. Noise causes cosinophilia, hyperglycarmia, hypokalaemia and hypoglycarmia by a change in blood and other body fluids.

10. Noise causes chronic headache and irritability; work, which needs a high degree of skill, is considerably affected. The overall working efficiency goes down when noise level goes up.

23 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Control of Noise Pollution

A) Noise Control at Source The noise pollution can be controlled at the source of generation itself by employing techniques like- Reducing the noise levels from domestic sectors: The domestic noise coming from radio, tape recorders, television sets, mixers, washing machines, cooking operations can be minimised by their selective and judicious operation. By usage of carpets or any absorbing material, the noise generated from felling of items in house can be minimised. Maintenance of automobiles: Regular servicing and tuning of vehicles will reduce the noise levels. Fixing of silencers to automobiles, two wheelers etc., will reduce the noise levels. Control over vibrations: The vibrations of materials may be controlled using proper foundations, rubber padding etc. to reduce the noise levels caused by vibrations. Low voice speaking: Speaking at low voices enough for communication reduces the excess noise levels. Prohibition on usage of loud speakers: By not permitting the usage of loudspeakers in the habitant zones except for important meetings / functions. Now-a-days, the urban Administration of the metro cities in India, is becoming stringent on usage of loudspeakers. Selection of machinery: Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment reduces excess noise levels. For example selection of chairs, or selection of certain machinery/equipment which generate less noise (Sound) due to its superior technology etc. is also an important factor in noise minimisation strategy. Maintenance of machines: Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc. will reduce noise levels. For example, it is a common experience that, many parts of a vehicle will become loose while on a rugged path of journey. If these loose parts are not properly fitted, they will generate noise and cause annoyance to the driver/passenger. Similarly is the case of machines. Proper handling and regular maintenance is essential not only for noise control but also to improve the life of machine.

B)Control in the transmission path

24 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Wherein the inter-relationship between elements of noise was represented. The change in the transmission path will increase the length of travel for the wave and get absorbed/refracted/radiated in the surrounding environment. The available techniques are briefly discussed below. Installation of barriers: Installation of barriers between noise source and receiver can attenuate the noise levels. For a barrier to be effective, its lateral width should extend beyond the line-of-sight at least as much as the height. It may be noted that, the frequencies, represented on the X-axis of the graph in, are the centre frequencies of the octave band. The barrier may be either close to the source or receiver, subject to the condition that, R <

 Design of building: The design of the building incorporating the use of suitable noise absorbing material for wall/door/window/ceiling will reduce the noise levels. The approximate reduction of outside noise levels using typical exterior wall construction is given at Table 6. The reduction in noise levels for various frequencies and the A-weighted scale are shown. Variations in spectrum shape may change this A-weighted value by as much as +/- 3 dB. Installation of panels or enclosures: A sound source may be enclosed within a paneled structure such as room as a means of reducing the noise levels at the receiver. The actual difference between the sound pressure levels inside and outside an enclosure depends not only on the transmission loss of the enclosure panels but also on the acoustic absorption within the enclosure and the details of the panel penetrations which may include windows or doors. The product of frequency of interest and surface weight of the absorbing material is the key parameter in noise reduction through transmission loss. With conventional construction practices, the high-frequency transmission loss of a panel becomes limited to around 40 dB, owing to the transmission of sound through flanking paths other than the panel itself. Examples of such flanking are structural connections or ducts joining the two spaces on either side of the panel of interest. Procedures for detailed design examples are given at.

Using protection equipment Before employing the use of protective equipment, please wherein the various steps involved in the noise management strategy are illustrated. Protective equipment usage is the ultimate step in noise control technology, i.e. after noise reduction at source and/or after the diversion or engineered control of transmission path of noise. The first step in the technique of using protective equipment is to gauge the intensity of the problem, identification of the sufferer and his exposure to the noise levels. For the Regulatory standards pertaining to time of exposure vs. maximum noise levels permitted in a workspace environment, please refer to LO-8. The usage of protective equipment and the worker's exposure to the high noise levels can be minimised by - Job rotation: By rotating the job between the workers working at a particular noise source or isolating a person, the adverse impacts can be reduced. Exposure reduction: Regulations prescribe that, noise level of 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hr continuous exposure is prohibited. Persons who are working under such conditions will be exposed to occupational health hazards. The schedule of the workers should be planned in such a way that, they should not be over exposed to the high noise levels. Hearing protection: Equipment like earmuffs, ear plugs etc. are the commonly used devices for hearing protection. Attenuation provided by ear-muffs vary widely in respect to their size, shape, seal material etc. Literature survey shows that, an average noise attenuation up to 32 dB can be achieved using earmuffs

9. What is Hydrosphere? Describe Hydrological cycle with a neat diagram. Show that the Word water Budget is more or less constant. 2 + 8 + 5

25 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Ans:

The hydrosphere is the liquid water component of the Earth. It includes the oceans, seas, lakes, ponds, rivers and streams. The hydrosphere covers about 70% of the surface of the Earth and is the home for many plants and animals.

The hydrosphere, like the atmosphere, is always in motion. The motion of rivers and streams can be easily seen, while the motion of the water within lakes and ponds is less obvious. Some of the motion of the oceans and seas can be easily seen while the large scale motions that move water great distances such as between the tropics and poles or between continents are more difficult to see. These types of motions are in the form of currents that move the warm waters in the tropics toward the poles, and colder water from the polar regions toward the tropics. These currents exist on the surface of the ocean and at great depths in the ocean (up to about 4km).

Hydrological Cycle: The total amount of water on the earth and in its atmosphere does not change but the earth’s water is always in movement. Oceans, rivers, clouds and rain, all of which contain water, are in a frequent state of change and the motion of rain and flowing rivers transfers water in a never-ending cycle. This circulation and conservation of earth’s water as it circulates from the land to the sky and back again is called the ‘hydrological cycle’ or ‘water cycle’. The stages of the cycle are:

 Evaporation  Transport  Condensation  Precipitation  Groundwater  Run-off

Evaporation

Water is transferred from the surface to the atmosphere through evaporation, the process by which water changes from a liquid to a gas. The sun’s heat provides energy to evaporate water from the earth’s surface. Land, lakes, rivers and oceans send up a steady stream of water vapour and plants also lose water to the air (transpiration).

Approximately 80% of all evaporation is from the oceans, with the remaining 20% coming from inland water and vegetation.

Transport

The movement of water through the atmosphere, specifically from over the oceans to over land, is called transport. Some of the earth’s moisture transport is visible as clouds, which themselves consist of ice crystals and/or tiny water droplets.

Clouds are propelled from one place to another by either the jet stream, surface-based circulations like land and sea breezes or other mechanisms. However, a typical cloud 1 km thick contains only enough water for a millimetre of rainfall, whereas the amount of moisture in the atmosphere is usually 10-50 times greater than this.

Most water is transported in the form of water vapour, which is actually the third most abundant gas in the atmosphere. Water vapour may be invisible to us, but not to satellites which are capable of collecting data about moisture patterns in the atmosphere.

26 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Condensation

The transported water vapour eventually condenses, forming tiny droplets in clouds.

Precipitation

The primary mechanism for transporting water from the atmosphere to the surface of the earth is precipitation.

When the clouds meet cool air over land, precipitation, in the form of rain, sleet or snow, is triggered and water returns to the land (or sea). A proportion of atmospheric precipitation evaporates.

Groundwater

Some of the precipitation soaks into the ground and this is the main source of the formation of the waters found on land - rivers, lakes, groundwater and glaciers.

Some of the underground water is trapped between rock or clay layers - this is called groundwater. Water that infiltrates the soil flows downward until it encounters impermeable rock and then travels laterally. The locations where water moves laterally are called ‘aquifers’. Groundwater returns to the surface through these aquifers, which empty into lakes, rivers and the oceans.

Under special circumstances, groundwater can even flow upward in artesian wells. The flow of groundwater is much slower than run-off with speeds usually measured in centimetres per day, metres per year or even centimetres per year.

Run-off

Most of the water which returns to land flows downhill as run-off. Some of it penetrates and charges groundwater while the rest, as river flow, returns to the oceans where it evaporates. As the amount of groundwater increases or decreases, the water table rises or falls accordingly. When the entire area below the ground is saturated, flooding occurs because all subsequent precipitation is forced to remain on the surface.

Different surfaces hold different amounts of water and absorb water at different rates. As a surface becomes less permeable, an increasing amount of water remains on the surface, creating a greater potential for flooding. Flooding is very common during winter and early spring because frozen ground has no permeability, causing most rainwater and meltwater to become run-off.

27 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

THE HYDROLOGIC BUDGET

A water budget comprised of the components of the hydrologic cycle can be formulated. It is an accounting of the inflow, outflow and storage of water in a designated hydrologic system.

The development of an equation for the water budget is straightforward. For a designated time period, it provides for balancing the gains and losses of water with the quantities of water stored in the region (a continuity equation). A general water balance equation is:

where

is precipitation is runoff is evapotranspiration is the change in storage (in soil or the bedrock)

The variables in the water budget equation are: precipitation P, Runoff R, Interception I, Evaporation E, Transpiration T, Evapotranspiration ET, Groundwater G, and letting ΔS stand for change in storage, a hydrologic budget can be derived. Inflows to the region are denoted as positive quantities and outflows as negative ones. Subscripts s and g indicate surface and underground components respectively.

For surface flow, the hydrologic budget can be written as:

P + R1 - R2 + Rg - Es - Ts - I = ΔSs where precipitation, surface-water inflow, and groundwater appearing as surface water (Rg) are inflows; surface-water outflow, evaporation, and infiltration are outflows; and all variables are volumes per unit of time.

For underground flow, the hydrologic budget can be written as:

I + G1 - G2 - Rg - Eg - Tg = ΔSs where infiltration and groundwater inflow are inflows; groundwater outflow, groundwater appearing as surface water, evaporation, and transpiration are outflows. The combined hydrologic budget for a region is derived by summing the two previous equations:

P - (R2 - R1) - (Es + Eg) - (Ts + Tg) - (G2 - G1) = Δ(Ss + Sg)

If the subscripts are dropped and the quantities in parentheses are taken as net changes, the equation reduces to: P - R - E - T - G = ΔS

28 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

This is the fundamental equation of hydrology. It is the basis for all hydrologic modeling. Various applications of this important equation are referred to in later chapters. One of its uses is in calculating the combined evaporation and transpiration, or evapotranspiration (ET), for a region when estimates of other variables in the equation can be reasonably made. For example, in large river basins, (measured in thousands of square miles or kilometers), groundwater system boundaries often follow surface-water divides. In cases where this assumption can be considered valid, the groundwater flux into and out of the region can be assumed equal to zero (G = 0). In addition, over a long period of time (usually five or more years), seasonal excesses and deficits in storage often tend to balance out in large watersheds, and in such cases the average condition for ΔS may sometimes be assumed to be equal to zero. Under these two assumptions, the hydrologic equation becomes

P - R - ET = 0 and by knowing P and R, a rough estimate of ET can be obtained.

To solve the hydrologic budget equation in terms of any one of its variables, reasonable estimates of the other variables must be made. But this is not always possible or easily done. When data are lacking on variables of concern, simplifying assumptions can sometimes be made, but there is no substitute for a credible data base.

10. Define Hazardous wastes. How do they differ from Toxic wastes? Briefly describe the management of hazardous wastes with reference to the relevant Rules and Regulations. 3 + 2 + 10 Ans: A Hazardous waste is waste that poses substantial or potential threats to public health or the environment. Characteristic hazardous wastes are materials that are known or tested to exhibit one or more of the following four hazardous traits:

. ignitability (i.e., flammable) . reactivity . corrosivity . toxicity

Listed hazardous waste are materials specifically listed by regulatory authorities as a hazardous waste which are from non-specific sources, specific sources, or discarded chemical products. These wastes may be found in different physical states such as gaseous, liquids, or solids. A hazardous waste is a special type of waste because it cannot be disposed of by common means like other by-products of our everyday lives. Depending on the physical state of the waste, treatment and solidification processes might be required. Worldwide, The United Nations Environmental Programme(UNEP) estimated that more than 400 million tons of hazardous wastes are produced universally each year, mostly by industrialized countries (schmit, 1999). About 1- percent of this total is shipped across international boundaries, with the majority of the transfers occurring between countries in the Organization for the Economic Cooperation and Development(OECD) (Krueger, 1999). Some of the reasons for industrialized countries to ship the hazardous waste to industrializing countries for disposal are the rising cost of disposing hazardous waste in the home country.

29 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Hazardous waste Toxic waste

1) "A hazardous waste is waste that poses 1) "Toxic waste is waste material that can cause substantial or potential threats to public health or death or injury to living creatures. The term is the environment and generally exhibits one or often used interchangeably with “hazardous more of these characteristics: waste”, or discarded material that can pose a -ignitable (i.e., flammable) long-term risk to health or environment. -oxidizing As with most pollution problems, toxic waste -corrosive began to be a significant issue during the -toxic industrial revolution.It usually is the product of -radioactive industry or commerce, but comes also from -explosive residential use (e.g. cleaning products, cosmetics, U.S. environmental laws (see Resource lawn care products), agriculture (e.g. chemical Conservation and Recovery Act) additionally fertilizers, pesticides), the military (nuclear describe a "hazardous waste" as a waste (usually weapons testing, chemical warfare, medical a solid waste) that has the potential to: facilities (e.g. pharmaceuticals), radioactive - cause, or significantly contribute to an increase sources, and light industry, such as dry cleaning in mortality (death) or an increase in serious establishments." irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness; or - pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed of, or otherwise managed.

The term "hazardous waste" comprises all toxic chemicals, radioactive materials, and biologic or infectious waste. These materials threaten workers through occupational exposure and the general public in their homes, communities, and general environment. Exposure to these materials can occur near the site of generation, along the path of its transportation, and near their ultimate disposal sites. Most hazardous waste results from industrial processes that yield unwanted byproducts, defective products, and spilled materials. The generation and disposal of hazardous wastes is controlled through a variety of international and national regulations. Hazardous waste was formerly known as 'special' waste."

The act was promulgated to provide for the protection and improvement of environment and matters connected the results. The act consists of 26 sections distributed among four chapters and extends to the whole of India.

30 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The act provides general powers to the Central Government to take all necessary measures for the purpose of:

(A) Protecting and improving the quality of the environment and

(B) Preventing, controlling and abating environmental pollution.

Besides, other powers the Central Government shall have process for:

(i) Planning and execution of a nationwide programme for the prevention, control and abatement of environmental pollution.

(ii) Laying down standards for the quality of environment in its various aspects.

(iii) Laying down standards for emission or discharge of environmental pollutants from various sources whatsoever.

(iv) Restriction of areas in which industry, operations or processes shall not be carried out subject to contain safeguards.

(v) Laying down procedures and safeguards for prevention of accidents, which may cause environmental pollution. (vi) Laying down procedures for handling of hazardous substances.

(vii) Examination of such manufacturing processes materials and substances as are likely to cause environmental pollution. (viii) Carrying out and sponsoring investigations and research relating to problems of environ-mental pollution.

(ix) Collection and dissemination of information on environmental pollution and

(x) Preparation of manuals, codes or guides, relating to the prevention, control and abatement of environmental pollution.

By considering above facts Hospitals have to arrange the following preventive measures for their organization:

A modern hospital is a complex, multidisciplinary system which consumes thousands of items for delivery of medical care and is a part of physical environment. All these products consumed in the hospital leave some unusable leftovers i.e. hospital waste. The last century witnessed the rapid mushrooming of hospital in the public and private sector, dictated by the needs of expanding population. The advent and acceptance of "disposable" has made the generation of hospital waste a significant factor in current scenario.

Collection of bio-medical waste

Collection of bio-medical waste should be done as per Bio-medical waste (Management and Handling) Rules. At ordinary room temperature the collected waste should not be stored for more than 24 hours.

Type of container and colour code for collection of bio-medical waste.

31 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Category Waste class Type of container Colour 1. Human anatomical waste Plastic Yellow 2. Animal waste -do- -do- 3. Microbiology and -do- Yellow/Red Biotechnology waste 4. Waste sharp Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 5. Discarded medicines andPlastic bags Black Cytotoxic waste 6. Solid (biomedical waste) -do- Yellow 7. Solid (plastic) Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 8. Incineration waste Plastic bag Black 9. Chemical waste (solid) -do- -do-

Transportation

Within hospital, waste routes must be designated to avoid the passage of waste through patient care areas. Separate time should be earmarked for transportation of bio-medical waste to reduce chances of it's mixing with general waste. Desiccated wheeled containers, trolleys or carts should be used to transport the waste/plastic bags to the site of storage/ treatment.

Trolleys or carts should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected in the event of any spillage. The wheeled containers should be so designed that the waste can be easily loaded, remains secured during transportation, does not have any sharp edges and is easy to clean and disinfect. Hazardous biomedical waste needing transport to a long distance should be kept in containers and should have proper labels. The transport is done through desiccated vehicles specially constructed for the purpose having fully enclosed body, lined internally with stainless steel or aluminium to provide smooth and impervious surface which can be cleaned. The drivers compartment should be separated from the load compartment with a bulkhead. The load compartment should be provided with roof vents for ventilation.

bio-medical waste: 15% of hospital waste: this is also regarded as Hazardous waste

 Deep burial: The waste under category 1 and 2 only can be accorded deep burial and only in cities having less than 5 lakh population.

 Autoclave and microwave treatment Standards for the autoclaving and microwaving are also mentioned in the Biomedical waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998. All equipment installed/shared should meet these specifications. The waste under category 3,4,6,7 can be treated by these techniques. Standards for the autoclaving are also laid down.

 Shredding: The plastic (IV bottles, IV sets, syringes, catheters etc.), sharps (needles, blades, glass etc) should be shredded but only after chemical treatment/microwaving/autoclaving. Needle destroyers can be used for disposal of needles directly without chemical treatment.

32 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 Secured landfill:: The incinerator ash, discarded medicines, cytotoxic substances and solid chemical waste should be treated by this option.

 Incineration: The incinerator should be installed and made operational as per specification under the BMW rules 1998 and a certificate may be taken from CPCB/State Pollution Control Board and emission levels etc should be defined. In case of small hospitals, facilities can be shared. The waste under category 1,2,3,5,6 can be incinerated depending upon the local policies of the hospital and feasibility. The polythene bags made of chlorinated plastics should not be incinerated.

 It may be noted that there are options available for disposal of certain category of waste. The individual hospital can choose the best option depending upon the facilities available and its financial resources. However, it may be noted that depending upon the option chosen, correct colour of the bag needs to be used.

11. Describe the biological treatment process of sewage. What are the good and bad effects of chlorination in a water treatment plant ? Suggest some alternatives to chlorination. 10 + 3 + 2 Ans: Biological Wastewater Treatment Various techniques that have been developed to treat wastewater by biological means. They accomplish what is generally called secondary treatment. Purpose: The idea behind all biological methods of wastewater treatment is to introduce contact with bacteria (cells), which feed on the organic materials in the wastewater, thereby reducing its BOD content. In other words, the purpose of biological treatment is BOD reduction. Typically, wastewater enters the treatment plant with a BOD higher than 200 mg/L, but primary settling has already reduced it to about 150 mg/L by the time it enters the biological component of the system. It needs to exit with a BOD content no higher than about 20-30 mg/L, so that after dilution in the nearby receiving water body (river, lake), the BOD is less than 2-3 mg/L. Thus, the biological treatment needs to accomplish a 6- fold decrease in BOD.

Principle: Simple bacteria (cells) eat the organic material present in the wastewater. Through their metabolism, the organic material is transformed into cellular mass, which is no longer in solution but can be precipitated at the bottom of a settling tank or retained as slime on solid surfaces or vegetation in the system. The water exiting the system is then much clearer than it entered it.

A key factor is the operation of any biological system is an adequate supply of oxygen. Indeed, cells need not only organic material as food but also oxygen to breathe, just like humans. Without an adequate supply of oxygen, the biological degradation of the waste is slowed down, thereby requiring a longer residency time of the water in the system. For a given flow rate of water to be treated, this translates into a system with a larger volume and thus taking more space.

Advantages: Like all biological systems, operation takes place at ambient temperature. There is no need to heat or cool the water, which saves on energy consumption. Because wastewater treatment operations take much space, they are located outdoor, and this implies that the system must be able to operate at seasonally varying temperatures. Cells come in a mix of many types, and accommodation to a temperature change is simply accomplished by self adaptation of the cell population.

Similarly, a change in composition of the organic material (due to people’s changing activities) leads to a spontaneous change in cell population, with the types best suited to digest the new material growing in larger numbers than other cell types.

33 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

There are two broad types of biological wastewater treatment: those that include mechanical means to create contact between wastewater, cells and oxygen, and those than don’t. a) With mechanical means: 1. Activated sludge: This is the most common type. It consists in a set of two basins. In the first, air is pumped through perforated pipes at the bottom of the basin, air rises through the water in the form of many small bubbles. These bubbles accomplish two things: they provide oxygen form the air to the water and create highly turbulent conditions that favor intimate contact between cells, the organic material in the water and oxygen. The second basin is a settling tank, where water flow is made to be very quiet so that the cellular material may be removed by gravitational settling. Some of the cell material collected at the bottom is captured and fed back into the first basin to speed the process. The rest is treated an- aerobically (= without oxygen) until it is transformed into a compost-type material (like soil).

The cost of an activated-sludge system is chiefly due to the energy required to pump air at high pressure at the bottom of the aerator tank (to overcome the hydrostatic pressure of the water). Another disadvantage is that the operation is accomplished in two separate basins, thereby occupying a substantial amount of real estate.

2. Trickling filter: A trickling filter consists in a bed of fist-size rocks over which the wastewater is gently sprayed by a rotating arm. Slime (fungi, algae) develops on the rock surface, growing by intercepting organic material from the water as it trickles down. Since the water layer passing over the rocks makes thin sheets, there is good contact with air and cells are effectively oxygenated. Worms and insects living in this “ecosystem” also contribute to removal of organic material from the water. The slime periodically slides off the rocks and is collected at the bottom of the system, where it is removed. Water needs to be trickled several times over the rocks before it is sufficiently cleaned. Multiple spraying also provides a way to keep the biological slimes from drying out in hours of low-flow conditions (ex. at night). Plastic nets are gradually replacing rocks in newer versions of this system, providing more surface area per volume, thereby reducing the size of the equipment.

3. Biological contactor: This is essentially a variation on the trickling filter, with the difference being that solid material on which slime grows is brought to the water rather than water being brought to it. Rotating disks alternate exposure between air and water. b) Without mechanical means: The wastewater is made to flow by gravity through a specially constructed wetland. There, the water is brought into close contact with vegetation (ex. reeds), which acts as a biological filter to the water. The organic material in the wastewater is used as nutrient by the plants. Oxygen supply is passively accomplished by surface aeration (contact with oxygen of the atmosphere). Since water flow is slow in such system, to give ample time for the biological activity to take place, there is almost no turbulence in the water and reiteration is weak. Compared to mechanical systems, constructed wetlands occupy far more real estate, but they may be aesthetically pleasing, especially if they are well integrated in the local landscape. They emit no odor, but people should stay away because of the danger posed by pathogens. Constructed wetlands have also the least energy requirement. Energy is only needed to pump the wastewater to the entrance of the system, from where gravity and biology do the rest. A major disadvantage, however, is the highly reduced performance during winter, especially in regions where ground freezes during some of the winter months.

34 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Chlorination: Microorganisms can be found in raw water from rivers, lakes and groundwater. While not all microorganisms are harmful to human health, there are some that may cause diseases in humans. These are called pathogens. Pathogens present in water can be transmitted through a drinking water distribution system, causing waterborne disease in those who consume it. In order to combat waterborne diseases, different disinfection methods are used to inactivate pathogens. Along with other water treatment processes such as coagulation, sedimentation, and filtration, chlorination creates water that is safe for public consumption.

Chlorination is one of many methods that can be used to disinfect water. This method was first used over a century ago, and is still used today. It is a chemical disinfection method that uses various types of chlorine or chlorine-containing substances for the oxidation and disinfection of what will be the potable water source.

Any type of chlorine that is added to water during the treatment process will result in the formation of hypochlorous acid (HOCl) and ions (OCl-), which are the main disinfecting compounds in chlorinated water. More detail is provided later on in this fact sheet.

A Form of Chlorine + H2O -> HOCl + OCl-

Of the two, hypochlorous acid is the most effective. The amount of each compound present in the water is dependent on the pH level of the water prior to addition of chlorine. At lower pH levels, the hypochlorous acid will dominate. The combination of hypochlorous acid and hypochlorite ions makes up what is called ‘free chorine.’ Free chlorine has a high oxidation potential and is a more effective disinfectant than other forms of chlorine, such as chloramines. Oxidation potential is a measure of how readily a compound will react with another. A high oxidation potential means many different compounds are able to react with the compound. It also means that the compound will be readily available to react with others.

Advantages of Chlorination:

1. Controls Disease-Causing Bacteria: Disease-causing bacteria may enter your well during construction, repair, flooding or as a result of improper construction. Proper chlorination will kill these bacteria. If disease-causing bacteria enter your water supply on a continuous basis, you must eliminate the source or construct a new water supply. 2. Controls Nuisance Organisms: Chlorine treatment will control nuisance organisms such as iron, slime and sulfate-reducing bacteria. Iron bacteria feed on the iron in the water. They may appear as a slimy, dark-red mass in the toilet tank but microscopic examination is needed to confirm their presence. Iron bacteria colonies may break loose from the inside of pipes and flow through faucets to cause stains in laundry, plumbing fixtures, etc. A thorough shock chlorination of the well and water system may destroy all iron bacteria colonies. However, iron bacteria that have penetrated the water-bearing formation will be difficult to eliminate and will likely re-infest the system. In this situation you will need to repeat chlorination treatment periodically. Other nuisance organisms include sulfate-reducing bacteria which produce a rotten-egg odor. Chlorination will kill or control these bacteria. Nuisance bacteria do not cause disease. 3. Mineral Removal: You can remove large amounts of iron from water by adding chlorine to oxidize the clear soluble iron into the filterable reddish insoluble form. Chlorine helps remove manganese and hydrogen sulfide in the same way. For a complete discussion of iron and manganese removal see Extension Service publication "Treatment Systems for Household Water Supplies -- Iron and Manganese Removal."

Disadvantages of Chlorination:

35 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

1. No Nitrate Removal: Chlorine will not remove nitrates from water. The claims of some water treatment firms imply that nitrates can be removed by chlorination. This is not true. Adding chlorine may prevent nitrates from being reduced to the toxic nitrite form; however, nitrates are not removed from water by chlorination. 2. Causes Smell and Bad Taste: Chlorine in water is not poisonous to humans or animals. However, if the concentration is great enough the water will taste bad so consumption may be reduced. Some people object to the smell and/or taste of very small amounts of chlorine.

In those cases an activated carbon or charcoal filter may be used to remove the chlorine from the drinking water.

3. Trihalomethanes (THMs) are organic chemicals that may form when chlorine is used to treat water supplies that contain humic compounds. Humic compounds form as a part of the decomposition of organic materials such as leaves, grass, wood or animal wastes. Because THMs are very seldom associated with groundwater, they are primarily a concern where surface water supplies are used.

Lifetime consumption of water supplies with THMs at a level greater than 0.10 milligrams per liter is considered by the Environmental Protection Agency to be a potential cause of cancer. THMs can be removed from drinking water through use of an activated carbon filter.

Other disinfectants or methods of disinfection There are other disinfectants used for treatment of water. These include: • Chloramines: These are formed by a combination of chlorine (from gas or hypochlorite) and ammonia. • Chlorine dioxide (ClO2): This compound is always produced on-site using sodium chlorite and either chlorine or hydrochloric acid. • Ozone (O3): This compound is produced by an electrical discharge through air or oxygen. • Radiation (UV): This is a non-chemical method of disinfection by using ultraviolet radiation at certain wavelengths.

All disinfectants have advantages and disadvantages in their effectiveness, residual qualities and byproduct formation, depending on the application circumstances and water quality. For a more thorough discussion of other disinfectants, request or download DOH publication “Alternate Disinfectants. 2009 GROUP – A ( Multiple Choice Type Questions ) 1. Choose the correct alternatives for any ten of the following : 10 1 = 10 i) The region of the Earth comprising of water bodies is called a) b) Lithosphere c) Hydrosphere d) Atmosphere. C ii) Carbon dioxide, Nitrogen, Oxygen, Water, Sulphur, Calcium, Sodium etc. are the a) organic compounds b) inorganic compounds c) biotic components d) decomposed matter. B iii) A terrestrial food chain : Grass →………… →Frog →Snake →Peacock →Fox. What is there in the blank space ? a) Small fish b) Men c) Grasshopper d) Plankton. C iv) Which is often found locked in fossil fuel and limestone ? a) Carbon b) Oxygen

36 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India c) Fat d) Protein. B v) Extraction of minerals and other materials from the Earth’s crust for human use is known as a) agriculture b) industrialisation c) mining d) grazing. C vi) Incineration is the method of burning of waste in a a) large furnace b) large room c) large well d) large drain. A vii) What is the main cause of destruction of terrestrial ecosystem ? a) Migration b) Industrialisation c) Over-population d) Poverty. B viii) Loss of plant cover leads to soil erosion and a) Deforestation b) Aforestation c) Desertification d) Fire. C ix) What is richness and diversity of species of plants and animals in a place known as ? a) Habitat b) Ecosystem c) Biodiversity d) Resource. C x) EIA aims development without causing damage to a) environment b) universe c) atmosphere d) country’s economy. D xi) What type of energy are solar energy and geothermal energy ? a) Exhaustible b) Inexhaustible c) Static d) Dynamic. B xii) Most of the water is in a) river b) lakes c) spring d) oceans. D xiii) Bandages, syringes, saline bottles, tissues, blood stained cotton etc. are variety of ……………… wastes. a) Commercial b) Domestic c) Biomedical d) Industrial. C

GROUP – B ( Short Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following questions. 3X5 = 15 2. Define Environmental Degradation. State the main factors behind environmental degradation .2 + 3 Ans: Environmental degradation is a result of the dynamic inter play of socio-economic, institutional and technological activities. Environmental changes may be driven by many factors including economic growth, population growth, urbanization, intensification of agriculture, rising energy use and transportation. Poverty still remains a problem at the root of several environmental problems.

Factors behind environmental degradation:

A) Social Factors

37 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

1.Population: Population is an important source of development, yet it is a major source of environmental degradation when it exceeds the threshhold limits of the support systems. Unless the relationship between the multiplying population and the life support system can be stabilized, development programmes, howsoever, innovative are not likely to yield desired results. Population impacts on the environment primarily through the use of natural resources and production of wastes and is associated with environmental stresses like loss of biodiversity, air and water pollution and increased pressure on arable land.

2.Poverty Poverty is said to be both cause and effect of environmental degradation. The circular link between poverty and environment is an extremely complex phenomenon. Inequality may foster unsustainability because the poor, who rely on natural resources more than the rich, deplete natural resources faster as they have no real prospects of gaining access to other types of resources. Moreover, degraded environment can accelerate the process of impoverishment, again because the poor depend directly on natural assets.

3.Urbanisation Lack of opportunities for gainful employment in villages and the ecological stresses is leading to an ever increasing movement of poor families to towns. Mega cities are emerging and urban slums are expanding. Rapid and unplanned expansion of cities has resulted in degradation of urban environment. It has widened the gap between demand and supply of infrastructural services such as energy, housing, transport, communication, education, water supply and sewerage and recreational amenities, thus depleting the precious environmental resource base of the cities. The result is the growing trend in deterioration of air and water quality, generation of wastes, the proliferation of slums and undesirable land use changes, all of which contribute to urban poverty.

B) Economic Factors To a large extent, environmental degradation is the result of market failure, that is, the non existent or poorly functioning markets for environmental goods and services. In this context, environmental degradation is a particular case of consumption or production externalities reflected by divergence between private and social costs (or benefits). Lack of well defined property rights may be one of the reasons for such market failure. On the other hand, Market distortions created by price controls and subsidies may aggravate the achievement of environmental objectives.

The level and pattern of economic development also affect the nature of environmental problems. c) Institutional Factors The Ministry of Environment & Forests (MOEF) in the Government is responsible for protection, conservation and development of environment. The Ministry works in close collaboration with other Ministries, State Governments, Pollution Control Boards and a number of scientific and technical institutions , universities, non-Governmental organisations etc. 48. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 is the key legislation governing environment management. Other important legislations in the area include the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 and the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. The weakness of the existing system lies in the enforcement capabilities of environmental institutions, both at the centre and the state. There is no effective coordination amongst various Ministries/Institutions regarding integration of environmental concerns at the inception/planning stage of the project. Current policies are also fragmented across several Government agencies with differing policy mandates. Lack of trained personnel and comprehensive database delay many projects. Most of the State Government institutions are relatively small suffering from inadequacy of technical staff and resources. Although overall quality of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and the effective implementation of the EIA process have improved over the years, institutional strengthening measures such as training of key professionals and staffing with proper technical persons are needed to make the EIA procedure a more effective instrument for environment protection and sustainable development.

38 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3. Describe the different types of biodiversity. Ans: Biodiversity is the part of nature which includes the difference in genes among the individuals of a species, the variety and richness of all the plant and animal species at different scales in space, locally in a region, in the country and the world and various types of ecosystems, both terrestrial and aquatic within a defined area. Biodiversity deals with the degree of nature’s variety in the biosphere.

Types of biodiversity  Genetic diversity - the genetic variability within a species.  Species diversity - the variety of species within a community  Ecosystem diversity - the organisation of species in an area into distinctive plant and animal communities.

Genetic diversity

Each member of any animal or plant species differs widely from other individuals in its genetic makeup because of the large number of combinations possible in the genes that give every individual specific characteristics. Thus, for example, each human being is very different from all others. This genetic variability is essential for a healthy breeding population of a species. If the number of breeding individuals is reduced, the dissimilarity of genetic makeup is reduced and in-breeding occurs. Eventually this can lead to the extinction of the species. The diversity in wild species forms the ‘gene pool’ from which our crops and domestic animals have been developed over thousands of years. Today the variety of nature’s bounty is being further harnessed by using wild relatives of crop plants to create new varieties of more productive crops and to breed better domestic animals. Modern biotechnology manipulates genes for developing better types of medicines and a variety of industrial products.

Species diversity

The numbers of species of plants and animals that are present in a region constitutes its species diversity. This diversity is seen both in natural ecosystems and in agricultural ecosystems. Some areas are more rich in species than others. Natural undisturbed tropical forests have a much greater species richness than plantations. A natural forest ecosystem provides a large number of non-wood products that local people depend on such as fruit, fuel wood, fodder, fiber, gum, resin and medicines. Timber plantations do not provide the large variety of goods that are essential for local consumption. In the long-term the economic sustainable returns from non-wood forest products is said to be greater than the returns from felling a forest for its timber. Thus the value of a natural forest, with all its species richness is much greater than a plantation. At present conservation scientists have been able to identify and categorise about 1.75 million species on earth. However, many new species are being identified, especially in the flowering plants and insects. Areas that are rich in species diversity are called ‘hotspots’ of diversity. India is among the world’s 15 nations that are exceptionally rich in species diversity.

Ecosystem Diversity:

There are a large variety of different ecosystems on earth, which have their own complement of distinctive inter linked species based on the differences in the habitat. Ecosystem diversity can be described for a specific geographical region, or a political entity such as a country, a State or a taluka. Distinctive ecosystems include landscapes such as forests, grasslands, deserts, mountains, etc., as well as aquatic ecosystems such as rivers, lakes, and the sea. Each region also has man-modified areas such as farmland or grazing pastures. An ecosystems is referred to as ‘natural’ when it is relatively

39 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India undisturbed by human activities, or ‘modified’ when it is changed to other types of uses, such as farmland or urban areas. Ecosystems are most natural in wilderness areas. If natural ecosystems are overused or misused their productivity eventually decreases and they are then said to be degraded. India is exceptionally rich in ecosystem diversity

4. State the role of Green Peace in Environmental Protection. Ans:

Greenpeace is a non-profit organisation, with a presence in 40 countries across Europe, the Americas, Asia and the Pacific. To maintain its independence, Greenpeace does not accept donations from governments or corporations but relies on contributions from individual supporters and foundation grants.

Greenpeace exists because the earth and all life on it deserves a clean and safe environment - now and in the future.

As a global organisation, Greenpeace focuses on the most critical worldwide environmental issues such as:-

· Oceans and ancient forests protection;

· Fossil fuel phase out and the promotion of renewable energies to stop climate change;

· Nuclear disarmament and an end to nuclear contamination;

· Elimination of toxic chemicals; and

· Preventing the release of genetically engineered organisms into nature.

Since its earliest days, Greenpeace has been linked to the seas and its ships are incredibly valuable, not only in actions to save the whales and protect the marine environment, but for all campaign work.

Actions often speak louder than words and non-violent direct action is at the heart of Greenpeace campaigns, which have also grown to include lobbying and research over the past years.

Organizational development Greenpeace evolved from a group of Canadian protesters in a sail boat, into a less conservative group of environmentalists who were more reflective of the counterculture and hippie youth movements of the 1960s and 1970s. The social and cultural background from which Greenpeace emerged heralded a period of de-conditioning away from old world antecedents and sought to develop new codes of social, environmental and political behavior. Historian Frank Zelko has commented that "unlike Friends of the Earth, for example, which sprung fully formed from the forehead of David Brower, Greenpeace developed in a more evolutionary manner." In the mid-1970s independent groups using the name Greenpeace started springing up world wide. By 1977 there were 15 to 20 Greenpeace groups around the world. At the same time the Canadian Greenpeace office was heavily in debt. Disputes between offices over fund-raising and organizational direction split the global movement as the North American offices were reluctant to be under the authority of the Vancouver office and its president Patrick Moore.

40 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

After the incidents of Moruroa, David McTaggart had moved to France to battle in court with the French state and helped to develop the cooperation of European Greenpeace groups. David McTaggart lobbied the Canadian Greenpeace Foundation to accept a new structure which would bring the scattered Greenpeace offices under the auspices of a single global organization. The European Greenpeace paid the debt of the Canadian Greenpeace office and on October 14, 1979, Greenpeace International came into existence. Under the new structure, the local offices would contribute a percentage of their income to the international organization, which would take responsibility for setting the overall direction of the movement with each regional office having one vote.[7] Some Greenpeace groups, namely London Greenpeace (dissolved in 2001) and the US-based Greenpeace Foundation (still operational) however decided to remain independent from Greenpeace International. Priorities and campaigns

On its official website, Greenpeace defines its mission as the following: Greenpeace is an independent global campaigning organization that acts to change attitudes and behaviour, to protect and conserve the environment and to promote peace by:

. Catalysing an energy revolution to address the number one threat facing our planet: climate change. . Defending our oceans by challenging wasteful and destructive fishing, and creating a global network of marine reserves. . Protecting the world’s remaining ancient forests which are depended on by many animals, plants and people. . Working for disarmament and peace by reducing dependence on finite resources and calling for the elimination of all nuclear weapons. . Creating a toxin free future with safer alternatives to hazardous chemicals in today's products and manufacturing. . Campaigning for sustainable agriculture by encouraging socially and ecologically responsible farming practices.

—Greenpeace International

Funding Greenpeace receives its funding from individual supporters and foundations. Greenpeace screens all major donations in order to ensure it does not receive unwanted donations. The organization does not accept money from governments, intergovernmental organizations, political parties or corporations in order to avoid their influence. Donations from foundations which are funded by political parties or receive most of their funding from governments or intergovernmental organizations are rejected. Foundation donations are also rejected if the foundations attach unreasonable conditions, restrictions or constraints on Greenpeace activities or if the donation would compromise the independence and aims of Greenpeace. Since in the mid-1990s the number of supporters started to decrease, Greenpeace pioneered the use of face-to-face fundraising where fundraisers actively seek new supporters at public places, subscribing them for a monthly direct debit donation. In 2008, most of the €202.5 million received by the organization was donated by about 2.6 million regular supporters, mainly from Europe.

41 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

In September 2003, the Public Interest Watch (PIW) complained to the Internal Revenue Service, claiming that Greenpeace USA tax returns were inaccurate and in violation of the law. [104] PIW charged that Greenpeace was using non-profit donations for advocacy instead of charity and educational purposes. PIW asked the IRS to investigate the complaint. Greenpeace rejected the

Role of Green peace in Enviromental pollution: Greenpeace was founded in Vancouver Canada in 1971. Its original mission was to fight nuclear testing in Alaska. The organization has evolved since then, and currently campaigns against global warming, ancient forest logging, whaling, and genetic engineering, among others. Greenpeace International is based in Amsterdam, with autonomous branches in 42 countries, and is funded by donations from individuals and foundations. Right now, they're campaigning in Washington D.C. to protect the polar bear.

Greenpeace aims to publicize threats against the environment. They lobby businesses and governments when they see policies they want changed. Sometimes they engage in non-violent direct action.

Members may attempt to place themselves between the hunters and their prey, as they have done with whaling. They may attempt to enter an area where a nuclear test is to be carried out, as they did in their first action in Alaska. These activities have the twin purposes of garnering publicity about a danger to the environment and physically preventing environmental destruction.

Greenpeace is too . Or, they're not radical enough, at least according to Paul Watson, who left Greenpeace to found Sea Shepherd. Members of Greenpeace have been arrested many times, for crimes such as vandalism and trespassing. On occasion, members of Greenpeace have done ecological damage themselves. The organization paid a $7000 fine to The Philippines, for damage they did by grounding on a coral reef in 2005. Greenpeace says the government gave them incorrect charts of the area.

Greenpeace appears to carefully stage their activities for the media. Perhaps the group manages its events for maximum publicity rather than maximum deterrent effect. These perceptions have led some former donors to give to organizations like Nature Conservancy instead, which buys up land for preservation, or to keep their funds in their local area.

Some Native peoples believe that they should be allowed to follow their time-honored cultural traditions, such as whale hunting, sealing, and salmon fishing, even if those traditions are abhorrent to strangers from other parts of the world. They resent outside interference, as anyone would. Greenpeace's anti-DDT campaign is slammed in countries where Malaria is a deadly serious problem.

So Greenpeace is accused of moral self-righteousness as well as cultural insensitivity. It's hard to deny though, that members of Greenpeace are sincere when they put their bodies on the line to try to save some part of the earth from exploitation.

42 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

5. Explain the basic elements of ecology. Ans: In ancient vedic philosophy stated that the elements of ecology was Akash (space), Vayu (air), Teja (energy), Aap (water) and prithvi (earth). These are known as the 'Panchtatva or the five elements. Hindu code bill or dharma strives to create harmony for the individual not only within the established societal order but also with the natural environment.

There are from basic components of natural environment :- 1) Atmosphere or the air. 2) Hydrosphere or the water. 3) Lithosphere or the rocks and soil. 4) Biosphere or the living component of the environment.

43 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Atmosphere - this consist of a complex mixture of a number of gases, watervapour and a variety of fine particulate material. The earth's atmosphere can be roughly divided into 4 major zones based on temperature. Hydrosphere :- an enormous quantity of water is present on our planet. In the total estimated water on earth 95% is locked in the lithosphere and 5% is actually available for fine circulation. Much of the available water contains a high percentage of salt and is therefore of little use to mankind. It is mainly the water received is the form of preclipitation - rain dew snow which is the most important source of fresh water to life as the earth. Lithosphere or Rocks & Soil - The lithosphere can be broadly in two categories A) Rocks B) Soil. a) Rocks - the rocks found on the earth's crust are of three types. a) Igneous rocks - they are formed by cooling and solidification of moltan rock material called Magma e.g. Basalt. b) Sedimentary rocks - develop as a result of gradual accumulation consolidation and hardening brought about by wind and water. These rocks are characterised by distinct sedimentary layers e.g. shale sandstone. c) MetaOnorphic rocks - are formed as a result of metamorphosis of igneous and sedimentary rocks due to intense heat and high pressure eg. Marble Slate. Biosphere :- This forms a thin curst of living beings over the surface of the earth. The biosphere includes most of the hydrosphere and parts of the lower atmosphere and upper lithosphere. This ranges from the deepest ocean fluel 20 km (12 miles) below sea level to the tops of the highest mountains.

44 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

6. Analyse the various causes and effects of acid rain. Ans: Acid rain" is a popular term referring to the deposition of wet (rain, snow, sleet, fog, cloudwater, and dew) and dry (acidifying particles and gases) acidic components. Distilled water, once carbon dioxide is removed, has a neutral pH of 7. Liquids with a pH less than 7 are acidic, and those with a pH greater than 7 are alkaline. “Clean” or unpolluted rain has a slightly acidic pH of over 5.7. Chemical processes

Combustion of fuels produces sulfur dioxide and nitric oxides. They are converted into sulfuric acid and nitric acid.

SO2 + OH· → HOSO2· which is followed by:

HOSO2· + O2 → HO2· + SO3

In the presence of water, sulfur trioxide (SO3) is converted rapidly to sulfuric acid:

SO3 (g) + H2O (l) → H2SO4 (l) reacts with OH to form nitric acid:

NO2 + OH· → HNO3

Causes of Acid rain:

The primary causes of acid rain are sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides. These chemicals are released by certain industrial processes, and as a result, the more industrialized nations of Europe as well as the US suffer severely from acid rain.

Most sulfur dioxide comes from power plants that use coal as their fuel. These plants emit 100 million tons of sulfur dioxide, 70% of that in the world.

Automobiles produce about half of the world's nitrogen oxide. As the number of automobiles in use increases, so does the amount of acid rain. Power plants that burn fossil fuels also contribute significantly to nitrogen oxide emission.

Though human causes are primarily responsible for acid rain, natural causes exist as well. Fires, volcanic eruptions, bacterial decomposition, and lightening also greatly increase the amount of nitrogen oxide on the planet. However, even the gigantic explosion of Mt. St. Helens released only about what one coal power plant emits in a year.

Once the tiny pollutant molecules have entered the atmosphere, they can travel for thousands of miles. Eventually, the particles will combine with other compounds to produce new, often harmful, chemicals.

Acid rain comes down to the earth in the form of rain, snow, hail, fog, frost, or dew. Once it reaches the ground, the acidity in the substance can harm and even destroy both natural ecosystems and man- made products, such as car finishes.

Effect of Acid rain:

Effects of Acidity on Plants and Animals

45 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

As a first example of the effects of acid rain, we can examine a case which is not obvious - effects on non-aquatic, tree nesting birds. This study was carried out in the Netherlands. It was observed that the proportion of birds laying defective eggs rose from roughly 10% in 1983-84 to 40% by 1987- 88. The defective eggs had thin and highly porous egg shells, which resulted in eggs failing to hatch because of shell breakage and desiccation. As a result, there was also a high proportion of empty nests and clutch desertion. It was also observed that these effects were limited to areas of acid rain.

Since the birds did not appear to be directly affected by the acidity, the food chain was examined (these birds are positioned at the upper part of the local food chain). The difference between areas of normal soil pH (buffered by high calcium content due to limestone and marble outcrops and bedrock) and those with acidic soil appeared to be the presence of snails. The snails depend on the soil as their calcium source as they secrete their shells. With much of the CaCO3 leached out of the soil by the acid precipitation, the snails could not survive in the area. The birds did not, at first, appear to be affected, because they continued to eat spiders and insects which, while supplying a sufficiently nutritious diet for the birds, where a poor source of calcium.

To test the hypothesis that the lack of calcium was the cause of the bird's laying defective eggs, ecologists "salted" the area with chicken egg shell fragments. The birds began to eat the chicken egg shells, and those that did laid normal eggs.

In this case, acid precipitation had affects that passed on up the food chain.

AFFECTS ON AQUATIC SYSTEMS

Mollusks - snails and clams.

- these invertebrates are highly sensitive to acidification because of their shells which are either calcite or aragonite (both forms a CaCO3) which they must take from the water.

- in Norway, no snails are found in lakes with a pH of less than 5.

- of 20 species of fingernail clams, only 6 were found in lakes with pH of less than 5.

Arthropods

- crustaceans are not found in water with a pH less than 5.

- crayfish are also uncommon in water where the pH is less than 5. This is an important consideration because crayfish are an important food source for many species of fish.

- many insects also become rare in waters with a pH less than 5.

Amphibians

- as you may know, many species of amphibians are declining. To what extent acid rain is contributing to this decline is not exactly known. However, one problem is that in places like northeastern North America amphibians breed in temporary pools which are fed by acidified spring meltwater. In general, eggs and juveniles are more sensitive to the affects of acidity.

Zooplankton in lakes

46 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

- changes in diversity among zooplankton have been noted in studies carried out in lakes in Ontario, Canada. These studies found that in lakes where the pH was greater than 5 the zooplankton communities exhibited diversities of 9 - 16 species with 3 - 4 being dominant. In lakes where the pH was less than 5, diversity had dropped to 1 - 7 species, with only 1 or 2 dominants.

Periphytic algae

- many acidified lakes exhibit a large increase in the abundance of periphytic algae (those that coat rocks, plants and other submerged objects). This increase has been attributed to the loss of heterotrophic activity in the lake (i.e., the loss of both microbial and invertebrate herbivores in the lake).

Fish

- as a result of acidification, fish communities have suffered significant changes in community composition attributed to high mortality, reproductive failure, reduced growth rate, skeletal deformities, and increased uptake of heavy metals.

Mortality

- effects on embryos and juveniles:

- Atlantic salmon fry have been observed to die when water with pH < 5 was introduced into breeding pools.

- in fish embryos, death appears to be due to corrosion of epidermal cells by the acid. Acidity also interferes with respiration and osmoregulation. In all fish at a pH of 4 to 5 the normal ion and acid/base balance is disturbed. Na+ uptake is inhibited in low pH waters with low salinity. Small fish are especially affected in this way because due to their greater ratio of body and gill surface area to overall body weight, the detrimental ion flux proceeds faster.

- in all fish low pH water causes extensive gill damage. Gill laminae erode, gill filaments swell, and edemas develop between the outer gill lamellar cells and the remaining tissue.

- at pH <3 coagulation of mucus on gill surfaces clogs the gills, which leads to anoxia and subsequent death.

Reproductive Failure

Reproductive failure has been suggested as the main reason for fish extinction due to acidity. In Ontario, Canada it was observed that in acidified lakes female fish did not release ova during mating season. When examined, the fish were found to have abnormally low serum calcium levels which appears to have disrupted their normal reproductive physiology.

Growth

Growth may increase or decrease depending on resistance of a species to acidity. For resistant species, growth can increase due to the loss of competing non-resistant species. On the other hand, growth can decrease due to increase in metabolic rate caused by sublethal acid stress. In this case the organism's rate of oxygen consumption goes up because the excess CO2 in the water increases the blood CO2 level which decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of the hemoglobin.

Skeletal Deformity

47 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

This occurs in some fish as a response to the lowered blood pH caused by increase in CO2 described above. Bones decalcify in response to a buildup of H2CO3 in the blood as the body attempts to maintain its normal serum osmotic concentration (i.e., the body attempts to return to a normal blood pH level).

GROUP – C ( Long Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following questions. 3 X15 = 45 7. Define the objectives of EIA. Mention the steps involved in the EIA process. Highlight eight guiding principles of EIA. 3 + 4 + 8 (Ref: question no. 3 of 2008)

8. What is a pollutant ? Give two examples each of a primary and a secondary air pollutants. Explain major air pollutant in the hospital context. State their effects and methods of control 1 + 4 + 4 + 6 Ans: 1st part: Pollutant can be defined as - substance or energy introduced into the environment that has undesired effects, or adversely affects the usefulness of a resource. A pollutant may cause long- or short- term damage by changing the growth rate of plant or animal species, or by interfering with human amenities, comfort, health, or property values. Pollutants may be classified by various criteria: (1) By the origin: whether they are natural or man-made (synthetic). (2) By the effect: on an organ, specie, or an entire ecosystem. (3) By the properties: mobility, persistence, toxicity. (4) By the controllability: ease or difficulty of removal.

2nd Part: Primary pollutants

1. Sulphur dioxide (S02) produced from burning of coal mainly in thermal power plants. It causes smog and acid rain.

2. A Nitrogen oxides (N02) causes smog and acid rain. It is produced from burning fuels including petrol, diesel and coal.

3. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a product by incomplete of fuel such as natural gas, coal or wood.

4. Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), released mainly from refrigeration. These gases combine with few other gases, which leads to a reduction of the that protects the earth from the harmful ultraviolet rays of the sun.

5. Carbon dioxide (C02), a greenhouse gas emitted from combustion.

6. Suspended particulate matter (SPM), include smoke, dust and vapour that can remain suspended for extended periods and can introduced in the environment as primary as well as secondary pollutants.

7. Toxic metals, such as lead, cadmium and copper can enter to the environment through petrol, hair dye products, paints, batteries etc.

8. Volatile organic compounds (VOC), such as hydrocarbon fuel vapors and solvents.

9. Ammonia (NH3) emitted from agricultural processes.

10. Odors, such as from garbage, sewage, and industrial processes

48 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

11. Radioactive pollutants produced by nuclear explosions and war explosives, and natural processes such as radon.

Secondary pollutants

1. Particulate matter formed from gaseous primary pollutants and compounds in photochemical smog, such as nitrogen dioxide.

2. Ground level ozone (03) formed from NO-, and VOCs.

3. Peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN) similarly formed from N02 and VOCs.

3rd and 4th part: responsibility of hospital to reduce air pollution People who are exposed to toxic air pollutants at sufficient concentrations, for sufficient durations, may increase their chances of getting cancer or experiencing other serious health effects, such as reproductive problems, birth defects, and aggravated . Pollution prevention can reduce the impact of air pollution by using materials, processes, or practices that reduce or eliminate air pollution at the source. Medical hospitals are facilities that engage in providing general medical, surgical, and specialty services. Equipment breakage and waste incineration may release pollutants into the air and may contribute to health concerns in hospitals and in the community.

Hospitals implement pollution prevention strategies not only to help comply with federal, state, local, and Tribal laws but also to further minimize impacts on human health and the environment. Check with your state, local, and Tribal agencies for existing regulations. air pollutants in hospitals • Hospital operations can produce emissions of toxic air pollutants such as mercury and dioxin.

Mercury • Mercury can be used in thermometers, blood pressure cuffs, thermostats, fluorescent lights, and other products found in hospitals. • At room temperature, elemental mercury is a liquid and emits toxic vapors, which can be inhaled into the and absorbed into the bloodstream. • Mercury is very toxic to humans. It impacts the kidneys, liver, respiratory system, and central nervous system.

When emitted indoors, mercury will eventually leak into the outdoor air through doors, ventilation systems, and other openings. It can also reach outdoor air through the incinerations of mercury- containing products.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) • PVC is used in plastic products such as IV bags, surgical tubing, other medical supplies, and construction materials. • PVC is a source of toxic air pollutants when incinerated. Some hospitals incinerate their waste onsite. • Dioxin is a potent carcinogen and interferes with normal reproduction and development at low doses.

How can hospitals reduce air pollution? Making changes in hospital operations can stop pollutants at the source and increase efficiency. By evaluating and improving work practices, hospitals can decrease emissions, reduce operational costs, and protect employee and public health. Examples of changes in work practices that help reduce air pollution include:

49 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Replacing Sources of Mercury • Use alternatives to mercury thermometers, mercury blood pressure cuffs, and other equipment. • Switch to mercury-free preservatives. • Insist on using recovered and recycled mercury in all products that do not yet have mercury-free alternatives.

Locating Sources of Mercury • Use a mercury audit on a regular basis to locate sources of mercury. • Formulate a plan to reduce sources of mercury.

Communicating Mercury Dangers • Develop a training and communication program. • Train employees to look for ways to reduce mercury pollution. • Develop and implement a protocol to prevent hospital employees from improperly disposing of mercury.

Reducing PVC Use • Conduct a PVC audit. • Look for PVC-free products to replace PVC products. • Use PVC-free medical devices, construction and furnishing products whenever possible.

As a community, what can you do to help reduce air pollution from hospitals?

Make Connections • Get to know local hospital administrators because they know best about the materials and procedures used in their hospitals and the regulations with which they must comply. • Keep local media aware of progress by sending them updates. Publicity can reward success and attract more public involvement.

Make a Plan • One idea is to form a work group that includes local hospital administrators to develop and implement workable pollution reduction plans.

Locate Resources • Use the “For Further Information” list below to find governmental and nonprofit contacts who can provide help with analysis, technical information, equipment, and funding.

Lobby for Pollution Prevention Certification • Help hospitals lobby societies such as the American Hospital Association to sponsor a certification for those who actively strive to reduce air emissions.

Encourage a “Top Down” Pollution Prevention Approach • Many hospitals are part of a larger hospital system that includes doctors’ offices, outpatient clinics, and laboratories. • Lobby hospitals to aggressively implement pollution prevention measures in all parts of its system.

Help Hospitals Raise Mercury Awareness in the Surrounding Community • Encourage hospitals to sponsor a “mercury turn-in” event in the surrounding community to collect mercury thermometers and batteries. • This opportunity will allow them to inform the community about mercury dangers. • Such an event will promote the hospital as a cooperative partner within the community.

50 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

9. Explain the main subdivisions of biosphere. Which features of the planet earth makes life possible here ? How does the study of the subject ‘environment and ecology’ help the hospital administrators in efficiently managing a hospital ? 6 + 3 + 6 Ans: 1st part: The biosphere is defined as the part of earth which is habituated. The atmosphereconsists of both the biotic and abiotic components. The biosphere is also known as living mantle. This idea came into function 100 year ago. It was rejected than and its importance was come to known recently. The Austrian geologist Eduar Suess played a vital role in this regard. The thickness of biosphere is around 22 and half a kilometer from the bottom of ocean and extends till the top of mountains. Some part of the biosphere are occupied more and some are less. The maximum density of the organisms occurs in the tropical rain forests along with the coral reef. The life on the live volcanoes does not exist. There are very few organisms which occur on the tundra region, in snow capped Himalayas, deserts and the hot springs. There are different subdivisions of biosphere.

These are known as :-

1. Hydrosphere

2. Lithosphere

3. Atmosphere. They interact with each other and do not occur alone. They provide a crucial role in the existence of organisms. The lithosphere is the solid part of earth. It forms the continents and the land masses. It is mainly composed of the rocks and soil. It is rich in minerals. It is about 20 kilometer in the thickness. The area which is uncovered is the area which provides the exchange of minerals with the living world. The hydrosphere is the liquid part of earth. It formsthe oceans, sea, lakes, rivers and ponds etc. The survival of aquatic animals depends on water.The seas and oceans occupy nearly ¾ th area of earth. Their salt content is high. There is a little salt content in the fresh water. The atmosphere is the gaseous part of earth. It form the gases such as nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide and other few gases along with the dust and water particles. They cover the lithosphere and hydrosphere. The nitrogen is the most abundant gas which is followed by the other gases. The atmosphere extends many kilometers and is divided into many parts. It consists of the troposphere, stratosphere, ozonosphere and ionosphere.

51 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

2nd part: The troposphere is important to biosphere and the rest of layers act as an ozone layer which remove the U.V rays and other harmful waves.These subdivisions are essential for the survival of living beings. The ozone layer is a deep layer in the stratosphere, encircling the Earth, that has large amounts of ozone in it. The layer shields the entire Earth from much of the harmful ultraviolet radiation that comes from the sun.

Interestingly, it is also this ultraviolet radiation that forms the ozone in the first place. Ozone is a special form of oxygen, made up of three oxygen rather than the usual two oxygen atoms. It usually forms when some type of radiation or electrical discharge separates the two atoms in an oxygen molecule (O2), which can then individually recombine with other oxygen molecules to form ozone (O3).

Importance of Ozone layer: Although the concentration of the ozone in the ozone layer is very small, it is vitally important to life because it absorbs biologically harmful ultraviolet (UV) radiation coming from the sun. UV radiation is divided into three categories, based on its wavelength; these are referred to as UV-A (400–315 nm), UV-B (315–280 nm), and UV-C (280–100 nm). UV-C, which would be very harmful to all living things, is entirely screened out by ozone at around 35 kilometres (115,000 ft) altitude. UV-B radiation can be harmful to the skin and is the main cause of sunburn; excessive exposure can also cause genetic damage, resulting in problems such asskin cancer. The ozone layer is very effective at screening out UV-B; for radiation with a wavelength of 290 nm, the intensity at the top of the atmosphere is 350 million times stronger than at the Earth's surface. Nevertheless, some UV-B reaches the surface. Most UV-A reaches the surface; this radiation is significantly less harmful, although it can potentially cause genetic damage.

3rd Part: IMPORTANCE: There for 100 years, educate people.” If we wish to manage our planet earth, we have to make all the persons environmentally educated. The study of environmental science makes us understand the scientific basis for establishing a standard which can be considered acceptably safe, clean and healthy for man and natural ecosystem. Natural ecosystem includes both physical and natural science. Most environmental scientists agree that if pollution and other environmental deterrents continue at their present rates, the result will be irreversible damage to the ecological cycles and balances in nature upon which all life depends. Environmental scientists warn that fundamental, and perhaps drastic, changes inhuman behaviour will be required to avert an ecological crisis. To safeguard the healthful environment that is essential to life, humans must learn that Earth does not have infinite resources. Earth’s limited resources must be conserved and, where possible, reused. Furthermore, humans must devise new strategies that mesh environmental progress with economic growth. The future growth of developing nations depends upon the development of sustainable conservation methods that protect the environment while also meeting the basic needs of citizens. An environmental study is the subject in which we examine important issues relating to environment as they affect our lives. It is an exploratory description of issues. Each issue can be probed more deeply. Environmental studies is very important but most neglected body of knowledge. It concerns itself with life support system and is very closely related with development and economic growth. Many a time both development and economic growth are not easily reconciled. We have to choose between environment and development. It has been the reality that the industrial countries have high level of development and decent standard of living at the expense of environment and depletion of natural resources. The real question is how long is the Mother Earth likely suffer and how long this kind of development will be sustainable? Developing countries on the other hand are still struggling to achieve a minimum standard of living though they are also equally contributing to environmental damage. Both,

52 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India industrialized and underdeveloped or developing countries, damage, deplete and pollute the environment.

Hazardous Waste Management: NTPC being a proactive organization, the handling and disposal of hazardous wastes are done as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules 1989 (as amended in 2003) guidelines issued by Government of India for the treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes. Scientific study on management and handling of hazardous wastes was carried out at a few NTPC stations to adopt the best practices so that there is a complete compliance with statutory requirements. In NTPC sataione, the Hazardous Wastes (Recyclable) are sold / auctioned to registered recyclers / refiners. The other hazardous wastes such as the activated carbon resins, used drums (hazardous) chromium (Cr-III electrolytes, used petro-chemicals, asbestos packings, used torchbatteries, ribbon, toners / cartridges, mixed wastes (waste oil, water & cotton) filters, earth contaminated with synthetic oil (FQF) glass used & sodium silicate, lamps & tubes etc. fall under the category of Hazardous Wastes (Non-Recyalable). These wastes are small in quantity and are stored in properly identified locations. As per the notification, hazardous wastes (non-recyalable) are to be sent to State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) approved common treatment storage and disposal facility (TSDF). Bio-Medical Waste Management: Hospital (or Bio-medical) wastes get generated from hospitals and they include urine bags, human anatomical wastes, plaster of paris waste, empty plastic bottles of water & glucose, blood & chemical mixed cotton, blood & urines tubes etc. these wastes are segregated and are placed in buckets of different colours as per the notification for Bio-Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules. The seggregated bio-medical wastes are either disposed through the SPCB approved agency or they are treated in autoclaves before disposal into bio-medical waste disposal pits. The treated bio-medical waste is spread uniformly and covered with 10 cm thick soil in bio-medical waste disposal pits.

10. Define eutrophication. Why is it necessary to treat the sewage before its disposal ? Discuss the factors and financial implications to be taken in consideration while setting up a waste water treatment plant. 2 + 5 + 8 Ans:

1st part: Eutrophication - “The process by which a body of water acquires a high concentration of nutrients, especially phosphates and nitrates. These typically promote excessive growth of algae. As the algae die and decompose, high levels of organic matter and the decomposing organisms deplete the water of available oxygen, causing the death of other organisms, such as fish. Eutrophication is a natural, slow- aging process for a water body, but human activity greatly speeds up the process.”

2nd part: In addition to water that we want to recycle, wastewater contains pathogens (disease organisms), nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus, solids, chemicals from cleaners and disinfectants and even hazardous substances.1 Given all of the components of wastewater, it seems fairly obvious that we need to treat wastewater not only to recycle the water and nutrients but also to protect human and environmental health. Many people, however, are not very concerned about wastewater treatment until it hits home. They can ignore it until bacteria or nitrates show up in their drinking water, the lake gets green in the summer and the beach is closed, or the area begins to smell like sewage on warm days. Sometimes residents discover they can’t get a building permit or sell their home without a septic inspection or upgrade, or they find out there is no room on their property for a new or replacement septic system. Often when one homeowner has a sewage treatment problem, others in the neighborhood have the same problem. People don’t always talk to their neighbors about sewage problems for a variety of reasons, including risk of enforcement actions.  To remove organic and inorganic matter which would otherwise cause pollution  To remove pathogenic (disease causing) organisms  In order to protect:

53 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 The Environment  Human Health 3rd Part: Economic and Financial implication:

Although the responsibility for collecting, treating and disposing of urban wastewater will normally lie with a local water or sewerage authority or municipality, farmers wishing to take advantage of the effluent are often able and willing to pay for what they use but are not prepared to subsidize general disposal costs. They will base their decision on whether or not they will be better off paying for the effluent rather than doing without it, taking into account the quantity, timing, quality and cost of the treated effluent. The local sewerage authority should acknowledge their financial responsibility for the basic system to achieve environmental protection objectives and only charge farmers for any incremental costs associated with additional treatment or distribution required specifically for effluent use in agriculture or aquaculture. In practice, if the effluent use scheme is considered at the time the sewerage project is being planned, treatment costs might well be reduced over those normally required for environmental protection.

Payments by farmers might take the form of direct effluent use tariffs paid to the authority, or contributions to the capital and/or operating costs of the wastewater treatment plant and effluent conveyance system. Cost sharing can be by cash payments or in-kind contributions, such as land for siting treatment or storage facilities and labour for operation and maintenance. Bartone (1986) has indicated that benefit-cost studies made in Peru showed that the irrigation components in effluent irrigation schemes were economically viable even if land costs and operation and maintenance for wastewater treatment were charged to farmers but not if the full cost of investment in treatment facilities was charged against the agricultural component. In the latter case, feasibility depended on the alternative minimum cost of treatment required for disposal without reuse.

Since wastewater treatment is a major cost in effluent use systems, accepting that local authorities are fully responsible for wastewater collection, it is essential that treatment process selection is made in conjunction with decisions on crop and irrigation system selection. Only in this way can a minimal investment in treatment be achieved without compromising the health risks of an effluent use scheme. Once a decision on effluent quality has been taken, the required standard must be achieved consistently and the effluent treatment and conveyance system must be operated with complete reliability. Fluctuating production and demand for effluent created by seasonal and diurnal patters of water use, cropping and crop water needs must be accommodated at all times, even if the price of the effluent is varied, to be higher in the hot season.

Factors effecting water treatment:

1. Economic and Financial feasibility 2. 2. Public Awareness: the public must be aware of the adverse effects of water pollution. It is only then, that the people who use ponds, lakes, etc. for washing clothes or utensils, self bathing and bathing of animal. 3. Government awareness: the water resources are national properties and thus , the government should be aware of its importance and should take proper steps to keep such resources pure. 4. Domestic Awareness: domestic waste water should not be allowed to contaminate public water reservoir or agricultural field. 5. Industrial awareness: Industries must not be allowed to operate without proper water treatment plants. 6. Scientists awareness: because of their greater awareness, must give importance to the problem and should development proper eco-friendly materials and techniques for disposing waste water.

54 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

7. Awareness of Municipal corporation: the municipal corporations should take care of cleaning garbage and rubbish in the dustbins. City sewage water must be treated on a regular basis and proper drainage system should be provided.

11. Write short notes on any two of the following : 2 7 i) Role of plastic on land pollution Ans: Plastic is one of the major toxic pollutants of our time. Being a non-biodegradable substance, composed of toxic chemicals, plastic pollutes earth, air and water.

There is no way whatsoever you can safely dispose of plastic waste.

Plastic causes serious damage to environment both during its production and disposal. So the only way to reduce the hazards of plastic is to reduce the use of plastic and thereby force a reduction in its production.

Plastic plays the villain right from the stage of its production. The major chemicals that go into the making of plastic are highly toxic and pose serious threat to living beings of all species on earth.

Some of the constituents of plastic such as benzene and vinyl chloride are known to cause cancer, while many others are gases and liquid hydrocarbons that vitiate earth and air. Plastic resins themselves are flammable and have contributed considerably to several accidents worldwide.

The noxious substances emitted during the production of plastic are synthetic chemicals like ethylene oxide, benzene and xylenes. Besides hitting hard the eco-system, which is already fragile, these chemicals can cause an array of maladies ranging from birth defects to cancer, damage the nervous system and the and also adversely affect the blood and the kidneys. And, many of these toxic substance are emitted during recycling of plastic, too.

Like in the case of all other chemical substances, disposal of plastic is a myth. Once plastic is produced, the harm is done once and for all. Plastic defies any kind of attempt at disposal be it through recycling, burning, or landfilling.

When you recycle a hazard, you create a hazard. Recycling of a toxic waste merely puts the hazardous material back into the marketplace and, eventually, into the environment thereby making no reduction in toxic use.

Since plastic does not undergo bacterial decomposition, landfilling using plastic would mean preserving the poison forever.

But can plastic be burned and thus its hazard got rid of? No way. When burned, plastic releases a host of poisonous chemicals into the air, including dioxin, the most toxic substance known to science.

Apart from these perils, recycling of plastic is very uneconomical, dirty and labour-intensive as has been reveled by a study conducted by the Public Interest Research Group, based in Dehi, India.

Recycling of plastic is associated with skin and respiratory problems, resulting from exposure to and inhalation of toxic fumes, especially hydrocarbons and residues released during the process. What is worse, the recycled plastic degrades in quality and necessitates the production of more new plastic to make the original product.

Plastic wastes clog the drains and thus hit especially urban sewage systems. The plastic wastes being dumped into rivers, streams and seas contaminate the water, soil, marine life and also the very air we

55 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India breathe. Choked drains provide excellent breeding grounds for disease-causing mosquitoes besides causing flooding during the monsoons.

Any attempt to get rid of plastic through landfills is also dangerous. Apart form toxic seepage from the landfill, resulting in the contamination of precious water sources, the waste mass impedes the flow of ground water as well and obstructs the movement of roots thereby badly affecting the soils biological balance and organic processes.

Landfills are also prone to leaks. The wastes especially cadmium and lead in the wastes invariably mix with rain water, then seep through the ground and drain into nearby streams and lakes and other water bodies. Thus the water we use gets poisoned. ii) Environment Protection Act iii) Catalytic converter Ans:

The catalytic converter was one of the greatest emission control inventions in the history of monitoring carbon and greenhouse gas emissions. It starts in the engine, but the catalytic converter is the last stop for exhaust gases and the last chance to launder that nasty air before it shoots into the atmosphere, and our noses.

How It Works, Basically: Your catalytic converter is a magical hot box. Ok, it's not magic, but it sounds magical the first time you hear how it works. Hot exhaust gases exit your engine and head through your exhaust to the catalytic converter. Inside this expanded tube is a massive network or honeycomb of ceramics. This ceramic checkpoint has been coated with compounds that react with the exhaust to eliminate certain harmful emissions. Even though the exhaust is flying through the tube at high velocity, the molecules that coat the ceramics are able to react in milliseconds, hanging on to the bad stuff until it's converted to something harmless (or less harmful) like Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide or water vapor.

There are a number of factors that affect the performance of your catalytic converter. The converter works in conjunction with your oxygen sensors to come up with the cleanest possible exhaust. As long as everything is operating as it should - engine at proper operating temp, air/fuel mixture optimized, no contaminants added to the exhaust - the system works really well. Throw a faulty O2 sensor into the mix and you have problems. Since the O2 sensor can alter your air/fuel mixture, it can kill your catalytic converter. If the mix is too lean, the converter won't have the right elements to clean the exhaust. Too rich and the converter will heat up to the point of melting, and trying to push exhaust through a solid block is tough. If your car burns oil or leaks coolant into the engine, these contaminants can collect on the ceramics inside the converter and cause it to clog.

There are many things that can make inoperable or ruin your catalytic converter, but keeping your car well tuned and in top repair will give you a lifetime of emission control.

Once your catalytic converter reaches its operating temperature (known as "light off temperature" and usually between 400 and 600 degrees Fahrenheit) the catalyst compound coating the inner ceramics start to convert the three regulated harmful emissions into less harmful emissions. The three harmful emissions regulated by the EPA are Carbon monoxide (CO), Hydrocarbons (or VOCs for Volatile Organic Compounds), and Nitrogen compounds (NOx).

Carbon monoxide: Most of the used air leaving your engine is Carbon dioxide or CO2. But since combustion isn't always perfect or complete, some of the Carbon molecules only pick up one Oxygen

56 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India to create carbon monoxide, a deadly, odorless gas. The catalytic converter creates a reaction between the CO and its surrounding air particles to create CO2 and H2O (water).

Hydrocarbons: A Hydrocarbon is any compound made of Carbon and Hydrogen that can be burned. Hydrocarbon emissions covers a range of harmful emissions, but they are all made up of unburned Carbon and Hydrogen. Hydrocarbons are harmful when breathed and contribute greatly to smog build up in urban areas.

NOxNitrogen compounds referred to as NOx have caused many an emissions test failure. NOx emissions are basically Nitrogen molecules that have combined with Oxygen and escape the engine unburned. NOx emissions cause smog and acid rain.

The compounds coating the inner structure of the cat literally strip, ram together, and otherwise muscle these emissions into less harmful gases and water, leaving the stuff that comes out of your tailpipe in much better shape.

iv) Bio-medical wastes Ans: Definition : ‘Bio-medical waste’ means any solid and/or liquid waste including its container and any intermediate product, which is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or immunisation of human beings or animals or in research pertaining thereto or in the production or testing thereof.

Management Issues of Bio-medical Waste Management

57 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The management principles are based on the followi ng aspects : · Reduction/control of waste (by controlling inventory, wastage of consumable items, reagents, breakage etc.). · Segregation of the different types of wastes into different categories according to their treatment/disposal options given in Schedule I of the Rules mentioned above. · Segregated collection and transportation to final treatment/disposal facility so that they do not get mixed. · Proper treatment and final disposal as indicated in the rules. · Safety of handling, full care/protection against operational hazard for personnel at each level. · Proper organisation and management. v) . Ans: The Oxygen cycle is the biogeochemical cycle that describes the movement of oxygen within its three main reservoirs: the atmosphere (air), the total content of biological matter within the biosphere (the global sum of all ecosystems), and the lithosphere (Earth's crust). Failures in the oxygen cycle within the hydrosphere (the combined mass of water found on, under, and over the surface of a planet) can result in the development of hypoxic zones. The main driving factor of the oxygen cycle is photosynthesis, which is responsible for the modern Earth's atmosphere and life. Reservoirs

By far the largest reservoir of Earth's oxygen is within the silicate and oxide minerals of the crust and mantle (99.5%). Only a small portion has been released as free oxygen to the biosphere (0.01%) and atmosphere (0.36%). The main source of atmospheric oxygen is photosynthesis, which produces sugars and oxygen from carbon dioxide and water:-

6CO2 + 6H2O + energy → C6H12O6 + 6O2 Photosynthesizing organisms include the plant life of the land areas as well as the phytoplankton of the oceans. The tiny marine cyanobacterium Prochlorococcuswas discovered in 1986 and accounts for more than half of the photosynthesis of the open ocean.[1] An additional source of atmospheric oxygen comes from photolysis, whereby high energy ultraviolet radiation breaks down atmospheric water and nitrous oxide into component atoms.

The free H and N atoms escape into space leaving O2 in the atmosphere:

2H2O + energy → 4H + O2

2N2O + energy → 4N + O2 The main way oxygen is lost from the atmosphere is via respiration and decay, mechanisms in which animal life and bacteria consume oxygen and release carbon dioxide. The lithosphere also consumes oxygen. An example of surface weathering chemistry is formation of iron-oxides (rust):

4FeO + O2 → 2Fe2O3 Oxygen is also cycled between the biosphere and lithosphere. Marine organisms in the biosphere create calcium carbonate shell material (CaCO3) that is rich in oxygen. When the organism dies its shell is deposited on the shallow sea floor and buried over time to create the limestone rock of the lithosphere. Weathering processes initiated by organisms can also free oxygen from the lithosphere. Plants and animals extract nutrient minerals from rocks and release oxygen in the process (Diagram to be inserted

58 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

2010 GROUP – A ( Multiple Choice Type Questions ) 1. Choose the correct alternatives for the following : 10 1 = 10 i) The Ganga pollution is due to dumping of a) domestic & industrial sewage b) food waste c) waste from forest d) hospital waste. a ii) The protective shield of life on earth is a) Oxygen b) Hydrogen c) Ozone d) Carbon dioxide. c iii) BOD means a) Biggest Oxygen Demand b) Biological Oxygen Demand c) Blown Out Dose d) none of these. b iv) Hydrosphere consists of a) rocks b) air layers c) various water bodies and oceans d) soil. c v) Biotic factor of ecosystem is a) soil b) solar energy c) temperature d) plants and animals. d

vi) Which one of the following is the intensity level of noise ? a) centimetre b) newton c) decibel d) watt. c vii) Minamata disease is caused by a) lead poisoning b) arsenic poisoning c) mercury poisoning d) none of these. c

viii) Tinnitus is a disease caused by a) Land pollution b) Air pollution c) Thermal pollution d) Noise pollution. d ix) EIA aims at without causing damage to a) Environment b) Universe c) Country's economy d) Atmosphere. c x) Saline bottles, bandages, syringes, blood stained cotton, tissues, etc. are variety of ...... wastes. a) Industrial b) Bio-medical c) Domestic d) Commercial. b

59 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

GROUP – B ( Short Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3X5 = 15

2. State the importance of Environmental Protection Act, 1986 in Hospital Administration. Ans: Salient Features of Environment (Protection) Act 1986-- In brief, the following are the special features of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986:-

1. Object of the Act-- Environment has been defined as the aggregate of all external conditions and influences effecting the life and development of an organism. Development without regard to the ecological equilibrium has led to an environmental crisis in the recent past. In fact, there is growing evidence of man made harm in many regions of the earth, dangerous levels of pollution in air, water, earth and living beings, thereon, major and undesirable disturbances to the ecological balance of the biosphere, destruction and depletion of irreplaceable resources and gross deficiencies harmful to the physical, mental and social wealth of man in the man made environment. Thus,the protection and improvement of human environment is a major issue which effects the well beings of the people and economic development throughout the world. It is, therefore, the urgent desire of the people of the whole world and the duty of the all Governments and the all peoples to protect environment. That is why the Articles 48A and 51A of the Constitution of India have cast a solemn duty not only on the State but also on the citizens towards the protection of the environment and conservation of the forests and the wild life.

Recent Legislation in India- The Water (Prevention and COntrol of Pollution) Act was passed in 1974. It aimed at maintianing the purity of water by preventing water pollution and provided for establishment of the Pollution Control Boards at the State Level. Similarly, the Air (prevention and Control of Pollution) Act was passedin 1981 to COntrol Air Pollution.

Objects and Reasons- The act was passed for the following objects and reasons i.e. for the protection, regulation of discharge of environmental pollutants and handling of hazardous substances, speedy response in the event of accidents threatening environment and deterrent punishment to those who endanger human environment , safety and health.

2. Short, Title , Extent and Commencement- Acc to Section 1 of the Enviroment (Protection) Act, 186- i) This act may be called the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. ii) It extends to the whole of India. iii) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the offical gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of the Act and for different areas.

Thus, it is clear from the perusal of S. 1 of this Act that the Environment Act, 1986 applies to the whole of India equally.

The Act come into force in India on 19 November 1986 by a notification published in the official gazette vide notification No. G.S.R 1198 (E) dated 12.11.1986. it is to be noted that this act is a special law and has priority over the other general laws like Water, Air, Air Act etc.

3. Definitions of Various Terms used in the Act- Acc to Section 2 in this act, unles the context otherwise requires;- i) Environment- 'Environment' includes water , air and land and the interrelationship which exsits

60 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India among and between water, air and land and human beings , other living creatures, plants, micro- organism and property; ii) Environmental Pollutant- 'Environmental pollutant' means any solid, liquid, or gaseous substance present in such concentration as may be, or tend to be, injurious to environment.; iii) Environmental pollution- 'Environmnetal pollution' means the presence inthe environment of any environmental pollutant; iv) Handling-"Handling' in relation to any substance, means the manufacture, processing, treatment, package, storage, transportation, use, collection, destruction, conversion, offering for sale, transfer or the like of such substance; v) Hazardous Substance- means any substance or preparation which by reaosn of its chemical or physico- chemical properties or handling, is liable to cause harm to human beings, other living creatures plans, microorganisms property or the environment; vi) Occupier- in relation to any factory or premises, means a person who has control over the affiars of the factory or the premises and includes, in relation to any substance , the person in possession of the substance; vi) Prescribed- means prescribed by rules made under this Act.

4. Subject matter of the Act- this is to protect and improve human environmental quality.

5. General and Particular Powers of Central Government- This act was conferred on Central Govt. vide general and special powers for the purpose of its successful enforcement and to achieve the desired objections.

6. Duties and Liabilites of the persons carrying on Industries, Operation and Handling Hazardous Substances etc.

7. Provisions relating to penalties

8. Every person has a locus standi- One of the most striking features of this act is that it provides a locus standi to every person. Now even a citizen has the right to approch a court provided he has given notice of not less than 60 days of the alleged offence and his intention to make a complaint to the Central Govt or the competent authority.

3. How do you analyse Environmental Impact Assessment ? (Ref: question no. 3 of 2008)

4. What are meant by hazardous wastes ? Mention the special care to be taken for their handling and disposal. 1 + 4 (Ref: question no. 10 of 2009)

5. What is acid rain ? What are the adverse effects of acid rain ? 2 + 3 (Ref: question no. 6 of 2009)

6. State the advantages and disadvantages of Electrostatic precipitator and Cyclone system? Ans: Electrostatic precipitators: This electrical equipment was first introduced by Dr.F.G. Cottel in 1906 and was first economically used in 1937 for removal of dust and ash particles with the exhaust gases of thermal power plants. The electrostatic precipitators are extensively used in removal of fly ash from electric utility boiler emissions. The use of this collector is growing rapidly because of the new strict air quality codes. An electrostatic precipitator can be designed to run at any desired efficiency

61 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

for use as a primary collector or as a supplementary unit to a cyclone collector. It is often considered worthwhile to retain an existing cyclone as a primary collector in cases where collection efficiencies must be upgraded especially where there is large amount of unburnt carbon in fly ash( about 15%) because the presence of large quantities of carbon in the gas can adversely affect the collection efficiency of a precipitator.

Advantages:  Low operating cost (except at very high efficiencies)

 Very high efficiency, even for smaller particles

 Ability to handle very large gas flow rates with low pressure losses

 Ability to remove dry as well as wet particles

 Temperature flexibility in design

Disadvantages:

 High capital cost

 Very expensive to purchase and install

 Taking a lot of space

 Not flexible once installed

 Failure to operate on particles with high electrical resistivity

 Advantages of Cyclone System  Reliable, low-maintenance operation. Cyclone separators have no moving or replaceable parts.  Heavy-duty performance. Effective handling of coarse particles and chips, as well as heavy dust loads.  High-temperature capability.  Excellent pre-filter performance. As a pre-filter, a cyclone dust collector separates out the coarser particles and thus increases the effectiveness and filter life for collection of the finer dust in a high-efficiency dust collector.

GROUP – C ( Long Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3X15 = 45

7. Define the concept of Greenhouse Effect. How do Greenhouse gases increase the temperature of the earth ? What are the commercial uses of CFC ? Write the chemical formula of CFC11. 3 + 7 + 4 + 1 Ans:

The atmosphere's greenhouse effect works in roughly the same way as a garden greenhouse. In a greenhouse, energy from the sun passes through the glass as rays of light. This energy is absorbed by the plants, soil and other objects in the greenhouse. Much of this absorbed energy is converted to heat, which warms the greenhouse. The glass helps keep the greenhouse warm by trapping this heat.

62 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The earth's atmosphere acts somewhat like the glass of a greenhouse. About 31 percent of the incoming radiation from the sun is reflected directly back to space by the earth's atmosphere and surface (particularly by snow and ice), and another 20 percent is absorbed by the atmosphere. The rest of the incoming radiation is absorbed by the earth's oceans and land, where it is converted into heat, warming the surface of the earth and the air above it. Particular gases in the atmosphere act like the glass of a greenhouse, preventing the heat from escaping.

These greenhouse gases absorb heat and radiate some of it back to the earth's surface, causing surface temperatures to be higher than they would otherwise be. The most important naturally occurring greenhouse gas is water vapour and it is the largest contributor to the natural greenhouse effect. However, other gases, although they occur in much smaller quantities, also play a substantial and growing role in the greenhouse effect. These include carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide.

Without this natural greenhouse effect, the earth would be much colder than it is now - about 33 degrees Celsius colder - making the average temperature on the planet a freezing -18 degrees Celsius rather than the balmy 15 degrees Celsius it is. The warmth of our climate is crucial because on earth and in the atmosphere, water can exist in all three of its phases - frozen as snow or ice, liquid as water, and gaseous as water vapour. The cycling of water from one phase to another is critical to sustaining life since it is this cycling of water through the land-ocean-atmosphere system that replenishes the water available to life on earth. The water cycle is also an important part of what drives our weather and the climate system generally.

2nd part: When sunlight reaches Earth's surface some is absorbed and warms the earth and most of the rest is radiated back to the atmosphere at a longer wavelength than the sun light. Some of these longer wavelengths are absorbed by greenhouse gases in the atmosphere before they are lost to space. The absorption of this longwave radiant energy warms the atmosphere. These greenhouse gases act like a mirror and reflect back to the Earth some of the heat energy which would otherwise be lost to space. The reflecting back of heat energy by the atmosphere is called the "greenhouse effect".

The major natural greenhouse gases are water vapor, which causes about 36-70% of the greenhouse effect on Earth (not including clouds); carbon dioxide CO2, which causes 9-26%; methane, which causes 4-9%, and ozone, which causes 3-7%. It is not possible to state that a certain gas causes a certain percentage of the greenhouse effect, because the influences of the various gases are not additive. Other greenhouse gases include, but are not limited to, nitrous oxide, sulfur hexafluoride, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons and chlorofluorocarbons.

The contribution of each gas to the greenhouse effect is affected by the characteristics of that gas, its abundance, and any indirect effects it may cause. For example, on a molecule-for-molecule basis the direct radiative effects of methane is about 72 times stronger than carbon dioxide over a 20 year time frame but it is present in much smaller concentrations so that its total direct radiative effect is smaller, and it has a shorter atmospheric lifetime. On the other hand, in addition to its direct radiative impact methane has a large indirect radiative effect because it contributes to ozone formation. Shindell et al. (2005) argue that the contribution to climate change from methane is at least double previous estimates as a result of this effect. When these gases are ranked by their direct contribution to the greenhouse effect, the most important are:

63 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Gas Formula Contribution (%)

Water vapor H2O 36 – 72 %

Carbon dioxide CO2 9 – 26 %

Methane CH4 4 – 9 %

Ozone O3 3 – 7 %

In addition to the main greenhouse gases listed above, other greenhouse gases include sulfur hexafluoride, hydrofluorocarbons and perfluorocarbons (see IPCC list of greenhouse gases). Some greenhouse gases are not often listed. For example, nitrogen trifluoride has a high global warming potential (GWP) but is only present in very small quantities. 3rd Part: Commercial development and use of CFCs and related compounds

During World War II, various chloroalkanes were in standard use in military aircraft, although these early halons suffered from excessive toxicity. Nevertheless, after the war they slowly became more common in civil aviation as well. In the 1960s, fluoroalkanes and bromofluoroalkanes became available and were quickly recognized as being highly effective fire-fighting materials. Much early research with Halon 1301was conducted under the auspices of the US Armed Forces, while Halon 1211 was, initially, mainly developed in the UK. By the late 1960s they were standard in many applications where water and dry-powder extinguishers posed a threat of damage to the protected property, including computer rooms, telecommunications switches, laboratories, museums and art collections. Beginning with warships, in the 1970s, bromofluoroalkanes also progressively came to be associated with rapid knockdown of severe fires in confined spaces with minimal risk to personnel. By the early 1980s, bromofluoroalkanes were in common use on aircraft, ships, and large vehicles as well as in computer facilities and galleries. However, concern was beginning to be expressed about the impact of chloroalkanes and bromoalkanes on the ozone layer. The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer did not cover bromofluoroalkanes as it was thought, at the time, that emergency discharge of extinguishing systems was too small in volume to produce a significant impact, and too important to human safety for restriction.

64 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Applications and replacements for CFCs Application Previously used CFC Replacement

CFC-12 (CCl2F2); CFC-11(CCl3F);HFC-23 (CHF3); HFC-134a (CF3CFH2); HFC-507 (a

Refrigeration &CFC-13(CClF3); HCFC-22 (CHClF2);1:1 azeotropic mixture of HFC 125 (CF3 CHF2) and air-conditioning CFC-113 (Cl2FCCClF2); CFC-114HFC-143a (CF3CH3)); HFC 410 (a 1:1 azeotropic

(CClF2CClF2); CFC-115 (CF3CClF2); mixture of HFC-32 (CF2H2) and HFC-125 (CF3CF2H)) Propellants in medicinal CFC-114 (CClF2CClF2) HFC-134a (CF3CFH2); HFC-227ea (CF3CHFCF3) aerosols

CFC-11 (CCl3F); CFC 113 Blowing agents HFC-245fa (CF3CH2CHF2); HFC-365 mfc (Cl2FCCClF2); HCFC-141b for foams (CF3CH2CF2CH3) (CCl2FCH3) Solvents, degreasing CFC-11 (CCl F); CFC-113 3 None agents, cleaning(CCl2FCClF2) agents

8. What is solid waste ? What are the source wise compositions of solid wastes ? Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of sanitary landfill. Explain autoclaving & incineration. 2 + 3 + 4 + 6 Ans: 1st part: There are many ways to define solid waste. When you read news articles or hear people talk about solid waste, you might hear terms such as .garbage, refuse, waste material, or trash. to describe what we throw away. Two important terms to understand in learning about this issue are total solid waste and municipal solid waste.

Source wise composition of Solid Waste:

2nd part: Total Solid Waste Total Solid Waste (TSW) means everything that our nation throws away each day. The following table shows you where our total solid waste comes from:

 51% agriculture  38% mining  8% industry  3% municipal solid waste

Municipal Waste Depending on the administrative boundaries, municipal waste may cover only residential and commercial non-hazardous waste, and may also include industrial and agricultural non-hazardous waste. This has to be defined based on the existing regulations and practices within the specified geographic location. Usually, the municipality - responsible for the collection and disposal of municipal waste - collects residential waste while other sectors (commercial, industrial, and agriculture), if they are allowed to dispose their waste at municipal facilities, make their own arrangements to transport their waste to the municipal disposal sites (landfill and incineration plants) and pay disposal charges.  Residential Waste

65 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Residential waste generated by households living either in single-family houses or multi- family buildings may contain organic waste (for example, from the kitchen and gardens), recyclable waste (for example, plastics, paper, cans, etc.), non-recyclable waste (that has no recycling value), and hazardous waste (batteries, some oils, etc.). Usually, the municipality is responsible for collection and disposal of such waste, thus it is treated as municipal waste. In some countries, the collection and transportation of waste from multi-family buildings could be the responsibility of the residents and in some; there are regulations on segregation at source for recyclable waste like hazardous waste has to be disposed off separately. Information on these regulations may also help to prepare a list of sub- categories of the waste for quantification and characterization of waste streams.  Commercial Waste In many places, non-hazardous commercial waste generated by the businesses is considered as municipal waste; however, waste generators through private sector usually arrange its collection. The local authorities may provide the details of the types of commercial wastes to be considered as municipal waste. They may also indicate the existing procedure for the segregation of recyclable waste and collection of the disposal waste from commercial sector. The hazardous waste from commercial sector could be the sole responsibility of the generator. This information would help to list out different waste streams for quantification and characterization.  Other Wastes (RPPC, Glass Containers, etc.) In some countries, some of the municipal wastes are sub-categorized separately. For example rigid plastic packaging containers (RPPC), glass containers, and so on. These wastes are usually not mixed up with the normal municipal waste. The authorities may identify if there are special procedure for any special type of municipal waste.  Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste In some countries, construction and demolition waste is considered as municipal waste; however, the generator is responsible for its transportation to municipal landfill site. In many cases, the local authorities charge extra fees for the disposal of this waste. This waste could be substantial in volume; thus, may create challenges for municipal disposal facilities. However, this waste contains high proportion of recycling materials, and if there are appropriate regulations, then most of this waste could be recycled and this will release the pressure on the municipal disposal facilities. There may be some hazardous substances in C&D waste and those should be disposed off separately.  Industrial waste Industrial waste is categorized as hazardous waste and non-hazardous waste. Usually, industrial waste is not considered as municipal waste; however, in some places, nonhazardous waste is disposed off at municipal disposal facilities. In this case, the industries make arrangements for the transportation of the waste to the disposal facility and they may pay disposal charges. The municipality should clearly identify its role in industrial waste management as per the regulations and current practices. This would help towards quantification and characterization of different types of industrial wastes with respect to hazardous and non-hazardous, and municipal and non-municipal wastes.  Hazardous Waste (Industrial, Healthcare and Laboratory, and C&D) Hazardous waste is generated by different sectors including industries, healthcare facilities, laboratories, construction and demolitions, sludge and urban agriculture. Some hazardous waste is also generated by residential sector; however, the data on residential hazardous waste is usually collected under municipal waste. For hazardous waste, the data could be collected based on the classification of hazardous waste which is based on the content of hazardous substances. Considering the nature and the complications in testing the waste for the presence of the hazardous substances, the data for such wastes is directly collected from the generator instead of going for the procedure of collection and analysis of the waste samples.

3rd Part: Landfills are engineered waste disposal systems that have largely replaced rubbish tips or dumps. The modern landfill is engineered to prevent loss of leachate and gases to the environment. It features impermeable membranes under it to prevent liquid leachate, segregated areas for hazardous waste, and a comprehensive monitoring program.

66 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Landfill Advantages  A specific location for disposal that can be monitored.  When a landfill is complete, it can be reclaimed, built on or used as parks or farming land.  Waste going to a properly designed landfills can be processed to removeall recyclable materials before tipping.  Waste going to a properly designed landfills can be processed to remove organic material and use it for compost or natural gas (methane) production.  Properly managed landfills can capture the natural gas (methane) produced by the decomposing material underground.  Properly managed landfills can minimize and/orcapture the leachate produced by the decomposing material underground.

Disadvantages and Problems A poorly designed or operated landfill shares many problems observed at uncontrolled dumping areas:

 Landfills and the surrounding areas are often heavily polluted.  Landfill can pollute the water, the air, and also the soil.  It is difficult to keep dangerous chemicals from leaching out into the surrounding land.  Dangerous chemicals can spread into the water table or into waterways.  Landfill can attract animals and insects to come such as raccoons, rats, mosquitoes, cockroaches, and seagulls.  Landfill can also cause sicknesses, illnesses, and diseases which might spread in communities.  Landfill can increase the chances of global warming by releasing methane, a dangerous greenhouse gas.  Landfills are taking up lots of our land and that can also take away habitats for other animals.  Landfills contain a lot of kitchen scraps and organic material. As the landfill is constantly being covered with new garbage the organic material decomposes anaerobically (that is, without air).  Anaerobic decomposition produces methane, which is a 20 times more dangerous greenhouse gas than carbon dioxide.

4th Part: Autoclaving:

Autoclaving involves the high-pressure sterilisation of waste by steam, which ‘cooks’ the waste and so destroys any bacteria in it. This process is widely used to treat clinical waste, but is increasingly being proposed as a treatment for municipal waste. The process creates a so-called ‘fibre material’ from the biodegradable portion of the waste, which is separated along with some recyclable materials. Although there are no facilities operating commercially to treat municipal waste in the UK, there are several plants being built or planned. There are currently no clear markets for this ‘fibre material’, which will consist of a wide range of materials e.g. food, paper etc. This material would also still biodegrade if landfilled, so would require further treatment (e.g. composting) prior to landfill. It is therefore likely that much of the output from autoclaves will end up being be burnt as ‘refuse derived fuel’.

Incineration:

DEFINITION Old – The process of burning, setting fire to or destroying wastes.

New – An engineered process using controlled flame combustion to thermally degrade waste materials. WHY INCINERATION IS PREFERRED • Waste volume reduced to less than 5%

67 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

• At sufficiently high temperature and residence time, any hydrocarbon vapour can be oxidised to carbon dioxide and water • Relatively simple devices capable of achieving very high removal efficiencies • Heat can be recovered • Avoids contamination by reducing infectiousness / pollutant levels • Most Gases are Burnt - well designed systems will give no visible smoke or odour • Easy to maintain • ONLY SOLUTION FOR CERTAIN WASTE TYPES

INCINERATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS • Waste pre-treatment - pre-heating or shredding • Waste loading systems – conveyors, hoppers, sprayers, etc. • Burner management system • Combustion chambers • Heat recovery • Air pollution control device • Stack discharge • Ash disposal • Emission monitoring systems DESIRABLE FEATURES OF INCINERATORS INCINERATORS are designed to efficiently and safely burn waste at specified rates and temperatures, with the residium ash containing NO combustible material. ! Air and Fuel are mixed in correct proportion ! Regulated combustion air ! Minimum exhaust gas residence time 1-2 seconds in the secondary chamber ! Proper residence time to obtain complete burnout ! Provide for creating Turbulence in Combustion Chamber ! High Temperature and Chemical resistant Refractory Lining ! Satisfy and Exceed Pollution Control Norms

9. Name two airborne diseases and their pathogens. How does El Nino affect the Peruvian economy ? What are the effects of CO on human health ? Discuss the formation of acid rain. (ref: Question No. 6 of 2009) 4 + 3 + 5 + 3 Ans: 1st Part: Airborne diseases are spread when droplets of pathogens are expelled into the air due to coughing, sneezing or talking. Airborne diseases of concern to emergency responders include:

Two airborne diseases are: Chicken pox- varicella zoster virus Influeza - There's a paraovirus and orthoxvirus wich makes up a maraovirus wich cause most influenza.

2nd Part:

One of the world's richest fisheries is off the coast of Peru. In most years winds from the southeast push warm surface water away from the coast. In its place, upwelling brings to the surface cold water rich in nutrients. These provide nourishment for the microscopic plants know as plankton .

Plankton normally provide food for a vast community of anchovies and other fish.The fish in turn supply food for seabirds. Not only is the fish catch economically important, but the harvesting of bird excrement (guano) provides a supply of valuable fertilizer.

68 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Every few years the pattern of air circulation of the equatorial Pacific changes in a way that affects oceanic upwelling. This weather condition is known as El Niño. During El Nino, upwelling brings up warm water with few nutrients. A serious economic consequences of El Niño is its devastating effect on the Peruvian anchoveta fisheries. Populations of fish and seabirds vanish and anchovy catches dwindle during El Niño.

Some biologists fear that the over fishing of the anchoveta by humans, plus the eating of anchovies by large fish and seabirds, combined with the injurious effects of an intense El Niño episode, like the one in 1997-98, could reduce the anchoveta stock to such critically low numbers that recovery could be difficult. The 1972-73 El Niño caused a serious drop in the fish catch which took years to recover. Since then, the Peruvian government has worked hard to regulate fishing in their territorial waters. Fortunately they have been succesfull, and the fishery has recovered from even severe El Niños like the one in 1988-1989.

3rd Part:

Carbon monoxide is a odorless, tasteless, colorless and toxic gas.

Carbon monoxide is produced as a by-product of combustion. Any combustion process, fuel burning appliance, vehicle or other device has the potential to produce carbon monoxide gas.

Carbon monoxide is dangerous because it inhibits the blood's ability to carry oxygen to vital organs such as the heart and brain. Inhaled CO combines with the oxygen carrying hemoglobin of the blood and forms carboxyhemoglobin (COHb) which is unusable for transporting oxygen.

Health effects of various concentration of carbon monoxide:

Concentration of CO in the air Inhalation Time Toxic Symptoms (ppm)

ASHRAE recommended maximum allowable 9 Short term exposure concentration in living area.

The maximum exposure allowed by OSHA in the 35 8 hours workplace over an eight hour period.

Slight headache, tiredness, fatigue, nausea and 200 2-3 hours dizziness.

Serious headache-other symptoms intensify. 400 1-2 hours Life threatening after 3 hours.

Dizziness, nausea and convulsions. 800 45 minutes Unconscious within 2 hours. Death after 2-3 hours.

69 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Concentration of CO in the air Inhalation Time Toxic Symptoms (ppm)

Headache, dizziness and nausea. 1,600 20 minutes Death within 1 hour.

Headache, dizziness, nausea. 3,200 5-10 minutes Death within 1 hour.

Headache, dizziness, nausea. 6,400 1-2 minutes Death within 25-30 minutes.

12,800 1-3 minutes Death within 1-3 minutes

10. Describe the sources of noise pollution(Ref: question 8a &b of 2008). State the causes of environment destruction (Ref: question No. 2 of 2009). What do you know about financial implication of water pollution control ? (Ref: question No. 10 2nd part of 2010) 5 + 7 + 3

11. Define ecology. Explain the ecological balance & its consequences of changes. Describe domestic waste water treatment with proper flow diagram. 2 + 7 + 6

1st part: Ecology is the scientific study of the relations that living organisms have with respect to each other and their natural environment. Variables of interest to ecologists include the composition, distribution, amount (biomass), number, and changing states of organisms within and among ecosystems.

2nd part:

Ecology is the science of the study of ecosystems. Ecological balance has been defined by various online dictionaries as "a state of dynamic equilibrium within a community of organisms in which genetic, species and ecosystem diversity remain relatively stable, subject to gradual changes through natural succession." and "A stable balance in the numbers of each species in an ecosystem."

The most important point being that the natural balance in an ecosystem is maintained. This balance may be disturbed due to the introduction of new species, the sudden death of some species, natural hazards or man-made causes. In this field trip we will explore how human population and development affects the ecological balance.

Take time to explore this site as your gateway to the world of ecology. It has interesting articles and facts. There are features such as the Environmental Timeline that shows how there were different concerns about the environment throughout history.

70 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The environmental impact of war is an interesting article on how preparation of war and warfare leads to environmental losses.

The carpet bombing of the lush green forests during the Vietnam war led to the loss of habitat of many species. Special features on population and the environment show how population has increased from the industrial age and how it will affect the environment. There are additional resources for higher classes.

In the name of development, we remove trees and vegetation, change how we use land, and keep expanding paved areas. All these not only affect the soil ecology, but also the water balance. Increased urbanization also requires more water to feed the city's population and industry, often requiring deeper and deeper wells to be drilled or water to be moved from even more distant locations.

Increase of pavement area not lonely lessens the amount of water vapour that transpires back from the vegetation but also contributes to groundwater pollution if the salt used to melt road ice were allowed to runoff into the natural drainage system.

To understand how human population and increased developmental activities affect the ecosystem, there are live examples all over the world. Armenia is one such example of what is happening to the ecosystem because of increased population and developmental activities. Over the last 1,000 years human impacts on the land have increased, mainly through deforestation and increased use of pastures.

Such problems have intensified over recent years with unprecedented population growth and urbanisation since 1920, resulting in increased human impacts not only on individual species, but also on whole ecosystems.

The fast pace of development has led to many unwanted results. Exotic species get destroyed faster than we can discover them and ancient ecosystems are getting disturbed in our scientific explorations.

3rd part:

Water treatment is a process of making water suitable for its application or returning its natural state. Thus, water treatment required before and after its application. The required treatment depends on the application.

Wastewater Treatment

Although the sewage water may be discharged back to the ecological system after AERATED DIGESTION and PERCOLATING FILTRATION, but in some cases, further treatment is required. Some general consideration of water treatment is given below.

1. Treatment by activated carbon Treatment by activated carbon is mostly due to adsorption or absorption. When a chemical species is adhered to the surface of a solid, it is an adsorption. When partial chemical bonds are formed between adsorbed species or when the absorbate got into the channels of the solids, we call

71 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India it absorption. However, these two terms are often used to mean the same, because to distinguish one from type from the other is very difficult.

Application of activated charcoal for the removal of undesirable order and taste in drinking water has been recognized at the dawn of civilization. Using bone char and charred vegetation, gravel, and sand for the filtration of water for domestic application has been practised for thousands of years. Active research and production of activated charcoal was accelerated during the two world wars. The use of poison gas prompted the development of masks. They are still in use today.

Charcoal absorbs many substances, ranging from colored organic particulates to inorganic metal ions. Charcoal has been used to remove the colour of raw sugar from various sources.

Charcoal consists of microcrystallites of graphite. The particles are so small in charcoal that they were considered amorphous. The crystal structure of graphite consists of layers of hexagonal networks, stacked on top of each other. Today, making activated carbon is a new and widely varied industry. Other molecules attach themselves to the porous surface and dangling carbons in these microcrystallites.

Carbon containing substances are charred at less than 900 K to produce carbon in the manufacture of activated carbon. However, the carbon is activated at 1200 K using oxidizing agent to selectively oxidize portions of the char to produce pores in the material. Because of the special process to produce used, these materials with high surface to mass ratio, they are called activated carbon rather than activated charcoal. Factors affecting the absorption are particle size, surface area, pore structure, acidity (pH), temperature, and the nature of the material to be absorbed. Usually, adsorption (absorption) equilibria and rate of adsorption must be considered for effective applications.

2. Coagulation, flucculation and sedimentation Natural and wastewater containing small particulates. They are suspended in water forming a colloid. These particles carry the same charges, and repulsion prevents them from combining into larger particulates to settle. Thus, some chemical and physical techniques are applied to help them settle. The phenomenon is known as coagulation. A well known method is the addition of electrolyte. Charged particulates combine with ions neutralizing the charges. The neutral particulates combine to form larger particles, and finally settle down.

Another method is to use high-molecular-weight material to attract or trap the particulates and settle down together. Such a process is called flocculation. Starch and multiply charged ions are often used.

. Historically, dirty water is cleaned by treating with alum, Al2(SO4)3 12 H2O, and lime, Ca(OH)2. These electrolytes cause the pH of the water to change due to the following reactions:

. 3+ 2- Al2(SO4)3 12 H2O, -> Al(aq) + 3 SO4(aq) + 12 H2O

2- - - SO4(aq) + H2O -> HSO4(aq) + OH (causing pH change)

2+ - Ca(OH)2 -> Ca(aq) + 2 OH (causing pH change)

72 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The slightly basic water causes Al(OH)3, Fe(OH)3 and Fe(OH)2 to precipitate, bringing the small particulates with them and the water becomes clear. Some records have been found that Egyptians and Romans used these techniques as early as 2000 BC.

Suspension of iron oxide particulates and humic organic matter in water gives water the yellow muddy appearance. Both iron oxide particulates and organic matter can be removed from coagulation and flocculation. The description given here is oversimplified, and many more techniques have been applied in the treatment of water. Coagulation is a major application of lime in the treatment of wastewater.

Other salts such as iron sulfates Fe2(SO4)3 and FeSO4, chromium sulfate Cr2(SO4)3, and some special polymers are also useful. Other ions such as sodium, chloride, calcium, magnesium, and potassium also affect the coagulation process. So do temperature, pH, and concentration.

Disposal of coagulation sludge is a concern, however. a) Sedimentation let the water sit around to let the floculated or coagulated particles to settle out. It works best with relatively dense particles (e.g. silt and minerals), while flotation works better for lighter particles (e.g. algae, color). A settling tank should be big enough so that it takes a long time (ideally 4 hours +) to get through. Inlets and outlets are designed so the water moves slowly in the tank. Long and narrow channels are installed to let the water to snake its way through the tank. The settled particles, sludge, must occasionally be removed from the tanks. The water is next ready to be filtered. Sedimentation is used in pre-treatment and wastewater treatment.

3. Filtration Filtration is the process of removing solids from a fluid by passing it through a porous medium. Coarse, medium, and fine porous media have been used depending on the requirement. The filter media are artificial membranes, nets, sand filter, and high technological filter systems. The choice of filters depends on the required filtering speed and the cleanness requirement. The flow required for filtration can be achieved using gravity or pressure. In pressure filtration, one side of the filter medium is at higher pressure than that of the other so that the filter plane has a pressure drop. Some portion of this filter type must be enclosed in a container.

The process of removing the clogged portion of the filter bed by reversing the flow through the bed and washing out the solid is called back washing. During this process, the solid must be removed out of the system, but otherwise the filters must be either replaced or taken out of service to be cleaned. water filters as shown here. This unit consists of four filters. Regarding the filtering system, its techinical info gave the following statement.The units are designed for emergency and perhaps undeveloped countries.

4. Aeration Bringing air into intimate contact with water for the purpose of exchanging certain components between the two phases is called aeration. Oxygenation is one of the purposes of aeration. Others are removal of volatile organic substances, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, and volatile organic compounds.

A gas or substance dissolved in water may further react with water. Such a reaction is called hydration. Ionic substance dissolve due to hydration, for example:

73 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

+ - HCl (g) + x H2O = H(H2O)x + Cl(aq)

+ - H2S = H(aq) + HS(aq) These reactions are reversible, and aeration may also causes dehydration resulting in releasing the gas from water. Henry's law is applicable to this type of equilibrium for consideration. Methods of aeration are

 Diffused aeration - Air bubbles through water.  Spray aeration - Water is sprayed through air.  Multiple-tray aeration - Water flows through several trays to mix with air.  Cascade aeration - Water flows downwards over many steps in the form of thin water falls.  Air stripping - A combination of multiple tray and cascade technique plus random packed blocks causing water to mix thoroughly with air.

5. Reverse osmosis water filter system In the following discussion, a dilute solution and a concentrated solution are considered. The dilute solution can be a clean water whereas the concentrated solution contains undesirable solute (electrolyte or others).

When a compartment containing a dilute solution is connected to another compartment containing a concentrated solution by a semi- permeable membrane, water molecules move from the dilute solution to concentrated solution. This phenomenon is called osmosis. Pig bladders are natural semi-permeable membranes. As the water molecules migrate through the semi-permeable membrane, water level in the solution will increase until the (osmotic) pressure prevents a net migration of water molecules in one direction. A pressure equivalent to the height difference is called the osmotic pressure.

By applying pressure in the higher concentration solution, water molecules migrate from a high concentration solution to a low concentration solution. This method is called reverse osmosis water filter system.

This technology certainly works, and it has been used to convert salt (ocean or sea) water into fresh water. With this technique, the water with higher concentration is discharged. Thus, this technology is costly in regions where the water cost is high. Free Drinking Water also uses reverse osmosis filter system for domestic applications.

74 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

2011 GROUP – A ( Multiple Choice Type Questions ) 1. Choose the correct alternatives for the following : 10X1 = 10 i) Green peace is a) a protocol b) non-governmental organization c) governmental organization d) a treaty. C ii) Ground level ozone is found in a) troposphere b) stratosphere c) ionosphere d) exosphere. A iii) EIA is a) Environmental Impact Assessment b) Environment of Indoor Air c) Essential Impact Assessment d) none of these. A iv) PAN is a) Peroxyacyl nitrate b) Peroxyacetyl nitrate c) Peroxyacyl nitrite d) none of these. b v) Formaldehyde is a) a primary pollutant b) a secondary pollutant c) a criteria pollutant d) a complex pollutant. D vi) Which one of the following is the source of arsenic ? a) Automobile b) Mining industry c) Electrical storage battery industry d) Paper industry. B vii) BOD is a) Biological Oxygen Demand b) Better Oxygen Demand c) Biological Optimum Demand d) Biologenetic Oxygen Demand a viii) “Trickling filters” are devices of a) primary treatment of waste water b) secondary treatment of waste water c) tertiary treatment of waste water d) none of these. b ix) Cow dung is an example of a) municipal solid waste b) domestic solid waste c) dairy industry solid waste d) anthropogenic solid waste. B x) Nitrogen present in clean air is a) 20·94% b) 2·94% c) 78·08% d) 7·80% c

75 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

GROUP – B ( Short Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 5 = 15 2. How do you explain Los Angeles smog ? Ans: Since around 1942, in Los Angeles of the United States, air pollution slightly different from conventional smog began to be produced. This smog caused gray-brown haze, poor visibility, eye irritation and specific damage to plants. This smog was produced only on hot sunny days. In the early 1950’s, Professor A.H. Haagen-Smit of California Institute of Technology clarified that this pollution is mainly composed of ozone produced by irradiating vehicle exhaust gas combined with sunlight. Nitrogen dioxide emitted from vehicles and factories into the air is brownish when it is highly concentrated. Nitrogen dioxide absorbs ultraviolet light energy from the visible rays of the sun and is photodegraded into nitric oxide (NO) and atomic oxygen (O). The reaction properties of the atomic oxygen generated here are high and it forms ozone by reacting with oxygen (O2) immediately. However, this reaction alone does not result in a high concentration of ozone. Various hydrocarbons such as HC and organic compounds emitted from cars are present in the air, and these substances play an important role in producing photochemical smog. The presence of hydrocarbons leads to an accumulation and high concentration of ozone in the atmosphere and forms harmful organic compounds such as aldehyde, acrolein and PAN(peroxyacetyl nitrate). The major component of photochemical smog is produced as a secondary chemical reaction in the air, not by a direct source like cars. Since ozone possesses strong oxidizing properties, the generic name used is photochemical oxidant, and it is the causative substance of photochemical smog. Ozone has strong oxidizing properties. High ozone concentrations cause eye and throat irritation and respiratory problems. Additionally, ozone has an adverse affect on agricultural crops. PAN has much more harmful effect. The environmental standard for hourly value on photochemical oxidant in Japan is less than 0.06ppm. Because health hazards for local residents mainly appear as acute effects, a limit of 0.06ppm is regulated specifically for the prevention short-term exposure problems, including eye irritation and respiratory problem. On the other hand, a different assessment method was employed concerning the effect on plants. AOT 40 is often used as the index. This assessment indicates how long the ozone concentration remains over 40ppb. It is based on exposure accumulation of a concentration which has an adverse affect on plants. Since the reaction properties of ozone are high, high ozone concentrations cannot remain. It reacts with various compounds in the air or matter on the earth’s surface, especially plants, and disappears. The production of ozone stops as the sunlight becomes weaker before the sunset. This phenomenon needs a constant time to react because it is based on chemical reaction in the air. In addition, high ozone concentrations are observed in suburbs some kilometers away from cities where the primary pollutant like nitrogen oxide is exhausted, because the air mass and pollutants can travel in the atmosphere. In Japan, the achievement rate of the environmental standard on photochemical oxidant is quite low. The rate at less than 1% has lasts. When the ozone concentration for hourly value is over 0.12ppm, a photochemical smog warning is issued, and when over 0.24ppm, a photochemical smog alarm is issued. The system is used to supply hourly, real time information to residents to encourage

76 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India them to be aware and reduce their pollution emissions. For the measurement of the ozone concentration, the ultraviolet absorption method is used, and in Japan it is used in combination with the neutral potassium iodide method. Since the latter method can measure various acidic agents, the results are shown as photochemical oxidant. As noted above, the three major factors which cause photochemical smog are nitrogen oxide, hydrocarbon and ultraviolet rays from the sun. Because it is impossible to control sunlight on a large scale, many countries attempt to control the emission of nitrogen oxide and hydrocarbons in order to prevent photochemical smog. The methods of control of nitrogen oxide are almost exactly the same as that of acid rain. The control of the causes of hydrocarbon started in April 2006 in Japan, and it is expected that this activity will reduce the concentration of suspended particulate matter in the air. Because the causative substance of photochemical smog is mainly generated in urban areas, this used to be considered a form of typical, urban-type regional air pollution. However, two other factors must be considered. One is the phenomenon that ozone in the stratosphere descends onto the earth’s surface. It may be the cause of the high ozone concentrations in early spring. The other factor is the wide-area ozone transport by production. In Japan, the transfer from the ocean side, but also from the continent side is considered important. This indicates that photochemical smog has both sides of a local pollution problem and global-scale environmental issue. Therefore, it is not easy to achieve an effective solution.

3. Distinguish between primary and secondary air pollution. Ans: Primary air pollution Secondary air pollution 1.Air pollution occurred by primary air pollutant 1. Air Pollution occurred by secondary air pollutant. 2. A primary pollutant is an air pollutant emitted 2. A secondary pollutant is formed when primary directly from some source pollutants react with other compounds in the atmosphere. 3. Primary pollutants enter the atmosphere directly, 3. secondary pollutants form from substances within the atmosphere 4. These pollutants are the direct result of natural 4. Secondary air pollutants are the result of human processes. activity. 5. Primary pollutant include particulate Matter, 5. secondary pollutant include ozone, which is formed Sulphur Di-oxide(S02), etc. when hydrocarbons (HC) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) combine in the presence of sunlight; NO2, which is formed as NO combines with oxygen in the air; and acid rain, which is formed when sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides react with water.

4. State the role of Green Peace in environmental protection. Ans:

Greenpeace is a non-profit organisation, with a presence in 40 countries across Europe, the Americas, Asia and the Pacific. To maintain its independence, Greenpeace does not accept donations from governments or corporations but relies on contributions from individual supporters and foundation grants.

77 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Greenpeace exists because the earth and all life on it deserves a clean and safe environment - now and in the future.

As a global organisation, Greenpeace focuses on the most critical worldwide environmental issues such as:-

· Oceans and ancient forests protection;

· Fossil fuel phase out and the promotion of renewable energies to stop climate change;

· Nuclear disarmament and an end to nuclear contamination;

· Elimination of toxic chemicals; and

· Preventing the release of genetically engineered organisms into nature.

Since its earliest days, Greenpeace has been linked to the seas and its ships are incredibly valuable, not only in actions to save the whales and protect the marine environment, but for all campaign work.

Actions often speak louder than words and non-violent direct action is at the heart of Greenpeace campaigns, which have also grown to include lobbying and research over the past years.

Organizational development Greenpeace evolved from a group of Canadian protesters in a sail boat, into a less conservative group of environmentalists who were more reflective of the counterculture and hippie youth movements of the 1960s and 1970s. The social and cultural background from which Greenpeace emerged heralded a period of de-conditioning away from old world antecedents and sought to develop new codes of social, environmental and political behavior. Historian Frank Zelko has commented that "unlike Friends of the Earth, for example, which sprung fully formed from the forehead of David Brower, Greenpeace developed in a more evolutionary manner." In the mid-1970s independent groups using the name Greenpeace started springing up world wide. By 1977 there were 15 to 20 Greenpeace groups around the world. At the same time the Canadian Greenpeace office was heavily in debt. Disputes between offices over fund-raising and organizational direction split the global movement as the North American offices were reluctant to be under the authority of the Vancouver office and its president Patrick Moore. After the incidents of Moruroa, David McTaggart had moved to France to battle in court with the French state and helped to develop the cooperation of European Greenpeace groups. David McTaggart lobbied the Canadian Greenpeace Foundation to accept a new structure which would bring the scattered Greenpeace offices under the auspices of a single global organization. The European Greenpeace paid the debt of the Canadian Greenpeace office and on October 14, 1979, Greenpeace International came into existence. Under the new structure, the local offices would contribute a percentage of their income to the international organization, which would take responsibility for setting the overall direction of the movement with each regional office having one vote.[7] Some Greenpeace groups, namely London Greenpeace (dissolved in 2001) and the US-based Greenpeace Foundation (still operational) however decided to remain independent from Greenpeace International. Priorities and campaigns On its official website, Greenpeace defines its mission as the following:

78 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Greenpeace is an independent global campaigning organization that acts to change attitudes and behaviour, to protect and conserve the environment and to promote peace by:

. Catalysing an energy revolution to address the number one threat facing our planet: climate change. . Defending our oceans by challenging wasteful and destructive fishing, and creating a global network of marine reserves. . Protecting the world’s remaining ancient forests which are depended on by many animals, plants and people. . Working for disarmament and peace by reducing dependence on finite resources and calling for the elimination of all nuclear weapons. . Creating a toxin free future with safer alternatives to hazardous chemicals in today's products and manufacturing. . Campaigning for sustainable agriculture by encouraging socially and ecologically responsible farming practices.

—Greenpeace International

Funding Greenpeace receives its funding from individual supporters and foundations. Greenpeace screens all major donations in order to ensure it does not receive unwanted donations. The organization does not accept money from governments, intergovernmental organizations, political parties or corporations in order to avoid their influence. Donations from foundations which are funded by political parties or receive most of their funding from governments or intergovernmental organizations are rejected. Foundation donations are also rejected if the foundations attach unreasonable conditions, restrictions or constraints on Greenpeace activities or if the donation would compromise the independence and aims of Greenpeace. Since in the mid-1990s the number of supporters started to decrease, Greenpeace pioneered the use of face-to-face fundraising where fundraisers actively seek new supporters at public places, subscribing them for a monthly direct debit donation. In 2008, most of the €202.5 million received by the organization was donated by about 2.6 million regular supporters, mainly from Europe. In September 2003, the Public Interest Watch (PIW) complained to the Internal Revenue Service, claiming that Greenpeace USA tax returns were inaccurate and in violation of the law. [104] PIW charged that Greenpeace was using non-profit donations for advocacy instead of charity and educational purposes. PIW asked the IRS to investigate the complaint. Greenpeace rejected the

Role of Green peace in Enviromental pollution: Greenpeace was founded in Vancouver Canada in 1971. Its original mission was to fight nuclear testing in Alaska. The organization has evolved since then, and currently campaigns against global warming, ancient forest logging, whaling, and genetic engineering, among others. Greenpeace International is based in Amsterdam, with autonomous branches in 42 countries, and is funded by

79 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India donations from individuals and foundations. Right now, they're campaigning in Washington D.C. to protect the polar bear.

Greenpeace aims to publicize threats against the environment. They lobby businesses and governments when they see policies they want changed. Sometimes they engage in non-violent direct action.

Members may attempt to place themselves between the hunters and their prey, as they have done with whaling. They may attempt to enter an area where a nuclear test is to be carried out, as they did in their first action in Alaska. These activities have the twin purposes of garnering publicity about a danger to the environment and physically preventing environmental destruction.

Greenpeace is too radical. Or, they're not radical enough, at least according to Paul Watson, who left Greenpeace to found Sea Shepherd. Members of Greenpeace have been arrested many times, for crimes such as vandalism and trespassing. On occasion, members of Greenpeace have done ecological damage themselves. The organization paid a $7000 fine to The Philippines, for damage they did by grounding on a coral reef in 2005. Greenpeace says the government gave them incorrect charts of the area.

Greenpeace appears to carefully stage their activities for the media. Perhaps the group manages its events for maximum publicity rather than maximum deterrent effect. These perceptions have led some former donors to give to organizations like Nature Conservancy instead, which buys up land for preservation, or to keep their funds in their local area.

Some Native peoples believe that they should be allowed to follow their time-honored cultural traditions, such as whale hunting, sealing, and salmon fishing, even if those traditions are abhorrent to strangers from other parts of the world. They resent outside interference, as anyone would. Greenpeace's anti-DDT campaign is slammed in countries where Malaria is a deadly serious problem.

So Greenpeace is accused of moral self-righteousness as well as cultural insensitivity. It's hard to deny though, that members of Greenpeace are sincere when they put their bodies on the line to try to save some part of the earth from exploitation.

5. How does the dispersion of smoke occur in atmosphere ? As: All of the weather elements that affect the behavior of fire will affect the production and dispersion of smoke. In this section, we will discuss those that are most important to managing smoke. How well smoke dispersion is on any given day is dependant on three factors: 1. Mechanical mixing 2. Convective mixing 3. The volume of clean air available to mix the smoke ("dilution is the solution") In the atmosphere, the wind acts like a giant spoon, mixing the smoke with clean air. Wind can carry smoke hundreds of metres up into the atmosphere. How well the wind mixes the smoke with clean air is dependent on the velocity of the wind and the underlying topography (there will be greater mixing in areas of uneven topography).

80 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Wind can help to mix smoke with clean air on days when we have good dispersion or a large volume of clean air available with which to mix the smoke. However, on days when dispersion is poor or the volume of clean air is limited, wind will transport the smoke over great distances, resulting in more adverse effects from the smoke.

Convective Mixing Although wind is a factor in smoke dispersion, it is not really a very effective mechanism by which to mix smoke with clean air. Convective mixing is by far the most dominant mixing force in the atmosphere. To help explain convective mixing we can use the analogy of heating a pot of water on the stove. Usually when you boil a pot of water you simply put it on the stove and walk away; you do not have to stand there physically mixing the water. The water at the bottom of the pot will heat up first because it is closest to the heat source, the element. So how is it that the water at the top of the pot is also heated up? As the water heats up, it becomes less dense than the water above it and rises to the top of the pot. The cooler, denser water on top sinks to the bottom. This results in what is called convection currents which carry the hot water from the bottom of the pot to the top and the cool water from the top to the bottom.

The redistribution of heat within the pot of water is called convective mixing. Even if we leave the pot alone, the water mixes itself because the temperature variations generate their own turbulence. A similar process occurs on a daily basis in the atmosphere. The sun heats the ground and the ground in turn heats the air directly above it. This results in the temperature of the atmospheredecreasing with height. As the air near the ground heats up it begins to rise. This air will continue to rise as long as it is warmer than the surrounding air. As this warmer air rises, cooler air from above moves in (or sinks) to take its place near the ground. The greatest amount of convective mixing occurs during the warmest part of the day. On any given day, convective mixing can carry smoke from hundreds to thousands of metres into the atmosphere, which makes it a far more effective mixing mechanism than wind.

Smoke will continue to rise into the atmosphere as long as it is warmer than the surrounding air.

Day Versus Night Atmospheric Conditions The concept of convective mixing should give you some indication of why burning is not permitted at night. Remember, convective mixing is the dominant force in the atmosphere mixing or diluting smoke with clean air. On any given day we want as much convective mixing as possible. Convective mixing is dependant on the sun heating the ground which in turn heats the air directly above it. At night little to no convective mixing can occur because there is no heat source. Furthermore, the earth tends to cool more quickly than the atmosphere. Just as during the day the ground heats the air directly above it, at night the ground will cool the air directly above it. As a result, the temperature of the atmosphere tends to increase with height.

This results in what is called an inversion. An inversion is the result of warmer air lying overtop of cooler air. Inversions can be expected to form 90% of the time when the sun goes down.

How Does an Inversion Inhibit Smoke Dispersion? Smoke will only rise as long as it is warmer than the surrounding air. At night a pocket of smoke will rise a bit, but as the air around it becomes warmer, it will actually sink back towards the ground and spread out horizontally.

This is what is called a diurnal (or daily) cycle, which basically repeats every day. During the day, we often experience what is termed unstable atmospheric conditions and at night we have much more stable atmospheric conditions.

81 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

6. Define food chain. Discuss grazing food chain with examples. Ans: 1st Part: Food chain can be defined as a succession of organisms in an ecological community that constitutes a continuation of food energy from one organism to another as each consumes a lower member and in turn is preyed upon by a higher member.

The food chain consists of four main parts:

 The Sun, which provides the energy for everything on the planet.  Producers: these include all green plants. These are also known as autotrophs, since they make their own food. Producers are able to harness the energy of the sun to make food. Ultimately, every (aerobic) organism is dependent on plants for oxygen (which is the waste product from photosynthesis) and food (which is produced in the form of glucose through photosynthesis). They make up the bulk of the food chain or web.  Consumers: In short, consumers are every organism that eats something else. They include herbivores (animals that eat plants), carnivores (animals that eat other animals),parasites (animals that live off of other organisms by harming it), and scavengers (animals that eat dead animal carcasses). Primary consumers are the herbivores, and are the second largest biomass in an ecosystem. The animals that eat the herbivores (carnivores) make up the third largest biomass, and are also known as secondary consumers. This continues with tertiary consumers, etc.  Decomposers: These are mainly bacteria and fungi that convert dead matter into gases such as carbon and nitrogen to be released back into the air, soil, or water. Fungi, and other organisms that break down dead organic matter are known as saprophytes. Even though most of us hate those mushrooms or molds, they actually play a very important role. Without decomposers, the earth would be covered in trash. Decomposers are necessary since they recycle the nutrients to be used again by producers.

2nd Part:

The Grazing Food Chain

The grazing food chain is a model that describes the general flow of energy in communities. For most ecosystems the model begins with the photosynthetic fixation of light, carbon dioxide, and water by plant autotrophs (primary producers) who produce sugars and other organic molecules. Once produced, these compounds can be used to create the various types of plant tissues. Primary consumers or herbivores form the second link in the grazing food chain. They gain their energy by consuming primary producers. Secondary consumers or primary carnivores, the third link in the chain, gain their energy by consuming herbivores. Tertiary consumers or secondary carnivores are animals that receive their organic energy by consuming primary carnivores. The illustation below models this process:

The various levels in the grazing food chain are linked to each other like links in a chain. The levels are often called trophic levels, and they suggest a particular order for the passage of energy through

82 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India the food chain. Like many very simple models, the idea of a food chain only provides a simple abstraction of the nature of energy flow through communities. The ultimate disposition of the energy assimilated by consumers is by four routes: respiration, biomass accumulation, decay of organic matter by bacteria and other decomposer organisms, and consumption by consumers.

The actual amount of energy incorporated in the tissues of consumers at each tropic level is not determined by the gross amounts consumed. Instead, it is the amount of organic energy converted into actual biomass. Consumers lose significant amounts of consumed energy due to assimilation inefficiencies, morphological and physiological maintenance, reproduction, and the process of finding and capturing food. The energy to perform the latter three processes is supplied by respiration.

Thus, the number of trophic levels that can be maintained in any ecosystem is finite. The limit is reached when consumers can no longer consume enough energy to balance the energy lost in the assimilation process, morphological and physiological maintenance, growth, reproduction, and in finding the food. Normally, ecosystems have about four or five trophic levels.

Characteristics of Grazing Food Chain a) These are directly dependent upon solar radiations as the primary source of energy and the producers (green plants) synthesize their plant biomass by the process of photosynthesis. Producers form the first trophic level. b) Herbivores or primary consumers eat upon the producers and form the second trophic level. c) Herbivores are in-turn eaten by different categories of carnivores forming the higher trophic levels. d) Grazing food chains are longer food chains and they always end at decomposer level.

Grazing type food chains

83 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

GROUP – C ( Long Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 15 = 45

7. Define pollutant (Ref: 1st part of question no. 8 of 2009). Explain major air pollutant in the hospital context. How does the study of the subject environment and ecology help the hospital administrators in efficiently managing a hospital ? 2 + 7 + 6 Ans: 2nd part: Hospital operations can produce emissions of toxic air pollutants such as mercury and dioxin.

Mercury • Mercury can be used in thermometers, blood pressure cuffs, thermostats, fluorescent lights, and other products found in hospitals. • At room temperature, elemental mercury is a liquid and emits toxic vapors, which can be inhaled into the lungs and absorbed into the bloodstream. • Mercury is very toxic to humans. It impacts the kidneys, liver, respiratory system, and central nervous system.

When emitted indoors, mercury will eventually leak into the outdoor air through doors, ventilation systems, and other openings. It can also reach outdoor air through the incinerations of mercury- containing products.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) • PVC is used in plastic products such as IV bags, surgical tubing, other medical supplies, and construction materials. • PVC is a source of toxic air pollutants when incinerated. Some hospitals incinerate their waste onsite. • Dioxin is a potent carcinogen and interferes with normal reproduction and development at low doses.

How can hospitals reduce air pollution? Making changes in hospital operations can stop pollutants at the source and increase efficiency. By evaluating and improving work practices, hospitals can decrease emissions, reduce operational costs, and protect employee and public health. Examples of changes in work practices that help reduce air pollution include:

Replacing Sources of Mercury • Use alternatives to mercury thermometers, mercury blood pressure cuffs, and other equipment. • Switch to mercury-free preservatives. • Insist on using recovered and recycled mercury in all products that do not yet have mercury-free alternatives.

Locating Sources of Mercury • Use a mercury audit on a regular basis to locate sources of mercury. • Formulate a plan to reduce sources of mercury.

Communicating Mercury Dangers • Develop a training and communication program. • Train employees to look for ways to reduce mercury pollution. • Develop and implement a protocol to prevent hospital employees from improperly disposing of mercury.

84 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Reducing PVC Use • Conduct a PVC audit. • Look for PVC-free products to replace PVC products. • Use PVC-free medical devices, construction and furnishing products whenever possible.

Steps to be take care of to reduce air pollution:

Make Connections • Get to know local hospital administrators because they know best about the materials and procedures used in their hospitals and the regulations with which they must comply. • Keep local media aware of progress by sending them updates. Publicity can reward success and attract more public involvement.

Make a Plan • One idea is to form a work group that includes local hospital administrators to develop and implement workable pollution reduction plans.

Locate Resources • Use the “For Further Information” list below to find governmental and nonprofit contacts who can provide help with analysis, technical information, equipment, and funding.

Lobby for Pollution Prevention Certification • Help hospitals lobby societies such as the American Hospital Association to sponsor a certification for those who actively strive to reduce air emissions.

Encourage a “Top Down” Pollution Prevention Approach • Many hospitals are part of a larger hospital system that includes doctors’ offices, outpatient clinics, and laboratories. • Lobby hospitals to aggressively implement pollution prevention measures in all parts of its system.

Help Hospitals Raise Mercury Awareness in the Surrounding Community • Encourage hospitals to sponsor a “mercury turn-in” event in the surrounding community to collect mercury thermometers and batteries. • This opportunity will allow them to inform the community about mercury dangers. • Such an event will promote the hospital as a cooperative partner within the community.

3rd part: Recent national media coverage of hospital mismanagement of hazardous materials and waste has brought the practices of all hospitals into public scrutiny. Many people are amazed to learn that there is no national training or accreditation program for environmental management in hospitals. Hospitals are held to the same standards for hazardous materials management as are corporations in the industrial sector. Rural hospitals are particularly challenged because they have few resources. Overall, small hospitals need much improvement, but there are also examples of where individuals have done exemplary innovative work in improving environmental management. In this study I investigated the challenge ruralhospitals face to improving environmental management practices by inquiring into how environmental managers in small rural hospitals in New Hampshire learned to do their job and maintain their skills. I used the constant comparison coding method from grounded theory to generate key categories and concepts that could explain the personal and systematic challenges these individuals face. Using these concepts, I developed a learning process model that demonstrates how the managers initially learned how to do their work and how they went to on to maintain their skills. In cases where individuals excelled and developed innovative practices in their organizations, I inquired into the factors that contributed to their success. The purpose of the project was to document systematic challenges and obstacles that the managers need to overcome in their work. These can be used to promote recommendations that would enhance the environmental management practices of rural hospitals nationwide. One key obstacle is

85 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India that hospital management emphasizes income generation over expense shedding and environmental managers have no billing capacity. Consequently, even though improved practices can save costs, the capital needed for these changes is difficult for the managers to secure. Another key obstacle is the regulatory climate of fear under which managers work. The EPA regularly issues threats and warnings without providing managers with the assistance and advice they need to do their jobs well. These and other findings point out the need for training and assistance programs that will help managers do their jobs better. A modern hospital is a complex, multidisciplinary system which consumes thousands of items for delivery of medical care and is a part of physical environment. All these products consumed in the hospital leave some unusable leftovers i.e. hospital waste. The last century witnessed the rapid mushrooming of hospital in the public and private sector, dictated by the needs of expanding population. The advent and acceptance of "disposable" has made the generation of hospital waste a significant factor in current scenario.

The following tasks have to be taken care of by managers:

1. Segregation of waste

Segregation is the essence of waste management and should be done at the source of generation of Bio- medical waste e.g. all patient care activity areas, diagnostic services areas, operation theaters, labour rooms, treatment rooms etc. The responsibility of segregation should be with the generator of biomedical waste i.e. doctors, nurses, technicians etc. (medical and paramedical personnel). The biomedical waste should be segregated as per categories mentioned in the rules.

2. Collection of bio-medical waste

Collection of bio-medical waste should be done as per Bio-medical waste (Management and Handling) Rules. At ordinary room temperature the collected waste should not be stored for more than 24 hours.

Type of container and colour code for collection of bio-medical waste.

Category Waste class Type of container Colour 1. Human anatomical waste Plastic Yellow 2. Animal waste -do- -do- 3. Microbiology and -do- Yellow/Red Biotechnology waste 4. Waste sharp Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 5. Discarded medicines andPlastic bags Black Cytotoxic waste 6. Solid (biomedical waste) -do- Yellow 7. Solid (plastic) Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 8. Incineration waste Plastic bag Black 9. Chemical waste (solid) -do- -do-

3. Transportation

Within hospital, waste routes must be designated to avoid the passage of waste through patient care areas. Separate time should be earmarked for transportation of bio-medical waste to reduce chances of it's mixing with general waste. Desiccated wheeled containers, trolleys or carts should be used to transport the waste/plastic bags to the site of storage/ treatment.

86 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Trolleys or carts should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected in the event of any spillage. The wheeled containers should be so designed that the waste can be easily loaded, remains secured during transportation, does not have any sharp edges and is easy to clean and disinfect. Hazardous biomedical waste needing transport to a long distance should be kept in containers and should have proper labels. The transport is done through desiccated vehicles specially constructed for the purpose having fully enclosed body, lined internally with stainless steel or aluminium to provide smooth and impervious surface which can be cleaned. The drivers compartment should be separated from the load compartment with a bulkhead. The load compartment should be provided with roof vents for ventilation.

4. Treatment of hospital waste

Treatment of waste is required:

 to disinfect the waste so that it is no longer the source of infection.

 to reduce the volume of the waste.

 make waste unrecognizable for aesthetic reasons.

 make recycled items unusable.

5. Safety measures

5.1 All the generators of bio--medical waste should adopt universal precautions and appropriate safety measures while doing therapeutic and diagnostic activities and also while handling the bio- medical waste.

5.2 It should be ensured that:

 drivers, collectors and other handlers are aware of the nature and risk of the waste.

 written instructions, provided regarding the procedures to be adopted in the event of spillage/ accidents.

 protective gears provided and instructions regarding their use are given.

 workers are protected by vaccination against tetanus and hepatitis B.

6. Training

 each and every hospital must have well planned awareness and training programme for all category of personnel including administrators (medical, paramedical and administrative).

 all the medical professionals must be made aware of Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998.

 to institute awards for safe hospital waste management and universal precaution practices.

 training should be conducted to all categories of staff in appropriate language/medium and in an acceptable manner.

7. Management and administration

Heads of each hospital will have to take authorization for generation of waste from appropriate authorities as notified by the concerned State/U.T. Government, well in time and to get it renewed as per time schedule laid down in the rules. Each hospital should constitute a hospital waste management committee,

87 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India chaired by the head of the Institute and having wide representation from all major departments. This committee should be responsible for making Hospital specific action plan for hospital waste management and its supervision, monitoring and implementation. The annual reports, accident reports, as required under BMW rules should be submitted to the concerned authorities as per BMW rules format.

8. Measures for waste minimization

As far as possible, purchase of reusable items made of glass and metal should be encouraged. Select non PVC plastic items. Adopt procedures and policies for proper management of waste generated, the mainstay of which is segregation to reduce the quantity of waste to be treated. Establish effective and sound recycling policy for plastic recycling and get in touch with authorised manufactures.

9. Coordination between. hospital and outside agencies

 Municipal authority : As quite a large percentage of waste (in India upto 85%), generated in Indian hospitals, belong to general category (non-toxic and non-hazardous), hospital should have constant interaction with municipal authorities so that this category of waste is regularly taken out of the hospital premises for land fill or other treatment.

 Co-ordination with Pollution Control Boards: Search for better methods technology, provision of facilities for testing, approval of certain models for hospital use in conformity with standards 'aid down.

 To search for cost effective and environmental friendly technology for treatment of bio-medical and hazardous waste. Also, to search for suitable materials to be used as containers for bio-medical waste requiring incineration/autoclaving/ microwaving.

 Development of non-PVC plastics as a substitute for plastic which is used in the manufacture of disposable items.

8. Define biomedical waste. Describe different methods of management of biomedical wastes. 2 + 13 Ans: Biomedical waste Any solid, fluid and liquid or liquid waste, including it's container and any intermediate product, which is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or immunisation of human being or animals, in research pertaining thereto, or in the production or testing of biological and the animal waste from slaughter houses or any other similar establishment. All biomedical waste are hazardous. In hospital it comprises of 15% of total hospital waste. Different methods of Management of Biomedical waste: Hospital waste management is a part of hospital hygiene and maintenance activities. In fact only 15% of hospital waste i.e. "Biomedical waste" is hazardous, not the complete. But when hazardous waste is not segregated at the source of generation and mixed with non-hazardous waste, then 100% waste becomes hazardous. The question then arises that what is the need or rationale for spending so much resources in terms of money, man power, material and machine for management of hospital waste ? The reasons are: · injuries from sharps leading to infection to a.ll categories of hospital personnel and waste handler.

88 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

· nosocomial infections in patients from poor infection control practices and poor waste management. · risk of infection outside hospital for waste handlers and scavengers and at time general public living in the vicinity of hospitals. · risk associated with hazardous chemicals, drugs to persons handling wastes at all levels. · "disposable" being repacked and sold by unscrupulous elements without even being washed. · drugs which have been disposed of, being repacked and sold off to unsuspecting buyers. · risk of air, water and soil pollution directly due to waste, or due to defective incineration emissions and ash.

Approach for hospital waste management Based on Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998, notified under the Environment Protection Act by the Ministry of Environment and Forest (Government of India). 1. Segregation of waste Segregation is the essence of waste management and should be done at the source of generation of Bio-medical waste e.g. all patient care activity areas, diagnostic services areas, operation theaters, labour rooms, treatment rooms etc. The responsibility of segregation should be with the generator of biomedical waste i.e. doctors, nurses, technicians etc. (medical and paramedical personnel). The biomedical waste should be segregated as per categories mentioned in the rules. 2. Collection of bio-medical waste Collection of bio-medical waste should be done as per Bio-medical waste (Management and Handling) Rules. At ordinary room temperature the collected waste should not be stored for more than 24 hours. Type of container and colour code for collection of bio-medical waste. Category Waste class Type of container Colour 1. Human anatomical waste Plastic Yellow 2. Animal waste -do- -do- 3. Microbiology and -do- Yellow/Red Biotechnology waste 4. Waste sharp Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 5. Discarded medicines andPlastic bags Black Cytotoxic waste 6. Solid (biomedical waste) -do- Yellow 7. Solid (plastic) Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 8. Incineration waste Plastic bag Black 9. Chemical waste (solid) -do- -do- 3. Transportation Within hospital, waste routes must be designated to avoid the passage of waste through patient care areas. Separate time should be earmarked for transportation of bio-medical waste to reduce chances of it's mixing with general waste. Desiccated wheeled containers, trolleys or carts should be used to transport the waste/plastic bags to the site of storage/ treatment. Trolleys or carts should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected in the event of any spillage. The wheeled containers should be so designed that the waste can be easily loaded, remains secured during transportation, does not have any sharp edges and is easy to clean and disinfect. Hazardous biomedical waste needing transport to a long distance should be kept in containers and should have proper labels. The transport is done through desiccated vehicles specially constructed for the purpose having fully enclosed body, lined internally with stainless steel or aluminium to provide smooth and impervious surface which can be cleaned. The drivers compartment should be separated from the load compartment with a bulkhead. The load compartment should be provided with roof vents for ventilation.

89 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

4. Methods of Treatment of hospital waste Treatment of waste is required: · to disinfect the waste so that it is no longer the source of infection. · to reduce the volume of the waste. · make waste unrecognizable for aesthetic reasons. · make recycled items unusable. bio-medical waste: 15% of hospital waste · Deep burial: The waste under category 1 and 2 only can be accorded deep burial and only in cities having less than 5 lakh population. · Autoclave and microwave treatment Standards for the autoclaving and microwaving are also mentioned in the Biomedical waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998. All equipment installed/shared should meet these specifications. The waste under category 3,4,6,7 can be treated by these techniques. Standards for the autoclaving are also laid down. · Shredding: The plastic (IV bottles, IV sets, syringes, catheters etc.), sharps (needles, blades, glass etc) should be shredded but only after chemical treatment/microwaving/autoclaving. Needle destroyers can be used for disposal of needles directly without chemical treatment. · Secured landfill:: The incinerator ash, discarded medicines, cytotoxic substances and solid chemical waste should be treated by this option. · Incineration: The incinerator should be installed and made operational as per specification under the BMW rules 1998 and a certificate may be taken from CPCB/State Pollution Control Board and emission levels etc should be defined. In case of small hospitals, facilities can be shared. The waste under category 1,2,3,5,6 can be incinerated depending upon the local policies of the hospital and feasibility. The polythene bags made of chlorinated plastics should not be incinerated. · It may be noted that there are options available for disposal of certain category of waste. The individual hospital can choose the best option depending upon the facilities available and its financial resources. However, it may be noted that depending upon the option chosen, correct colour of the bag needs to be used.

5. Safety measures 5.1 All the generators of bio--medical waste should adopt universal precautions and appropriate safety measures while doing therapeutic and diagnostic activities and also while handling the bio-medical waste. 5.2 It should be ensured that: · Drivers, collectors and other handlers are aware of the nature and risk of the waste. · written instructions, provided regarding the procedures to be adopted in the event of spillage/ accidents. · Protective gears provided and instructions regarding their use are given. · Workers are protected by vaccination against tetanus and hepatitis B.

9. How would you classify noise under different categories ? What are the permissible levels of noise in residential, business and sensitive areas ? How can noise pollution be controlled ? 6 + 3 + 6

Ans: 1st part: In the communication process there are four different types of noise. Noise can be identified as anything in the process of communication that manages to interfere with the intended receiver getting and understanding the message properly.

1. Environmental/physical noise This refers to anything external to the sender and receiver of a message that disrupts the sending and/or receiving of the message. Examples of this could be:

90 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

- a stereo playing loudly - a phone ringing - being seated a long way away from the speaker - people chatting loudly around you - cars driving or honking their horns

2. Physiological noise This refers to a physical interference that can prevent a message getting through properly. This might include:

- hearing loss - poor eyesight - blindness - memory loss

3. Psychological noise This is a mental interference between sender and receiver. This might occur if feelings such as love, hatred or irritation distract one of the communicators, causing the message not to be conveyed or received accurately. There is psychological noise present if one of the communicators is daydreaming rather than paying proper attention. Emotional distress or relationship problems might affect someone and cause messages not to get through properly.

4. Semantic noise This type of disruption in the communication process can happen when the sender and receiver have a different understanding of the same word or phrase, which causes them to apply meaning to words differently. This sort of semantic noise might occur if the sender and receiver speak or understand different dialects or languages. Alternatively, the communicator might be using specialized jargon or ambiguous words with several possible meanings.

2nd Part: 1. Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 defined ambient noise level to be maintained as given below:

Note: 1. Day time is reckoned in between 6 a.m. and 9 p.m. 2. Night time is reckoned in between 9 p.m. and 6 a.m.

91 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3. Silence zone is referred as areas upto 100 meters around such premises as hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The Silence zones are to be declared by the Competent Authority Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.

3rd part: Control of Noise Pollution

B) Noise Control at Source The noise pollution can be controlled at the source of generation itself by employing techniques like- Reducing the noise levels from domestic sectors: The domestic noise coming from radio, tape recorders, television sets, mixers, washing machines, cooking operations can be minimised by their selective and judicious operation. By usage of carpets or any absorbing material, the noise generated from felling of items in house can be minimised. Maintenance of automobiles: Regular servicing and tuning of vehicles will reduce the noise levels. Fixing of silencers to automobiles, two wheelers etc., will reduce the noise levels. Control over vibrations: The vibrations of materials may be controlled using proper foundations, rubber padding etc. to reduce the noise levels caused by vibrations. Low voice speaking: Speaking at low voices enough for communication reduces the excess noise levels. Prohibition on usage of loud speakers: By not permitting the usage of loudspeakers in the habitant zones except for important meetings / functions. Now-a-days, the urban Administration of the metro cities in India, is becoming stringent on usage of loudspeakers. Selection of machinery: Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment reduces excess noise levels. For example selection of chairs, or selection of certain machinery/equipment which generate less noise (Sound) due to its superior technology etc. is also an important factor in noise minimisation strategy. Maintenance of machines: Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc. will reduce noise levels. For example, it is a common experience that, many parts of a vehicle will become loose while on a rugged path of journey. If these loose parts are not properly fitted, they will generate

92 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India noise and cause annoyance to the driver/passenger. Similarly is the case of machines. Proper handling and regular maintenance is essential not only for noise control but also to improve the life of machine.

B)Control in the transmission path Wherein the inter-relationship between elements of noise was represented. The change in the transmission path will increase the length of travel for the wave and get absorbed/refracted/radiated in the surrounding environment. The available techniques are briefly discussed below. Installation of barriers: Installation of barriers between noise source and receiver can attenuate the noise levels. For a barrier to be effective, its lateral width should extend beyond the line-of-sight at least as much as the height. It may be noted that, the frequencies, represented on the X-axis of the graph in, are the centre frequencies of the octave band. The barrier may be either close to the source or receiver, subject to the condition that, R <

 Design of building: The design of the building incorporating the use of suitable noise absorbing material for wall/door/window/ceiling will reduce the noise levels. The approximate reduction of outside noise levels using typical exterior wall construction is given at Table 6. The reduction in noise levels for various frequencies and the A-weighted scale are shown. Variations in spectrum shape may change this A-weighted value by as much as +/- 3 dB. Installation of panels or enclosures: A sound source may be enclosed within a paneled structure such as room as a means of reducing the noise levels at the receiver. The actual difference between the sound pressure levels inside and outside an enclosure depends not only on the transmission loss of the enclosure panels but also on the acoustic absorption within the enclosure and the details of the panel penetrations which may include windows or doors. The product of frequency of interest and surface weight of the absorbing material is the key parameter in noise reduction through transmission loss. With conventional construction practices, the high-frequency transmission loss of a panel becomes limited to around 40 dB, owing to the transmission of sound through flanking paths other than the panel itself. Examples of such flanking are structural connections or ducts joining the two spaces on either side of the panel of interest. Procedures for detailed design examples are given at.

Using protection equipment Before employing the use of protective equipment, please wherein the various steps involved in the noise management strategy are illustrated. Protective equipment usage is the ultimate step in noise control technology, i.e. after noise reduction at source and/or after the diversion or engineered control of transmission path of noise. The first step in the technique of using protective equipment is to gauge the intensity of the problem, identification of the sufferer and his exposure to the noise levels. For the Regulatory standards pertaining to time of exposure vs. maximum noise levels permitted in a workspace environment, please refer to LO-8.

The usage of protective equipment and the worker's exposure to the high noise levels can be minimised by - Job rotation: By rotating the job between the workers working at a particular noise source or isolating a person, the adverse impacts can be reduced.

Exposure reduction: Regulations prescribe that, noise level of 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hr continuous exposure is prohibited. Persons who are working under such conditions will be exposed to occupational health hazards. The schedule of the workers should be planned in such a way that, they should not be over exposed to the high noise levels.

93 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Hearing protection: Equipment like earmuffs, ear plugs etc. are the commonly used devices for hearing protection. Attenuation provided by ear-muffs vary widely in respect to their size, shape, seal material etc. Literature survey shows that, an average noise attenuation up to 32 dB can be achieved using earmuffs

10. Explain the role of Freon in stratospheric ozone depletion. What are the commercial uses of Freon ? Mention the preventive measures to be taken to combat global warming. 3 + 4 + 8 Ans: Ref: question no. 7 of 2010

11. Write notes on any three of the following : 3x5 a) Temperature inversion Ans: A temperature inversion is a thin layer of the atmosphere where the normal decrease in temperature with height switches to the temperature increasing with height. An inversion acts like a lid, keeping normal convective overturning of the atmosphere from penetrating through the inversion.

This can cause several weather-related effects. One is the trapping of pollutants below the inversion, allowing them to build up. If the sky is very hazy, or is sunsets are very red, there is likely an inversion somewhere in the lower atmosphere. This happens more frequently in high pressure zones, where the gradual sinking of air in the high pressure dome typically causes an inversion to form at the base of a sinking layer of air.

Another effect that an inversion has is to make clouds just below the inversion to spread out and take on a flattened appearance. For instance, marine stratocumulus clouds over cold ocean waters; or the tops of thunderstorms when they reach the base of the stratosphere, which also forms a temperature inversion.

Still another effect is to prevent thunderstorms from forming. Even in an air mass that is hot and humid in the lowest layers, thunderstorms will be prevented if an inversion in the lower atmosphere is keeping this air from rising. The conceptual opposite of a temperature inversion is an unstable air layer.

b) Causes and effect of global warming (Ref: question no. 7 of 2010) c) Role of NGOs in environmental protection Ans: From the UN Department of Public Information: NGO refers to a non-profit citizens’ voluntary entity organized nationally or internationally. Thus, professional associations, foundations, trade unions, religious organisations, women’s and youth groups, cooperative associations, development and human rights associations, environmental protection groups, research institutes dealing with international affairs and associations of parliamentarians are considered NGOs.

ROLE OF NON-GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATIONS (NGOs) : Voluntary organizations can help by advising the government about some local environmental issues and at the same time interacting at the grass-root levels. They can act as effective and viable link between the two. They can act both as an action group or a pressure group. They can be very effective organizing public movements for the protection of environment through creation of awareness. The Chipko movement for conservation of trees by Dasholi Gram Swarajya Mandal in Gopeshwar or the “Narmada Bachao Andolan organized by Kalpvariksh are some of the instances where NGOs have played a landmark rolein the society for conservation of environment. The Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS), the World Wide Fund for Nature-India (WWF-India), Kerala Sastra Sahitya

94 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Parishad, Center for Science and Environment (CSE) and many others are playing a significant role in creating environmental awareness through research as well as extension work. Therecent report by CSE on more than permissible limits of pesticides in the cola drinks sensitized the people all over the country. Before we can all take up the task of environmental protection and conservation, we have to be environmentally educated and aware. It can therefore said “If you want to act green, first think green

Activities Undertaken by NGO’s

Solid waste management This includes both municipal solid waste and bio-medical wastes. Civic Exnoras play a major role in assisting the Municipal Corporation in the collection of garbage from individual households and the deposition of the same in secondary collection points by appointing street beautifiers in the concerned areas. With its experience over the years, Exnoras has realised that this was merely a relocation of waste rather than management of solid wastes.

Zero waste management NGO’s have now started focusing its efforts on the concept of Zero Waste Management, by which practically all wastes can be converted into wealth through recycling. Exnora is also addressing the problem of handling and disposal of bio- medical wastes, and is trying to find a solution beneficial to all concerned.

Citizens' Waterways Monitoring Programme (WAMP) This programme was started with the sole purpose of developing clean and pollution free waterways in cities and for creating a healthy living environment for all city dwellers. WAMP was formed in 1991, as a joint programme with several NGOs and individuals dedicated to the cause of developing clean waterways in the city. The WAMP objectives are: 1. To stop pollution of waterways 2. To maintain the waterways of the city cleanly A series of meetings were conducted with various governmental agencies, which has resulted in the drafting of a detailed action plan. If the Government and the public implement the plan properly this will result in achievement of clean waterways.

Community Sanitation Improvement Projects Inadequate sanitation facilities are a major problem to human health, especially so in the neglected low- income areas and slum settlements. NGO’s concept of self- help is best displayed by the community sanitation improvement projects in these areas. Two of the most successful projects have been at the at Narikkurava (Gypsy) Colony in Indira Nagar, Chennai and at Giriappa Road in T. Nagar, Chennai.

Student Environment Programme (STEP) This program has a dual role - of creating environmental awareness amongst the student community and to develop each child's mind resources through various personalitydevelopment programs. A teachers' manual and an activity book that have been brought out as a part of this program are designed in the `do-and learn' format and provide an easy understanding of the problems faced by us and at the same time kindles the mind to find remedial measures.

Tree Planting The Civic Exnoras in the city have been instrumental in planting trees for the purpose of beautification of roads, parks, playgrounds, burial grounds, etc., with the larger perspective of environmental protection. Vegetable Roof Gardening With agricultural land shrinking rapidly and deforestation rates rocketing, urban agriculture is the need of the hour. Exnora has been propagating and training youth in setting up and maintaining

95 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India vegetable roof gardens in households of Tamil Nadu. The organisation is closely working with the Tamil Nadu Horticulture and Agriculture Departments on this project.

Rain Harvesting NGO’s have propagated the system of rain harvesting in several residential areas in the city with the aimof exploiting one or another important water source, viz., and rainwater. Many cities suffer from perennial water problems every summer and therefore it is important that all avenues of water source be tapped. By using simple and inexpensive techniques the NGO (Exnora) has arrived at a method to conserve a large part of the 110 cms of rain that we receive annually. A Water Conservation Committee constituted in Chennai by Metro Water Supply and Sewerage Board Exnora is a core member. Pollution Control The task of pollution control in India is complex due to the large number of heavy, large and small- scale industries involved. Further, the rise in the number of vehicles coupled with poverty and the large population puts tremendous pollution pressure on air, water and land. A comprehensive approach to pollution control is being undertaken based on the following principles: 1. Prevent pollution at source. 2. Encourage, develop and apply the best available practicable technical solution 3. Ensure that polluter pays for pollution and control arrangements. 4. Focus on protection of heavily polluted areas and river stretches. 5. Involve the NGO’s in educating the public about pollution control measures to be taken. Noise Pollution Noise pollution has become a major problem in the metropolitan cities and in other urban areas. With a view to regulate and control noise producing and generating sources, the Ministry of Environment and Forests has notified the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, for prevention and control of noise pollution in the country. Air Pollution The sources of Air Pollution are industries like thermal power plants, sugar mills, distilleries, paper mills etc. Vehicular emissions are another source of air pollution. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 has classified the industries as red, orange and green depending on the degree of pollution caused by them. It further specifies the various pollution control measures to be adopted by these industries. Water Pollution The rivers of India are part of its cultural heritage. Over the years, the quality of the water has deteriorated due to the uncontrolled release of effluents by industries into the rivers. A National River Conservation Plan (NRCP), which includes second phase of GAP also, has been formulated which aims to control the pollution of grossly polluted rivers of the country. A National River Conservation Authority has been setup to review the implementation of the programmes related to cleaning of rivers. The NRCP covers 141 towns located along 22 interstate rivers in 14 states. The total cost of the scheme is Rs.2013 crores. A National Lake Conservation Plan envisaging the conservation of lakes by prevention of pollution by catchments area treatment, desalting, weed control, based on the integrated water shed development approach, is under implementation.

NGO’s Role in Pollution Control The success of India's environmental programmes depends greatly on the awareness and consciousness of the people. A National Environmental Awareness Campaign has been launched to sensitise people to the environmental problems through audio -visual programmes, seminars, symposia, training programmes etc. Paryavaran Vahinis have been constituted in 184 districts involving the local people to play an active role in preventing poaching, deforestation and environmental pollution. 4000 NGOs have been given financial assistance for creating environmental awareness. An Environmental Information System (ENVIS) network has been setup to disseminate information on environmental issues. India has a large network of NGO’s, which are involved in spreading the message of sustainable development to the public.

96 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

d) Sustainable development*

Environmental, economic and social well-being for today and tomorrow

Sustainable development has been defined in many ways, but the most frequently quoted definition is from Our Common Future, also known as the Brundtland Report:

"Sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. It contains within it two key concepts:

 the concept of needs, in particular the essential needs of the world's poor, to which overriding priority should be given; and  the idea of limitations imposed by the state of technology and social organization on the environment's ability to meet present and future needs."

All definitions of sustainable development require that we see the world as a system—a system that connects space; and a system that connects time.

When you think of the world as a system over space, you grow to understand that air pollution from North America affects air quality in Asia, and that pesticides sprayed in Argentina could harm fish stocks off the coast of Australia.

And when you think of the world as a system over time, you start to realize that the decisions our grandparents made about how to farm the land continue to affect agricultural practice today; and the economic policies we endorse today will have an impact on urban poverty when our children are adults.

We also understand that quality of life is a system, too. It's good to be physically healthy, but what if you are poor and don't have access to education? It's good to have a secure income, but what if the air in your part of the world is unclean? And it's good to have freedom of religious expression, but what if you can't feed your family?

The concept of sustainable development is rooted in this sort of systems thinking. It helps us understand ourselves and our world. The problems we face are complex and serious—and we can't address them in the same way we created them. But we can address them.

It's that basic optimism that motivates IISD's staff, associates and board to innovate for a healthy and meaningful future for this planet and its inhabitants. e) Legislation versus social obligations for health care Ans: Health Sector clearly stands out as a leader, when discussing the CSR (Corporate social Responsibility) issues. Part of the reason will be its close relation to its multiple stakeholders of society, government, and other private sectors. Another part of the reason may be that its way of making profits has a bigger relationship to people’s lives by affecting their health problems rather than other business entities.

97 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

There are numerous epidemic diseases and other serious diseases in the world which needs close attention, both from public sector and private sector (i.e. HIV/AIDS, Avian Influenza, and etc.). In order for authorities to take close measures and keep the diseases under control, critical amount of resource is essential. This is when public turns to private sector’s support. However, just by being in this sector does not give one an obligation to contribute to these social health issues as it bears lots of problems. And there is a lot more to supporting these issues for a private sector, as described in the definition of CSR.

Healthcare companies have been blamed in the past for their issues including different prices on some critical medications sold over the world. They simply cannot lower the price in countries where the critical amount is needed (e.g. HIV preventive medicine in Africa) since they’ve had incidents where the donation has been sent back to the local black market. This also has a problem with IP regulations to deal with. Although there are not clear solutions for these problems, the matter is being seriously looked in to for improvement. Bottom line, pharmaceutical companies are willing to share their know‐ how under no extra cost to provide medicine to these patients if IP laws and black markets problems are resolved. This is only a single problem outlined from many other. However, healthcare companies needs to constantly think of innovative CSR approaches with pressures from their stakeholders. There are two foremost jobs of Health Sector companies before they solve the complex issues of helping the needy.

First of all, the business units have to be earning in a responsible way. This has to be communicated to supply chain, marketing, finance, HR, and other departments throughout the company. If a company is contributing to HIV/AIDS issue but with the money from illegal transaction or from selling medicines packaged by children, what good is it?

Second, Health Sector, just like other business sectors, needs to focus on certain areas to contribute to the society and link it with their business. This does not have to directly relate to their products or services and this would be the clear difference of healthcare companies compared to other industry companies. However, overall, there needs to be clear effects and companies need to realize that. As a result, by doing business and making money, business could be contributing to the society. This is certainly not an easy task but not impossible. When above two parts are implemented as a corporate strategy, a company in the health sector would be recognized by the public rather than be blamed upon for only chasing after the profit. In nutshell: 1. In Healthcare industry, CSR is harder than normal industrial companies. CSR should not directly give benefits to company’s growth or revenues in a relative sense. Customers are more judgmental towards healthcare companies when they are engaged in a social cause. Thus, CSR should not be considered as a PR show.

2. Regional and HQ operation is different in terms of CSR. Regional CSR strategies will have more impact on the society. This will work well in developing countries and may not work well in developed countries.

3. CSR, in general, will improve both internal and external relationships with different stakeholders around the company.

OR

Healthcare businesses work to improve and maintain individual and community health. The healthcare sector proactively seeks out the health needs of the community and addresses those needs through the strategic growth of programs and services. All the stakeholders in the healthcare sector, including medical equipment manufacturers, pharmaceutical companies, and hospitals, have a

98 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India responsibility for social and economical development. Corporate social responsibility is the systemized way of responsible business.

1. CSR is essential to the long-term prosperity of companies as it provides the opportunity to demonstrate the human face of business, a vital link to society in general and, in particular, to the communities in which businesses are located. CSR is about how businesses align their values and behavior with the expectations and needs of stakeholders — not just customers and investors, but also employees, suppliers, communities, regulators, special interest groups and society as a whole.

Law is not a substitute for social responsibility. Social responsibility is what, which is coming out of your heart, where as legislation is a legal binding which has to be fulfilled.

2. Key CSR planning issues include governance, responsible sourcing, eco-efficiency, environmental management, stakeholder engagement, labour standards, employee and community relations, social equity and human rights.

Legislation may fulfill all the aspects covered above. But, Legislation has mandatory form which is taken care of the values of mass. If company has forgotten to be a socially responsible, then law make them recall their duties and obligation towards society.

Developing (and communicating) a comprehensive CSR strategy takes time, commitment, focus, and designated people and financial resources. And, it requires commitment from the executive officers on down to every individual department and staff position. To be truly effective, your CSR strategy must permeate all you do — from hiring to branding to manufacturing to sales — and it must become part of your "corporate DNA".

Healthcare companies should focus on the needs of community, environment, workplace and marketplace to reach and plan successful CSR programs. Those closer relationships and familiarization will make the business stronger at risk management. Companies who put responsible business at their core can innovate and develop new products and services, access new markets, recruit a more diverse and talented workforce and are better placed to minimize risk. Risk management skills in the healthcare sector are often identified as the main critical success factor.

CSR is not only about fulfilling a duty to society; it can also bring competitive advantage. CSR always will be a main catalyst for customer loyalty and today's healthcare marketing plannings can not miss such social and business investment.

Through an effective CSR program, companies can improve their access to capital, enhance their brand image, increase sales, develop employees, sharpen decision-making, improve risk management and reduce costs.

So what can healthcare businesses do to take advantage of corporate social responsibility initiatives? Here are some project suggestions:

- Environmental waste control and recycling solutions

- Check-up and diagnosis focused field projects

99 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

- Training opportunities for young people

- Research projects or support to projects

- Satellite or portable rural area clinics

- Awareness and training programs

- Choice of suppliers through their CSR programs

- Improving their quality of management and service

The healthcare business sector should be the perfect example of responsible business and should lead people and other businesses to invest for society. Healthcare sector should underscore its role as a good corporate citizen with a number of activities in the fields of education and research, environment, social needs, sports and culture to be the leader of sustainable development. f) Ecological pyramids. Ans: An ecological pyramid (also trophic pyramid or energy pyramid) is a graphical representation designed to show the biomass or biomass productivity at each trophic level in a given ecosystem. Biomass' is the amount of living or organic matter present in an organism. Biomass pyramids show how much biomass is present in the organisms at each trophic level, while productivity pyramids show the production or turnover in biomass. Ecological pyramids begin with producers on the bottom (such as plants) and proceed through the various trophic levels (such as herbivores that eat plants, then carnivores that eat herbivores, then carnivores that eat those carnivores, and so on). The highest level is the top of the food chain.

Pyramid of biomass An ecological pyramid of biomass shows the relationship between biomass and trophic level by quantifying the amount of biomass present at each trophic level of an ecological community at a particular moment in time. It is a graphical representation of biomass(total amount of living or organic matter in an ecosystem) present in unit area in different tropic levels. Typical units for a biomass pyramid could be grams per meter2, or calories per meter2. The pyramid of biomass may be 'inverted'. For example, in a pond ecosystem, the standing crop of phytoplankton, the major producers, at any given point will be lower than the mass of the heterotrophs, such as fish and insects. This is explained as the phytoplankton reproduce very quickly, but have much shorter individual lives. One problem with biomass pyramids is that they can make a trophic level look like it contains more energy than it actually does. For example, all birds have beaksand skeletons, which despite taking up mass are not eaten by the next trophic level. In a pyramid of biomass the skeletons and beaks would still be quantified even though they do not contribute to the overall flow of energy when ripping and tearing into the next trophic level

Pyramid of productivity An ecological pyramid of productivity is often more useful, showing the production or turnover of biomass at each trophic level. Instead of showing a single snapshot in time, productivity pyramids show the flow of energy through the food chain. Typical units would be grams per meter2 per year or

100 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India calories per meter2 per year. As with the others, this graph begins with producers at the bottom and places higher trophic levels on top. When an ecosystem is healthy, this graph produces a standard ecological pyramid. This is because in order for the ecosystem to sustain itself, there must be more energy at lower trophic levels than there is at higher trophic levels. This allows for organisms on the lower levels to not only maintain a stable population, but to also transfer energy up the pyramid. The exception to this generalization is when portions of a food web are supported by inputs of resources from outside of the local community. In small, forested streams, for example gone up greater than could be supported by the local primary production.

When energy is transferred to the next trophic level, typically only 10% of it is used to build new biomass, becoming stored energy (the rest going to metabolic processes). As such, in a pyramid of productivity each step will be 10% the size of the previous step

The advantages of the pyramid of productivity: . It takes account of the rate of production over a period of time. . Two species of comparable biomass may have very different life spans. Therefore their relative biomasses is misleading, but their productivity is directly comparable. . The relative energy chain within an ecosystem can be compared using pyramids of energy; also different ecosystems can be compared. . There are no inverted pyramids. . The input of solar energy can be added.

The disadvantages of the pyramid of productivity: . The rate of biomass production of an organism is required, which involves measuring growth and reproduction through time. . There is still the difficulty of assigning the organisms to a specific trophic level. As well as the organism in the food chains there is the problem of assigning the decomposers and detritivores to a particular trophic level.

2012 ENVIRONMENT & ECOLOGY BHM 403

GROUP – A ( Multiple Choice Type Questions ) 1. Choose the correct alternatives for any ten of the following : 10 × 1 = 10 i) Toxic metal when mixes with water causes a) Environmental pollution b) Noise pollution c) Air pollution d) Water pollution. D ii) The commercial name of CFC is a) Chlorofluorocarbon b) Freon c) Chlorofluorocarbide d) Aerosol. A iii) Which of the following contains maximum quantity of fresh water ? a) Glacier & Ice caps b) River

101 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India c) Lakes d) Soil moisture. A iv) BOD is a) Amount of O2 required to respire b) Amount of O2 to decompose c) Amount of O2 to inhale d) amount of O2 to measure COD. B v) Branch of biology that deals with the relationship between organisms and their environment is known as a) physioilogy b) c) ecology d) pedology. C vi) Ouch-ouch disease is related with a) Methyl mercury b) Lead c) Arsenic d) Cadmium. ? vii) Which one of the following is water-borne disease ? a) Typhoid b) Mumps c) AIDS d) Cataract. A viii) Stone cancer of Taj Mahal is caused by a) Smog b) Acid rain c) UV rays d) CFC. A ix) The effect of ultra-violet rays on skin may cause a) Leukaemia b) Skin cancer c) Paralysis d) None of these. B x) The natural resource with are replenishable in future are …………….. resources. a) Flow b) Fund c) Non-renewable d) Renewable. D xi) Arsenic pollution is caused due to excess presence of a) Iron b) Aluminium c) Iron and copper d) Copper and Lead. ? xii) VOC is a) Volcanic Organic Compound b) Volcano Originated Compound c) Volatile Organic Complex d) Volatile Organic Compound. D

GROUP – B ( Short Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 × 5 = 15 2. What are the impacts of population growth on resources ? Ans: Raw numbers of people are only one factor in the effects of people. The lifestyle (including overall affluence and resource utilization) and the pollution (including carbon footprint) are equally important. Currently, the inhabitants of the developed nations of the world consume resources at a rate almost 32 times greater than those of the developing world, who make up the majority of the human population.[ 95]

102 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Some problems associated with or exacerbated by human overpopulation and over- consumption are:

 Inadequate fresh water for drinking as well as sewage treatment and effluent discharge. Some countries, like Saudi Arabia, use energy-expensive desalination to solve the problem of water shortages.  Depletion of natural resources, especially fossil fuels.  Increased levels of air pollution, water pollution, soil contamination and noise pollution. Once a country has industrialized and become wealthy, a combination of government regulation and technological innovation causes pollution to decline substantially, even as the population continues to grow.  Deforestation and loss of ecosystems that sustain global atmospheric oxygen and carbon dioxide balance; about eight million hectares of forest are lost each year. Changes in atmospheric composition and consequent global warming.  Irreversible loss of arable land and increases in desertification. Deforestation and desertification can be reversed by adopting property rights, and this policy is successful even while the human population continues to grow.  Mass species extinctions [ 107] from reduced habitat in tropical forests due to slash-and- burn techniques that sometimes are practiced by shifting cultivators, especially in countries with rapidly expanding rural populations; present extinction rates may be as high as 140,000 species lost per year. As of February 2011, the IUCN Red List lists a total of 801 animal species having gone extinct during recorded human history.  High infant and child mortality. High rates of infant mortality are associated with poverty. Rich countries with high population densities have low rates of infant mortality.  Intensive factory farming to support large populations. It results in human threats including the evolution and spread of antibiotic resistant bacteria diseases, excessive air and water pollution, and new viruses that infect humans.  Increased chance of the emergence of new epidemics and pandemics. For many environmental and social reasons, including overcrowded living conditions,

3. What is biodegradable waste? How is biogas useful ? 3 + 2 Ans:

Biodegradable waste is a type of waste which can be broken down, in a reasonable amount of time, into its base compounds by micro-organisms and other living things, regardless of what those compounds may be.

Biodegradable waste can be commonly found in municipal solid waste (sometimes called biodegradable municipal waste, or BMW) as green waste, food waste, paper waste, and biodegradable plastics. Other biodegradable wastes include human waste, manure, sewage, and slaughterhouse waste. In the absence of oxygen, much of this waste will decay to methane by anaerobic digestion.

Usefulness of Biogas: Biogas is energy rich and is well suited as a source of energy within many areas. Biogas for heating Perhaps the easiest way to use biogas is for heating. This is because, for this purpose, no pre- treatment other than the removal of water is required. Biogas is usually used for heating

103 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India buildings in conjunction with a biogas plant, but surplus heat can also be directed into the district heating network. Biogas power generation Biogas energy can also be used to generate power. Both electricity and heat can be produced with the help of a gas powered generator. The proportions of heat and power generated depend of course on the design of the plant but are usually in the region of 35 per cent electricity and 65 per cent heat. Biogas as vehicle fuel Relatively speaking, biogas requires considerable processing if it is to be used as vehicle fuel. The energy value has to be raised by separating carbon dioxide in order to achieve a methane content of between 95 and 99 per cent. Water, impurities and particles must be removed to avoid mechanical as well as environmental damage. Finally, the gas has to be compressed. Although significant work is needed to upgrade methane gas to biogas fuel, the environmental benefits are so great that an increasing number of filling stations are opening throughout the country. There are at present between 40 and 50 biogas stations in Sweden and the aim is to have 100 before the end of 2007. Approximately 4,000 vehicles now run on biogas fuel on Swedish roads. Biogas in the gas network Refined biogas can be injected into existing gas networks. Networks for town gas were perhaps more common before but, in Stockholm for example, there is a functioning network with natural gas being used for gas cookers, heaters, baking ovens, water heaters etc. Biogas in industry Many industries such as sugar refineries, distilleries, dairies and paper mills generate processing and waste water that can be digested directly on site. Biogas can thus be used for heating premises, district heating power production, heating ovens etc.

4. Define food chain. How can it be classified ? 2 + 3 Ans: 1st Part: Food chain can be defined as a succession of organisms in an ecological community that constitutes a continuation of food energy from one organism to another as each consumes a lower member and in turn is preyed upon by a higher member. The food chain consists of four main parts:  The Sun, which provides the energy for everything on the planet.  Producers: these include all green plants. These are also known as autotrophs, since they make their own food. Producers are able to harness the energy of the sun to make food. Ultimately, every (aerobic) organism is dependent on plants for oxygen (which is the waste product from photosynthesis) and food (which is produced in the form of glucose through photosynthesis). They make up the bulk of the food chain or web.  Consumers: In short, consumers are every organism that eats something else. They include herbivores (animals that eat plants), carnivores (animals that eat other animals),parasites (animals that live off of other organisms by harming it), and scavengers (animals that eat dead animal carcasses). Primary consumers are the herbivores, and are the second largest biomass in an ecosystem. The animals that eat the herbivores (carnivores) make up the third largest biomass, and are also known as secondary consumers. This continues with tertiary consumers, etc.  Decomposers: These are mainly bacteria and fungi that convert dead matter into gases such as carbon and nitrogen to be released back into the air, soil, or water. Fungi, and other organisms that break down dead organic matter are known as saprophytes. Even though most of us hate those mushrooms or molds, they actually play a very important role. Without decomposers, the earth would be covered in trash. Decomposers are necessary since they recycle the nutrients to be used again by producers. 2nd Part:

104 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The sequence of eating and being eaten in an ecosystem is known as the food chain. It is the path of transfer of food energy from the producers through a series of organisms i.e herbivores to carnivores to decomposers. There are three basic types of food chain as discussed below: 1. Grazing food chain 2. Detritus food chain 3. Parasitic food chain 1. Grazing food chain: The primary producers are the living green plants which are grazed on by grazing animals. It is found in aquatic and grassland ecosystem. E.g. of aquatic ecosystem Phytoplankton →Zooplankton→ Fish→ Hawk E.g. of grassland ecosystem Grass→Rabbit→Fox→Wolf→Tiger Grass→ Grasshopper→ Frog→Snake→Hawk 2. Detritus food chain: This type of food chain starts from dead organic matter and so it is less dependent on solar energy. The dead organic matter is broken down into simple nutrients by microorganisms like fungi and bacteria. This type of food chain is found in forest ecosystem. Dead organic matter→ Detritivores→Predators 3. Parasitic food chain: In this type of food chain either the producer or the consumer is parasitized and therefore the food passes to the smaller organism. The energy transfer through this kind of food chain is not significant. Producer→ Herbivores→ Parasite→ Hyperparasites Trees→ Fruit eating birds→ Lice and bugs→ Bacteria and fungi

5. Write a note on ‘The Earth Summit’ of 1992 ? Ans:

Conference United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), Rio de Janeiro, 3-14 June 1992 Informal name The Earth Summit Host Government Brazil Number of 172, 108 at level of heads of State or Governments Government participating Conference Maurice F. Strong, Canada Secretary- General Organizers UNCED secretariat Principal themes Environment and sustainable development NGO presence Some 2,400 representatives of non- governmental organizations (NGOs); 17,000 people attended the parallel NGO Forum

105 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Resulting Agenda 21, the Rio Declaration on document Environment and Development, the Statement of Forest Principles, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity Follow-up mechanisms Follow-up mechanisms: Commission on Sustainable Development; Inter-agency Committee on Sustainable Development; High-level Advisory Board on Sustainable Development Previous UN Conference on the Human Environment, conference Stockholm (1972)

The Earth Summit

The Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro was unprecedented for a UN conference, in terms of both its size and the scope of its concerns. Twenty years after the first global environment conference, the UN sought to help Governments rethink economic development and find ways to halt the destruction of irreplaceable natural resources and pollution of the planet. Hundreds of thousands of people from all walks of life were drawn into the Rio process. They persuaded their leaders to go to Rio and join other nations in making the difficult decisions needed to ensure a healthy planet for generations to come.

The Summit’s message — that nothing less than a transformation of our attitudes and behaviour would bring about the necessary changes — was transmitted by almost 10,000 on- site journalists and heard by millions around the world. The message reflected the complexity of the problems facing us: that poverty as well as excessive consumption by affluent populations place damaging stress on the environment. Governments recognized the need to redirect international and national plans and policies to ensure that all economic decisions fully took into account any environmental impact. And the message has produced results, making eco-efficiency a guiding principle for business and governments alike.  Patterns of production — particularly the production of toxic components, such as lead in gasoline, or poisonous waste — are being scrutinized in a systematic manner by the UN and Governments alike;  Alternative sources of energy are being sought to replace the use of fossil fuels which are linked to global climate change;  New reliance on public transportation systems is being emphasized in order to reduce vehicle emissions, congestion in cities and the health problems caused by polluted air and smog;  There is much greater awareness of and concern over the growing scarcity of water.

The two-week Earth Summit was the climax of a process, begun in December 1989, of planning, education and negotiations among all Member States of the United Nations, leading to the adoption of Agenda 21, a wide-ranging blueprint for action to achieve sustainable development worldwide. At its close, Maurice Strong, the Conference Secretary-General,

106 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India called the Summit a “historic moment for humanity”. Although Agenda 21 had been weakened by compromise and negotiation, he said, it was still the most comprehensive and, if implemented, effective programme of action ever sanctioned by the international community. Today, efforts to ensure its proper implementation continue, and they will be reviewed by the UN General Assembly at a special session to be held in June 1997.

The Earth Summit influenced all subsequent UN conferences, which have examined the relationship between human rights, population, social development, women and human settlements — and the need for environmentally sustainable development. The World Conference on Human Rights, held in Vienna in 1993, for example, underscored the right of people to a healthy environment and the right to development, controversial demands that had met with resistance from some Member States until Rio.

6. How does the dispersion of smoke occur in atmosphere ? Ans: How well smoke dispersion is on any given day is dependant on three factors: 1. mechanical mixing 2. convective mixing 3. the volume of clean air available to mix the smoke ("dilution is the solution") In the atmosphere, the wind acts like a giant spoon, mixing the smoke with clean air. Wind can carry smoke hundreds of metres up into the atmosphere. How well the wind mixes the smoke with clean air is dependent on the velocity of the wind and the underlying topography (there will be greater mixing in areas of uneven topography).

Wind can help to mix smoke with clean air on days when we have good dispersion or a large volume of clean air available with which to mix the smoke. However, on days when dispersion is poor or the volume of clean air is limited, wind will transport the smoke over great distances, resulting in more adverse effects from the smoke. Convective Mixing Although wind is a factor in smoke dispersion, it is not really a very effective mechanism by which to mix smoke with clean air. Convective mixing is by far the most dominant mixing force in the atmosphere. To help explain convective mixing we can use the analogy of heating a pot of water on the stove. Usually when you boil a pot of water you simply put it on the stove and walk away; you do not have to stand there physically mixing the water. The water at the bottom of the pot will heat up first because it is closest to the heat source, the element. So how is it that the water at the top of the pot is also heated up? As the water heats up, it becomes less dense than the water above it and rises to the top of the pot. The cooler, denser water on top sinks to the bottom. This results in what is called convection currents which carry the hot water from the bottom of the pot to the top and the cool water from the top to the bottom.

107 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The redistribution of heat within the pot of water is called convective mixing. Even if we leave the pot alone, the water mixes itself because the temperature variations generate their own turbulence. A similar process occurs on a daily basis in the atmosphere. The sun heats the ground and the ground in turn heats the air directly above it. This results in the temperature of the atmosphere decreasing with height. As the air near the ground heats up it begins to rise. This air will continue to rise as long as it is warmer than the surrounding air. As this warmer air rises, cooler air from above moves in (or sinks) to take its place near the ground. The greatest amount of convective mixing occurs during the warmest part of the day. On any given day, convective mixing can carry smoke from hundreds to thousands of metres into the atmosphere, which makes it a far more effective mixing mechanism than wind.

Smoke will continue to rise into the atmosphere as long as it is warmer than the surrounding air. Day Versus Night Atmospheric Conditions The concept of convective mixing should give you some indication of why burning is not permitted at night. Remember, convective mixing is the dominant force in the atmosphere mixing or diluting smoke with clean air. On any given day we want as much convective mixing as possible. Convective mixing is dependant on the sun heating the ground which in turn heats the air directly above it. At night little to no convective mixing can occur because there is no heat source. Furthermore, the earth tends to cool more quickly than the atmosphere. Just as during the day the ground heats the air directly above it, at night the ground will cool the air directly above it. As a result, the temperature of the atmosphere tends to increase with height.

108 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

This results in what is called an inversion. An inversion is the result of warmer air lying overtop of cooler air. Inversions can be expected to form 90% of the time when the sun goes down. How Does an Inversion Inhibit Smoke Dispersion? Smoke will only rise as long as it is warmer than the surrounding air. At night a pocket of smoke will rise a bit, but as the air around it becomes warmer, it will actually sink back towards the ground and spread out horizontally.

This is what is called a diurnal (or daily) cycle, which basically repeats every day. During the day, we often experience what is termed unstable atmospheric conditions and at night we have much more stable atmospheric conditions. Why is the Amount of Convective Mixing Not Constant From One Day to the Next? There is one other factor that will affect how well smoke is mixed or diluted in the atmosphere on any given day. ‘Synoptic’ weather patterns affect how much clean air is available with which to mix the smoke. These weather patterns change from day to day and thus the volume of clean air available to mix with the smoke changes from day to day. The Volume of Clean Air Available: the Effect of High and Low Pressure Systems Convective mixing is capable of carrying smoke hundreds of thousands of metres into the atmosphere. On any given day, how high smoke is actually carried into the atmosphere is determined by the type of pressure system, high or low, that we are experiencing. Daily pressure systems dictate the volume of clean air that is available on any given day with which to mix the smoke. The Influence of a High Pressure System With a high pressure system you have a lot of air pressing down, or the air is subsiding. High pressure systems are often characterized by clear, blue skies and light winds. They are essentially very nice, calm days. Atmospheric conditions are very stable, meaning there is little to no activity in the atmosphere. On days like this the volume of clean air with which to mix the smoke is really quite small. Smoke may only rise a couple of hundred metres before it starts to spread out horizontally.

109 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

When there is a lot of burning going on, this small volume of clean air can quickly become inundated with smoke and smoke dispersion will be minimal. High pressure systems are usually indicative of a layer of warmer air over a layer of cool air. That is, the temperature of the atmosphere is increasing with height, which inhibits the smoke from rising very high into the atmosphere.

This is one of the most frustrating aspects of this program for producers. From a producer's point of view this would be considered a really good day for burning. There is little to no wind, so there is little chance of the fire getting out of control. From a smoke dispersion perspective, however, this is a very bad day for burning. The clear skies and fair weather indicate that the atmosphere is very stable, that air is subsiding. On days like this, due to the enormous amount of pressure from the air pressing down, convective mixing is seriously limited. That is, air closer to the ground is unable to rise very high into the atmosphere. The air closer to the ground is cooler than the air aloft. This is what is called a "capping inversion". This change in temperature ultimately acts like a lid or cap on the atmosphere, preventing smoke from rising very high into the atmosphere. This inversion is so strong that it actually inhibits convective mixing. The Influence of a Low Pressure System With a low pressure system, warm air is rising. Low pressure systems are usually characterized by cloudy skies (clouds tend to have a lot of vertical development), strong winds and rain. The atmosphere tends to be very unstable and there is a large volume of clean air available with which to mix the smoke. The temperature of the atmosphere decreases with height, which means that the smoke may rise thousands of metres into the atmosphere. On days like this, there is a lot of activity or mixing occurring in the atmosphere and smoke dispersion conditions tend to be very good.

Above is a good example of what would happen to the smoke on a day with a low pressure system. As you can see there is smoke being generated from this one fire. However, because there is a lot of convective mixing occurring, the smoke is being lifted high up into the atmosphere. There is actually very little horizontal movement at all. There is a large volume of clean air with which to dilute or to mix the smoke. The temperature of the atmosphere is decreasing with height, which means that the smoke will continue to be carried high into the atmosphere (probably thousands of metres into the atmosphere). There is a very light wind to aid mixing. When Does Most Burning Occur? When it comes to burning of crop residue, the days that are the most suitable for the actual burning (clear, sunny, calm days) tend to be the worst for smoke dispersion. The best days for smoke dispersion are often those when weather conditions (windy, rainy) are such that burning cannot occur in a safe and controlled manner. As a result the majority of burning tends to occur on days when we are experiencing moderate smoke dispersion conditions. It is on such days that burning may be restricted to a certain portion of the day (usually later in the afternoon) or certain rural municipalities may be closed. We always have to be careful when we authorize burning on days when the smoke dispersion capabilities of the atmosphere may be limited. It is during those days that the atmosphere can become inundated with smoke if there is a substantial amount of burning taking place.

7. What are the effects of noise pollution ? Ans: (Ref: question No. 8 of 2008)

GROUP – C ( Long Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 × 15 = 45

110 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

8. What are the different sources of water pollution ? What is arsenic pollution ? Write a note on cyclone separator with suitable diagram. 7 + 3 + 5 Ans:

1st Part:

During recent years, there has been an increasing awareness of, and concern about, water pollution all over the world, and new approaches towards achieving sustainable exploitation of water resources have been developed internationally.

It is widely agreed that a properly developed policy framework is a key element in the sound management of water resources. With the rapid growth of population, industrialization and urbanisation, environmental pollution has greatly increased. The major sources of water pollution arise from many activities.

They include domestic, industrial and agricultural wastes. Domestic waste contains pathogenic organisms which are responsible for the spread of communicable diseases such as cholera, typhoid, dysentery and other gastrointestinal diseases.

These wastes also contain materials which are responsible for obnoxious conditions and irreparable damage to aesthetics of land and water environment. Industrial wastes contain a wide variety of organic substances and minerals including cyanides, arsenic, mercury, and cadmium, carcinogens which are toxic to human and plant life. Agricultural drainage carries dangerous pesticide residues and unused fertilizer ingredients.

The term 'water pollution' can be briefly defined as any alteration in physical, chemical or biological properties of water, rendering the water harmful to public health and safety. For convenience, the sources of contamination of water can be classified as natural and anthropogenic (man-made).

Natural sources

Important natural sources are surface run-off, seepage from ground water and swamp drainage. In urban areas, rain water is reported to be acidic. This is due to reaction between water droplets and atmospheric oxides of sulphur and nitrogen. The atmospheric sulphur dioxide (S02) is always accompanied by a little amount of sulphur tri-oxide (S03) which, under humid condition, reacts with water vapour to form sulphuric acid thus causing acid rain. The chemical reaction involved in this process is represented as follows:

Leachates from animal excreta, decaying bodies of animals and plants, solid waste landfill sites and the decay of large quantities of organic matter in swamps or deep ponds also introduce appreciable amounts of soluble organics and microorganisms which in turn contaminate the adjacent ground water.

Anthropogenic sources

Anthropogenic sources are the result of industrial, domestic, agricultural and mining activities of man.

Industrial sources

111 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Nowadays, industries are the major contributors of water pollution. Water is an essential raw material in almost all manufacturing plants. In India, industries such as tanneries, sugar mills, pulp and paper mills, distilleries, oil refineries, etc. generate a large quantity of wastewater which is discharged into natural waterways either without treatment or after partial treatment. The characteristics of industrial wastewater depend primarily on the type of industry and the chemicals used in various processes.

Domestic sources

In urban areas, municipal sewage is discharged into the nearby canal, thus polluting the canal and also deteriorating the ground water. Municipal sewage includes wastewater from houses, commercial buildings and institutions. The important pollutants present are biodegradable organic matter, coliforms and pathogens.

Agricultural sources

Pollutants discharged into water courses due to agricultural activities include:

1. Soil and silt removed by erosion

2. Agricultural run-off

3. Synthetic fertilizers, herbicides and insecticides

4. Plant residue.

Receiving water bodies get fertilised with nutrients, thus resulting in Eutrophication. Some common insecticides in use are chlorinated hydrocarbons such as DDT (dichloro diphenyl trichloroethane), aldrin, heptachlor, PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyl) etc. Most of the chlorinated hydrocarbons are persistent to degradation and hence remain in the environment for a very long time. Indiscriminate use of insecticides could make them an integral part of the biological, geological and chemical cycles of the earth. Measurable quantities of DDT residues may be found in air, soil and water several thousand kilometres away from the point where it originally entered the ecosystem.

Mining sources

Natural or man-made geochemical alterations are also sources of wastewater pollution. Fines from ore washings disposed off in water suspension may be transferred to the natural water bodies to pollute them in due course. Mining operation also produces soluble toxic materials depending on the geological formation. Acid drainage from coal mines and arsenic residue from gold mines are some of the burning problems of environmental concern.

2nd Part: Arsenic Pollution: Arsenic contamination of groundwater is often due to naturally occurring high concentrations of arsenic in deeper levels of groundwater. It is a high-profile problem due to the use of deep tubewells for water supply in the Ganges Delta, causing serious arsenic poisoning to large numbers of people. A 2007 study found that over 137 million people in more than 70 countries are probably affected by arsenic poisoning of drinking water. Arsenic

112 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India contamination of ground water is found in many countries throughout the world, including the USA. Approximately 20 incidents of groundwater arsenic contamination have been reported. Of these, four major incidents occurred in Asia, in Thailand, Taiwan, and Mainland China. Speciation of arsenic compounds in water Arsenic contaminated water typically contains arsenous acid and arsenic acid or their derivatives. Their names as "acids" is a formality, these species are not aggressive acids but are merely the soluble forms of arsenic near neutral pH. These compounds are extracted from the underlying rocks that surround the aquifer. Arsenic acid tends to exist as the ions [HAsO4]2 - and [H2AsO4]- in neutral water, whereas arsenous acid is not ionized.

Arsenic polluted water causes death. This toxic element is found in tube well water. The people of the affected areas suffer from serious skin disease. The people of North Bengal are the worst sufferers of arsenic pollution. People are affected it by only when they drink it. But washing hands, clothes and bathing in this water are not injurious. An arsenic affected man loses this stamina to work, and the skin of his palm, legs and back become sore which leads to skin cancer. Arsenic is a silent killer of man. Arsenic pollution spreads in paddy, rice wheat, vegetables and medicine. So necessary steps should be taken to eradicate this problem. All the tube wells must be examined by DPHE and if arsenic is found. It should be marked with red cross. We can drink pure rain water. We can make the water of river and pond drinkable by using filter. We can also purify arsenic contaminated water in a chemical process. We along with the government should try to save ourselves from the growing menace of arsenic. 3rd Part: Cyclone Separator

Principle and Working: A high speed rotating (air)flow is established within a cylindrical or conical container called a cyclone. Air flows in a spiral pattern, beginning at the top (wide end) of the cyclone and ending at the bottom (narrow) end before exiting the cyclone in a straight stream through the center of the cyclone and out the top. Larger (denser) particles in the rotating stream have too much inertia to follow the tight curve of the stream and strike the outside wall, falling then to the bottom of the cyclone where they can be removed. In a conical system, as the rotating flow moves towards the narrow end of the cyclone the rotational radius of the stream is reduced, separating smaller and smaller particles.

9. What are the components present in soil ? Explain the causes of soil erosion. Why is soil getting polluted ? How can you prevent it ? 3 + 4 + 4 + 4 Ans:

1st Part:

113 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Soil composition is an important aspect of nutrient management. While soil minerals and organic matter hold and store nutrients, soil water is what readily provides nutrients for plant uptake. Soil air, too, plays an integral role since many of the microorganisms that live in the soil need air to undergo the biological processes that release additional nutrients into the soil.

The basic components of soil are minerals, organic matter, water and air. The typical soil consists of approximately 45% mineral, 5% organic matter, 20-30% water, and 20-30% air. These percentages are only generalizations at best. In reality, the soil is very complex and dynamic. The composition of the soil can fluctuate on a daily basis, depending on numerous factors such as water supply, cultivation practices, and/or soil type.

Figure 1. Approximate composition of soil.

The solid phase of soil, which includes minerals and organic matter, are generally stable in nature. Yet, if organic matter is not properly managed, it may be depleted from the soil. The liquid and gas phases of the soil, which are water and air respectively, are the most dynamic properties of the soil. The relative amounts of water and air in the soil are constantly changing as the soil wets or dries.

2nd Part:

Causes of Soil Erosion

Land use: Humans play a major role in soil erosion through their use and abuse of natural resources, for example deforestation, grazing, arable land use, faulty farming systems, high crop intensity, housing construction, mining etc.

Climate: The two most important climatic factors having a direct effect on erosion are precipitation and wind velocity. Other climatic factors have an indirect effect on soil erosion, such as water balance, evapotranspiration, temperature and relative humidity. Indirect factors affect the erosivity of rainfall by altering the soil moisture regime and the proportion of rainfall that may become surface runoff. For erosion control it is necessary to investigate physical characteristics of rainfall, including the amount, distribution, intensity, energy load, seasonality and variability of rainfall and the formation and course of surface runoff.

114 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Soil: The susceptibility of a soil to erosion is influenced by its physical, hydrological, chemical and mineralogical properties as well as its soil profile characteristics. Important soil physical and hydrological properties that affect the resistance of a soil to erosion include texture, structure, water retention and transmission properties.

Hydrology: Infiltration, surface detention, overland flow velocity, and subsurface water flow are important soil erosion components of the hydrological cycle. The different types of flow and their velocities may be turbulent or laminar, steady or unsteady, uniform or non- uniform and influence the extent of erosion

Landforms: Slope gradient, slope length and shape of slope are the important variables of landform that affect erosion processes for all types of soil erosion, e.g., splash, sheet, rill, and gully erosion.

3rd Part:

Main Causes of Soil Pollution 1. Industrial Activity: Industrial activity has been the biggest contributor to the problem in the last century, especially since the amount of mining and manufacturing has increased. Most industries are dependent on extracting minerals from the Earth. Whether it is iron ore or coal, the by products are contaminated and they are not disposed off in a manner that can be considered safe. As a result, the industrial waste lingers in the soil surface for a long time and makes it unsuitable for use. 2. Agricultural Activities: Chemical utilization has gone up tremendously since technology provided us with modern pesticides and fertilizers. They are full of chemicals that are not produced in nature and cannot be broken down by it. As a result, they seep into the ground after they mix with water and slowly reduce the fertility of the soil. Other chemicals damage the composition of the soil and make it easier to erode by water and air. Plants absorb many of these pesticides and when they decompose, they cause soil pollution since they become a part of the land. 3. Waste Disposal: Finally, a growing cause for concern is how we dispose of our waste. While industrial waste is sure to cause contamination, there is another way in which we are adding to the pollution. Every human produces a certain amount of personal waste products by way or urine and feces. While much of it moves into the sewer the system, there is also a large amount that is dumped directly into landfills in the form of diapers. Even the sewer system ends at the landfill, where the biological waste pollutes the soil and water. This is because our bodies are full of toxins and chemicals which are now seeping into the land and causing pollution of soil. 4. Accidental Oil Spills: Oil leaks can happen during storage and transport of chemicals. This can be seen at most of the fuel stations. The chemicals present in the fuel deteriorates the quality of soil and make them unsuitable for cultivation. These chemicals can enter into the groundwater through soil and make the water undrinkable. 5. Acid Rain: Acid rain is caused when pollutants present in the air mixes up with the rain and fall back on the ground. The polluted water could dissolve away some of the important nutrients found in soil and change the structure of the soil.

4th Part: Soil pollution, or soil contamination, is the accumulation of man-made toxic substances in soil that has a negative effect of plant and animal life. Common pollutants include herbicides and pesticides; litter and waste. Soil pollution is usually caused by mistreatment of the soil through poor cultivation or farming practices, industrial waste dumping and mineral utilization. Soil pollution can be prevented

115 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India or at least reduced by educating ourselves on the cause and effects of soil pollution; and the ways to stop it. Herbicide, Pesticide and Fertilizer Herbicides are chemicals used to kill weeds and unwanted plants while pesticides are substances that kill unwanted insects and pests. Fertilizers supply nutrients to plants to help them grow but can contain heavy metals which can be harmful to the animals, including humans, that eat the plant say the Food and Fertilizer Technology Center. Reducing the use of or finding natural alternatives to toxic substances can help prevent soil pollution, according to the National Science Digital Library Reuse and Recycle Contribute less waste to help prevent soil pollution. Purchase glass and other reusable containers instead of throwing away plastic or paper regularly. Recycle paper and plastic through your local waste management company to reduce the amount of waste that is sent to a landfill. The National Science Digital Library, NSDL, reports that reusing and recycling products will help conserve natural resources and save more land from contamination. Proper Solid Waste Treatment Waste should be disposed of properly to avoid soil pollution. Lobby your community to adopt ways to treat waste before disposing it to prevent pollution. For example, the NSDL suggests that acidic and alkaline waste be neutralized before they are disposed of so they won’t contaminate the soil. Waste that is biodegradable should be broken down in a controlled environment before being disposed of because it is a much faster, resource-saving method.

10. What are the bad effects of Air pollution ? What is the composition of atmosphere ? Which gases are responsible for greenhouse effect ? 9 + 4 + 2 Ans: 1st Part: Air pollution affects men, animals, plants, forests, materials and also has a profound adverse effect on atmosphere. (i) Effect on man: It is detrimental to human health causing major respiratory disorders. Hay fever, asthma and are caused due to air pollution. Sculpture dioxide is responsible for cough, spasm of larynx and reddening of the eye due to irritation of membranes in the eye. Hemorrhage and pulmonary disorders are resulted even with very low concentrations of ozone. Beryllium causes berylliosis. Dusts, grits and smokes cause tuberculosis and silicosis whereas heavy metals are carcinogenic in nature and develop dermatitis and ulcers of skin. Nickel may cause cancer. (ii) Effects on animals: The forage crops are sometimes contained with metallic pollutants, such as, lead, arsenic and molybdenum in mining and thermal power plants area due to air pollution. The domestic animals feeding on contaminated fodder suffer from different diseases. Air contaminated with ozone causes pulmonary changes, oedema and haemorrhage in dogs, cats, and rabbits. Animals feeding on fluoride compound containing fodder may suffer from fluorosis. Cattle and sheep are most frequently affected animals. Hypoplasia of dental enamel and bone lesioning are the other effects caused due to excessive fluoride in the body. (iii) Effects on plants: Plants are affected by various air pollutants. Excessive sulphur dioxides make the cells inactive and finally are killed. At lower concentrations, brownish red colour of leaf, choruses and necrosis take place. Tomato is affected by ammonia and radish, cucumber and soybean are affected due to hydrogen sulphite. Ethylene causes epinasty and early maturation of plants. (iv) Effects on materials and atmosphere:

116 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Sulphur dioxide with water produces sulphurous and sulphuric acids that are extremely corrosive. Different metals, such as iron, aluminum and copper are corroded when exposed to contaminated air. Building and other materials are disfigured by deposition of soot. Increase in carbon dioxide concentration increases the temperature of the earth. Depletion of ozone layer due to fluoro carbon of aerosol causes the exposure of U. V. radiation which is lethal.

Other Bad effects:

Acidification: Chemical reactions involving air pollutants can create acidic compounds which can cause harm to vegetation and buildings. Sometimes, when an air pollutant, such as sulfuric acid combines with the water droplets that make up clouds, the water droplets become acidic, forming acid rain. When acid rain falls over an area, it can kill trees and harm animals, fish, and other wildlife. Acid rain destroys the leaves of plants.When acid rain infiltrates into soils, it changes the chemistry of the soil making it unfit for many living things that rely on soil as a habitat or for nutrition. Acid rain also changes the chemistry of the lakes and streams that the rainwater flows into, harming fish and other aquatic life.

Eutrophication: Rain can carry and deposit the Nitrogen in some pollutants on rivers and soils. This will adversely affect the nutrients in the soil and water bodies. This can result in algae growth in lakes and water bodies, and make conditions for other living organism harmful.

Ground-level ozone: Chemical reactions involving air pollutants create a poisonous gas ozone (O3). Gas Ozone can affect people’s health and can damage vegetation types and some animal life too.

Particulate matter: Air pollutants can be in the form of particulate matter which can be very harmful to our health. The level of effect usually depends on the length of time of exposure, as well the kind and concentration of chemicals and particles exposed to. Short-term effects include irritation to the eyes, nose and throat, and upper respiratory infections such as bronchitis and pneumonia. Others include headaches, nausea, and allergic reactions. Short-term air pollution can aggravate the medical conditions of individuals with asthma and emphysema. Long-term health effects can include chronic respiratory disease, lung cancer, heart disease, and even damage to the brain, nerves, liver, or kidneys. Continual exposure to air pollution affects the lungs of growing children and may aggravate or complicate medical conditions in the elderly.

2nd Part: A. Nitrogen - 78% - Dilutes oxygen and prevents rapid burning at the earth's surface. Living things need it to make proteins. Nitrogen cannot be used directly from the air. The Nitrogen Cycle is nature's way of supplying the needed nitrogen for living things.

B. Oxygen - 21% - Used by all living things. Essential for respiration. It is necessary for combustion or burning.

C. Argon - 0.9% - Used in light bulbs.

117 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

D. Carbon Dioxide - 0.03% - Plants use it to make oxygen. Acts as a blanket and prevents the escape of heat into . Scientists are afraid that the buring of fossil fuels such as coal and oil are adding more carbon dioxide to the atmosphere.

E. Water Vapor - 0.0 to 4.0% - Essential for life processes. Also prevents heat loss from the earth.

F. Trace gases - gases found only in very small amounts. They include neon, helium, krypton, and xenon. 3rd Part: Green house Gases: Many greenhouse gases occur naturally, such as  water vapor,  carbon dioxide,  methane,  nitrous oxide, and  ozone. Others such as  hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs),  perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and  sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) result exclusively from human industrial processes.

11. Write an account of waste management in Hospital. Do you think further measures are necessary? 12 + 3 Ans: Potentially hazardous wastes from hospitals and clinics which have a pathogenic, chemical, explosive, or radioactive nature are called “medical wastes”. Medical wastes include the following:

 pathological wastes (i.e., body parts, aborted fetus, tissue and body fluids from surgery; and dead infected laboratory animals);  infectious waste (i.e., surgical dressings and bandages, infected laboratory beddings, infectious cultures and stocks from laboratories, and all waste from patients in isolation wards handling infectious diseases);  sharps (i.e., needles, syringes, used instruments, broken glass);  pharmaceutical wastes (i.e., soiled or out-of-date pharmaceutical products);  chemical wastes (i.e., spent solvents, disinfectants, pesticides and diagnostic chemicals);  aerosols (i.e., aerosol containers or gas canisters which may explode if incinerated or punctured);  radioactive wastes (i.e., sealed sources in instruments, and open sources used in vitro diagnosis or nuclear medical therapy); and  sludges from any on-site wastewater treatment facilities may be potentially hazardous.

Pathological wastes should be destroyed by incineration under high heat (i.e., over 900 o C with an afterburner temperature at over 800o C), although some countries require burial of human pathological wastes at official cemeteries for religious reasons. To reach these temperatures and have adequate afterburning and pollution control typically requires development of a regional medical waste facility. Smaller individual hospital or clinic incinerators may not be able to reach these temperatures and afterburning retention periods. Volatilized metals (such as arsenic, mercury, lead) and dioxins and furans could result from inadequate burning temperatures and retention periods.

118 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Other procedures to consider may include chemical disinfection or sterilization (i.e., irradiation, microwave, autoclave, or hydroclave) followed by secure landfill disposal of residuals. In some cases, following complete disinfection, some wastes may be recycled. For example, recycling by specialized contractors is sometimes arranged after disinfection of thick plastics, such as intravenous bags and tubs, and syringes.

Pharmaceutical wastes require destruction, secure land disposal or return to the manufacturer for destruction through chemical or incineration methods.

Chemical wastes need to be source segregated according to their recycling potential and compatibility; and those which are non-recyclable may require stabilization, neutralization, encapsulation, or incineration.

Hospital wastewater treatment sludges require treatment (i.e., anaerobic digestion, composting, incineration, etc.) which raises temperatures to levels that destroy pathogenic microorganisms.

Radioactive medical therapy and diagnosis in high-income countries are divided into two categories: “open sources” which derive from direct use of the radiochemical substance, and “sealed sources” which involve indirect use of the substance within a sealed apparatus or equipment unit. Only open sources tend to result in radioactive wastes, as sealed sources are returned to the manufacture for recycling when exhausted or no longer required. Radioactive wastes typically include isotopes such as technetium 99, gallium 67, iodine 125, iodine 131, cesium 137, iridium 192, thallium 201, and thallium 204. These wastes are seldom present in low-income and middle-income developing countries, because the hospitals do not have the equipment and technology to generate these wastes. If generated, these wastes should be stored safely until the radioactivity has declined to acceptable levels and then disposed with general refuse to sanitary landfill. The half-lives of commonly used medical radionuclides for therapy, diagnosis, or imaging range from 6 hours to several days. Storage on-site in a secured chamber is typically recommended for a period of 10 half-lives, or for one to two months.

The overall quantity of wastes generated in hospitals varies according to the income level of the country. For developing countries, the data base is limited, but it appears that the following range of quantities is likely:  general waste which is not contaminated, and can be handled with general municipal refuse: 1.0 to 2.0 kg/bed/day; and  contaminated medical waste which needs special management, and is considered potentially hazardous: 0.2 to 0.8 kg/bed/day.

Low-income countries would tend to generate medical wastes on the low end of this range, while middle-income countries would tend to generate medical wastes on the upper end of this range. The study area is within a [] income country, based on ranking criteria established by the World Bank and published in its annual development report.

Medical wastes, if not properly managed, pose a risk to the personnel who are handling these wastes, including custodial personnel and waste collectors, as well as to those providing disposal or picking through the wastes for recyclables. There is the danger that syringes will be recovered from transfer depots and disposal sites by waste pickers for recycling (i.e., by drug users). Contaminated containers for collection of medical wastes are not usually dedicated to only one site, but are circulated throughout cities as each skip truck brings an empty container to the hospital or clinic and removes the full one while it covers its daily collection route for general refuse.

Incineration is generally considered the preferred technology for some, if not all, medical wastes. At a minimum, infected tissue, body parts, and laboratory animal carcasses are generally recommended to be incinerated. On-site incinerators operating on a batch basis or regional incinerators operating on

119 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India a continuous basis are considered appropriate technology. Because of the cost of meeting stringent air pollution control emission standards, many high-income countries are taking steps to steam sterilize, irradiate, chemically disinfect, or gas/vapor sterilize some of the medical wastes.

One hospital incinerator with a capacity of 0.75 tonne/hour, operating on a continuous feed, could cost from $US 0.5 to 1.0 million to implement. Air pollution control systems, if they are added to meet 1995 USA standards, could cost another $ 0.5 to 1.0 million to implement. Incinerators which operate on a batch basis are typically dedicated to one hospital, as their capacity is limited to less than 1 tonne/day. Regional incinerators would typically be designed to operate on a continuous feed basis.

These equipment costs do not include transportation, customs, and setup costs within the study area. Transportation and setup may add about 10% to these costs. If government imports the equipment, especially as it is for waste management purposes, customs may not need to be paid. However, if the private sector is building the facility and needs to import the equipment, customs could add about to these costs. Civil works and land costs which are local costs may add about 30% to these costs.

While the costs/tonne of treatment/destruction are likely to be high (about $100 to $300/tonne depending on the level of pollution control required), the low quantities of medical wastes in developing countries would result in a costs which generally would be less than 1% of the most hospital's operating budget, exclusive of salaries. Therefore, the proper treatment/destruction facilities are likely to be affordable. Hospitals interviewed in various developing countries have indicated a willingness to pay to cover these costs.

Hospital waste treatment/destruction facilities could be implemented through one or more Design, Build, Own, and Operate (DBOO) or Design, Build, Operate and Transfer (DBOT) concession agreements of 10 to 15 years duration. Or the government could implement the facilities and arrange for service contracts of 2 to 5 years for operation and maintenance. Each hospital would be required to pay tipping fees which fully cover the costs of investment, debt service and operation. As part of the privatization agreement, the company providing the treatment/destruction services could also be awarded the task of also providing collection of the wastes from each hospital and maintaining a manifest system to track the waste from source to ultimate disposal.

Secured sanitary landfill is generally considered the preferred technology for medical wastes which do not require incineration or disinfection, such as packaging materials and general kitchen wastes. Nevertheless, special measures to fence and control access to the area of landfilling for medical wastes are essential. No waste picking should be allowed in the secured area. Also, the machinery for compacting refuse should not come in direct contact with the waste. Instead, the waste should be dumped into a trench and a adequate layer of soil dumped over the waste. Only thereafter is it recommendable that the machinery work over the soil covered waste to compact it and grade the surface so that infiltration of rainwater is minimized.

Role of Hospital Administrator: In a hospital environment, there are many pollution risks: dust, lint, as well as bacteria and germs. Luckily, many of the factors that contribute to the environmental pollution in hospitals can be controlled, and the pollution possibly avoided. Here are some tips to effectively learn how to control environmental pollution risks in a hospital. 8. Identify disease house in hospital - Hospitals can have dust, airborne bacteria, gases and germs in the air. Determining what is in each room can help you save on the type of equipment needed for each location. 9. Purchase ionizers for hospital rooms -Ionizers can keep positive ions flowing throughout the rooms and will help keep cleaning costs low. 10. Make sure the hospital has an adequate ventilation system and a working air condition system -An inadequate air flow in the hospital can aid in the spread of germs. Bacteria grow

120 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

easily in warm, humid areas so a working air conditioning system throughout the hospital is vital to hindering bacteria growth. 11. Implement a disposal system - Hospital waste management is one of the best ways to eliminate air pollutants. Having a well-structured way to dispose of the trash and hazardous waste will greatly decrease the amount of pollution in the hospital. 12. Educate the hospital staff on how to dispose of waste correctly -They should also know what can be recycled, and where specific waste products go. Hazardous material should be disposed of properly and carefully, and if the staff is thoroughly trained, then it reduces the risk of contamination to other patients. Some states provide workshops and seminars to properly educate staff. 13. Use specialized hazardous waste receptacles -Using red "hazardous material" bags or canisters for appropriate waste will cut down on the accidental handling of hazardous and potentially dangerous material. The Contra Costa Health Department has a Hazardous Material Department that has developed a poster entitled "Know Where to Throw." It focuses on the handling of hazardous material and what is appropriate to throw in the hazardous material receptacles.

14. Establish a separate holding area -There should be an area separate for patients who are sick, and for visitors. This can help protect visitors from any air-borne illnesses. This may also limit the need to clean and sterilize the visitor room as often, which will lower the cost of cleaning.

Another Answer:

Hospital waste refers to all waste generated, discarded and not intended for further use in the hospital.

Classification of hospital waste

(1) General waste: Largely composed of domestic or house hold type waste. It is non- hazardous to human beings, e.g. kitchen waste, packaging material, paper, wrappers, plastics.

(2) Pathological waste: Consists of tissue, organ, body part, human foetuses, blood and body fluid. It is hazardous waste.

(3) Infectious waste: The wastes which contain pathogens in sufficient concentration or quantity that could cause diseases. It is hazardous e.g. culture and stocks of infectious agents from laboratories, waste from surgery, waste originating from infectious patients.

(4) Sharps: Waste materials which could cause the person handling it, a cut or puncture of skin e.g. needles, broken glass, saws, nail, blades, scalpels.

(5) Pharmaceutical waste: This includes pharmaceutical products, drugs, and chemicals that have been returned from wards, have been spilled, are outdated, or contaminated.

(6) Chemical waste: This comprises discarded solid, liquid and gaseous chemicals e.g. cleaning, house keeping, and disinfecting product.

121 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(7) Radioactive waste: It includes solid, liquid, and gaseous waste that is contaminated with radionucleides generated from in-vitro analysis of body tissues and fluid, in-vivo body organ imaging and tumour localization and therapeutic procedures.

Approach for hospital waste management

Based on Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998, notified under the Environment Protection Act by the Ministry of Environment and Forest (Government of India).

1. Segregation of waste

Segregation is the essence of waste management and should be done at the source of generation of Bio-medical waste e.g. all patient care activity areas, diagnostic services areas, operation theaters, labour rooms, treatment rooms etc. The responsibility of segregation should be with the generator of biomedical waste i.e. doctors, nurses, technicians etc. (medical and paramedical personnel). The biomedical waste should be segregated as per categories mentioned in the rules.

2. Collection of bio-medical waste

Collection of bio-medical waste should be done as per Bio-medical waste (Management and Handling) Rules. At ordinary room temperature the collected waste should not be stored for more than 24 hours.

Type of container and colour code for collection of bio-medical waste.

Category Waste class Type of container Colour 1. Human anatomical waste Plastic Yellow 2. Animal waste -do- -do- 3. Microbiology and -do- Yellow/Red Biotechnology waste 4. Waste sharp Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 5. Discarded medicines andPlastic bags Black Cytotoxic waste 6. Solid (biomedical waste) -do- Yellow 7. Solid (plastic) Plastic bag puncture proofBlue/White containers Translucent 8. Incineration waste Plastic bag Black 9. Chemical waste (solid) -do- -do-

3. Transportation

Within hospital, waste routes must be designated to avoid the passage of waste through patient care areas. Separate time should be earmarked for transportation of bio-medical waste to reduce chances of it's mixing with general waste. Desiccated wheeled containers, trolleys or carts should be used to transport the waste/plastic bags to the site of storage/ treatment.

Trolleys or carts should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected in the event of any spillage. The wheeled containers should be so designed that the waste can be easily loaded, remains secured during transportation, does not have any sharp edges and is easy to clean and disinfect. Hazardous

122 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India biomedical waste needing transport to a long distance should be kept in containers and should have proper labels. The transport is done through desiccated vehicles specially constructed for the purpose having fully enclosed body, lined internally with stainless steel or aluminium to provide smooth and impervious surface which can be cleaned. The drivers compartment should be separated from the load compartment with a bulkhead. The load compartment should be provided with roof vents for ventilation.

4. Treatment of hospital waste

Treatment of waste is required:

 to disinfect the waste so that it is no longer the source of infection.

 to reduce the volume of the waste.

 make waste unrecognizable for aesthetic reasons.

 make recycled items unusable.

4.1 General waste

The 85% of the waste generated in the hospital belongs to this category. The, safe disposal of this waste is the responsibility of the local authority.

4.2 bio-medical waste: 15% of hospital waste

 Deep burial: The waste under category 1 and 2 only can be accorded deep burial and only in cities having less than 5 lakh population.

 Autoclave and microwave treatment Standards for the autoclaving and microwaving are also mentioned in the Biomedical waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998. All equipment installed/shared should meet these specifications. The waste under category 3,4,6,7 can be treated by these techniques. Standards for the autoclaving are also laid down.

 Shredding: The plastic (IV bottles, IV sets, syringes, catheters etc.), sharps (needles, blades, glass etc) should be shredded but only after chemical treatment/microwaving/autoclaving. Needle destroyers can be used for disposal of needles directly without chemical treatment.

 Secured landfill:: The incinerator ash, discarded medicines, cytotoxic substances and solid chemical waste should be treated by this option.

 Incineration: The incinerator should be installed and made operational as per specification under the BMW rules 1998 and a certificate may be taken from CPCB/State Pollution Control Board and emission levels etc should be defined. In case of small hospitals, facilities can be shared. The waste under category 1,2,3,5,6 can be incinerated depending upon the local policies of the hospital and feasibility. The polythene bags made of chlorinated plastics should not be incinerated.

 It may be noted that there are options available for disposal of certain category of waste. The individual hospital can choose the best option depending upon the facilities

123 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

available and its financial resources. However, it may be noted that depending upon the option chosen, correct colour of the bag needs to be used.

5. Safety measures

5.1 All the generators of bio--medical waste should adopt universal precautions and appropriate safety measures while doing therapeutic and diagnostic activities and also while handling the bio-medical waste.

5.2 It should be ensured that:

 drivers, collectors and other handlers are aware of the nature and risk of the waste.

 written instructions, provided regarding the procedures to be adopted in the event of spillage/ accidents.

 protective gears provided and instructions regarding their use are given.

 workers are protected by vaccination against tetanus and hepatitis B.

6. Training

 each and every hospital must have well planned awareness and training programme for all category of personnel including administrators (medical, paramedical and administrative).

 all the medical professionals must be made aware of Bio-medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998.

 to institute awards for safe hospital waste management and universal precaution practices.

 training should be conducted to all categories of staff in appropriate language/medium and in an acceptable manner.

7. Management and administration

Heads of each hospital will have to take authorization for generation of waste from appropriate authorities as notified by the concerned State/U.T. Government, well in time and to get it renewed as per time schedule laid down in the rules. Each hospital should constitute a hospital waste management committee, chaired by the head of the Institute and having wide representation from all major departments. This committee should be responsible for making Hospital specific action plan for hospital waste management and its supervision, monitoring and implementation. The annual reports, accident reports, as required under BMW rules should be submitted to the concerned authorities as per BMW rules format.

8. Measures for waste minimization

As far as possible, purchase of reusable items made of glass and metal should be encouraged. Select non PVC plastic items. Adopt procedures and policies for proper management of waste generated, the mainstay of which is segregation to reduce the quantity of waste to be treated. Establish effective and sound recycling policy for plastic recycling and get in touch with authorised manufactures.

124 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

9. Coordination between. hospital and outside agencies

 Municipal authority : As quite a large percentage of waste (in India upto 85%), generated in Indian hospitals, belong to general category (non-toxic and non-hazardous), hospital should have constant interaction with municipal authorities so that this category of waste is regularly taken out of the hospital premises for land fill or other treatment.

 Co-ordination with Pollution Control Boards: Search for better methods technology, provision of facilities for testing, approval of certain models for hospital use in conformity with standards 'aid down.

 To search for cost effective and environmental friendly technology for treatment of bio- medical and hazardous waste. Also, to search for suitable materials to be used as containers for bio-medical waste requiring incineration/autoclaving/ microwaving.

 Development of non-PVC plastics as a substitute for plastic which is used in the manufacture of disposable items.

12. Write short notes on any three of the following : a) Biodiversity Ans:

Biodiversity is the variety and differences among living organisms from all sources, including terrestrial, marine, and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are a part. This includes genetic diversity within and between species and of ecosystems. Thus, in essence, biodiversity represents all life. India is one of the mega biodiversity centres in the world and has two of the world's 18 ‘biodiversity hotspots’ located in the Western Ghats and in the Eastern Himalayas (Myers 1999). The forest cover in these areas is very dense and diverse and of pristine beauty, and incredible biodiversity.

According to an MoEF Report (1996), the country is estimated to have over 45,000 plant species and 81,000 animal species representing 7% of the world’s flora and 6.5% of its fauna. The 1999 figures are 49,219 plant species representing 12.5% and 81,251 animal species representing 6.6%.

The sacred groves of India are some of the areas in the country where the richness of biodiversity has been well preserved. The Thar desert and the Himalayas are two regions rich in biodiversity in India. There are 89 national parks and 504 wildlife sanctuaries in the country, the Chilika Lake being one of them. This lake is also an important wetland area. Learn more through map on biodiversity in India. b) Carbon cycle Ans:

The carbon cycle is the biogeochemical cycle by which carbon is exchanged among the biosphere, pedosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere of the Earth. Along with the nitrogen cycle and the water cycle, the carbon cycle comprises a sequence of events that are key to making the Earth capable of sustaining life; it describes the movement of carbon as it is recycled and reused throughout the biosphere.

The global carbon budget is the balance of the exchanges (incomes and losses) of carbon between the carbon reservoirs or between one specific loop (e.g., atmosphere ↔ biosphere) of the carbon cycle. An examination of the carbon budget of a pool or reservoir can provide

125 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India information about whether the pool or reservoir is functioning as a source or sink for carbon dioxide.

Main components The global carbon cycle is now usually divided into the following major reservoirs of carbon interconnected by pathways of exchange:  The atmosphere  The terrestrial biosphere  The oceans, including dissolved inorganic carbon and living and non-living marine biota  The sediments, including fossil fuels, fresh water systems and non-living organic material, such as soil carbon  The Earth's interior, carbon from the Earth's mantle and crust. These carbon stores interact with the other components through geological processes The carbon exchanges between reservoirs occur as the result of various chemical, physical, geological, and biological processes. The ocean contains the largest active pool of carbon near the surface of the Earth. The natural flows of carbon between the atmosphere, ocean, and sediments is fairly balanced, so that carbon levels would be roughly stable without human influence. Carbon in the earth's atmosphere exists in two main forms: carbon dioxide and methane. Both of these gases absorb and retain heat in the atmosphere and are partially responsible for the greenhouse effect. Methane produces a large greenhouse effect per volume as compared to carbon dioxide, but it exists in much lower concentrations and is more short-lived than carbon dioxide, making carbon dioxide the more important greenhouse gas of the two. Carbon dioxide leaves the atmosphere through photosynthesis, thus entering the terrestrial and oceanic . Carbon dioxide also dissolves directly from the atmosphere into bodies of water (oceans, lakes, etc.), as well as dissolving in precipitation as raindrops fall through the atmosphere. When dissolved in water, carbon dioxide reacts with water molecules and forms carbonic acid, which contributes to ocean acidity. It can then be absorbed by rocks through weathering. It also can acidify other surfaces it touches or be washed into the ocean. Human activity over the past two centuries has significantly increased the amount of carbon in the atmosphere, mainly in the form of carbon dioxide, both by modifying ecosystems' ability to extract carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and by emitting it directly, e.g. by burning fossil fuels and manufacturing concrete. c) Pollution Control Board of India Ans:

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), statutory organisation, was constituted in September, 1974 under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. Further, CPCB was entrusted with the powers and functions under the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

It serves as a field formation and also provides technical services to the Ministry of Environment and Forests of the provisions of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. Principal Functions of the CPCB, as spelt out in the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, (i) to promote cleanliness of streams and wells in different areas of the States by prevention,

126 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India control and abatement of water pollution, and (ii) to improve the quality of air and to prevent, control or abate air pollution in the country.

Functions of the Central Board at the National Level

 Advise the Central Government on any matter concerning prevention and control of water and air pollution and improvement of the quality of air.  Plan and cause to be executed a nation-wide programm for the prevention, control or abatement of water and air pollution;  Co-ordinate the activities of the State Board and resolve disputes among them;  Provide technical assistance and guidance to the State Boards, carry out and sponsor investigation and research relating to problems of water and air pollution, and for their prevention, control or abatement;  Plan and organise training of persons engaged in programme on the prevention, control or abatement of water and air pollution;  Organise through mass media, a comprehensive mass awareness programme on the prevention, control or abatement of water and air pollution;  Collect, compile and publish technical and statistical data relating to water and air pollution and the measures devised for their effective prevention, control or abatement;  Prepare manuals, codes and guidelines relating to treatment and disposal of sewage and trade effluents as well as for stack gas cleaning devices, stacks and ducts;  Disseminate information in respect of matters relating to water and air pollution and their prevention and control;  Lay down, modify or annul, in consultation with the State Governments concerned, the standards for stream or well, and lay down standards for the quality of air; and

 Perform such other function as may be prescribed by the Government of india. d) Heavy metal pollution Ans:

Heavy metals have been used in many different areas for thousands of years. Lead has been used for at least 5000 years, early applications including building materials, pigments for glazing ceramics, and pipes for transporting water. In ancient Rome, lead acetate was used to sweeten old wine, and some Romans might have consumed as much as a gram of lead a day. Mercury was allegedly used by the Romans as a salve to alleviate teething pain in infants, and was later (from the 1300s to the late 1800s) employed as a remedy for syphilis. Claude Monet used cadmium pigments extensively in the mid 1800s, but the scarcity of the metal limited the use in artists’ materials until the early 1900s.

Although adverse health effects of heavy metals have been known for a long time, exposure to heavy metals continues and is even increasing in some areas. For example, mercury is still used in gold mining in many parts of Latin America. Arsenic is still common in wood preservatives, and tetraethyl lead remains a common additive to petrol, although this use has decreased dramatically in the developed countries. Since the middle of the 19th century, production of heavy metals increased steeply for more than 100 years, with concomitant emissions to the environment (Fig. 1).

127 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

View larger version:

 In this page  In a new window

 Download as PowerPoint Slide

Fig. 1

Global production and consumption of selected toxic metals, 1850–1990. Source: Ref. 43.

At the end of the 20th century, however, emissions of heavy metals started to decrease in developed countries: in the UK, emissions of heavy metals fell by over 50% between 1990 and 20001.

Emissions of heavy metals to the environment occur via a wide range of processes and pathways, including to the air (e.g. during combustion, extraction and processing), to surface waters (via runoff and releases from storage and transport) and to the soil (and hence into groundwaters and crops) (see Chapter 1). Atmospheric emissions tend to be of greatest concern in terms of human health, both because of the quantities involved and the widespread dispersion and potential for exposure that often ensues. The spatial distributions of cadmium, lead and mercury emissions to the atmosphere in Europe can be found in the Meteorological Synthesizing Centre-East (MSC-E) website http://www.msceast.org/hms/emission.html#Spatial). Lead emissions are mainly related to road transport and thus most uniformly distributed over space. Cadmium emissions are primarily associated with non-ferrous metallurgy and fuel combustion, whereas the spatial distribution of anthropogenic mercury emissions reflects mainly the level of coal consumption in different regions.

People may be exposed to potentially harmful chemical, physical and biological agents in air, food, water or soil. However, exposure does not result only from the presence of a harmful agent in the environment. The key word in the definition of exposure is contact2. There must be contact between the agent and the outer boundary of the human body, such as the airways, the skin or the mouth. Exposure is often defined as a function of concentration and time: “an event that occurs when there is contact at a boundary between a human and the environment with a contaminant of a specific concentration for an interval of time”3. For exposure to happen, therefore, co-existence of heavy metals and people has to occur (see Chapter 1).

Cadmium

128 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Occurrence, exposure and dose

Cadmium occurs naturally in ores together with zinc, lead and copper. Cadmium compounds are used as stabilizers in PVC products, colour pigment, several alloys and, now most commonly, in re-chargeable nickel–cadmium batteries. Metallic cadmium has mostly been used as an anticorrosion agent (cadmiation). Cadmium is also present as a pollutant in phosphate fertilizers. EU cadmium usage has decreased considerably during the 1990s, mainly due to the gradual phase-out of cadmium products other than Ni-Cd batteries and the implementation of more stringent EU environmental legislation (Directive 91/338/ECC). Notwithstanding these reductions in Europe, however, cadmium production, consumption and emissions to the environment worldwide have increased dramatically during the 20th century. Cadmium containing products are rarely re-cycled, but frequently dumped together with household waste, thereby contaminating the environment, especially if the waste is incinerated.

Natural as well as anthropogenic sources of cadmium, including industrial emissions and the application of fertilizer and sewage sludge to farm land, may lead to contamination of soils, and to increased cadmium uptake by crops and vegetables, grown for human consumption. The uptake process of soil cadmium by plants is enhanced at low pH4.

Cigarette smoking is a major source of cadmium exposure. Biological monitoring of cadmium in the general population has shown that cigarette smoking may cause significant increases in blood cadmium (B-Cd) levels, the concentrations in smokers being on average 4– 5 times higher than those in non-smokers4. Despite evidence of exposure from environmental tobacco smoke5, however, this is probably contributing little to total cadmium body burden.

Food is the most important source of cadmium exposure in the general non-smoking population in most countries6. Cadmium is present in most foodstuffs, but concentrations vary greatly, and individual intake also varies considerably due to differences in dietary habits4. Women usually have lower daily cadmium intakes, because of lower energy consumption than men. Gastrointestinal absorption of cadmium may be influenced by nutritional factors, such as iron status7.

B-Cd generally reflects current exposure, but partly also lifetime body burden8. The cadmium concentration in urine (U-Cd) is mainly influenced by the body burden, U-Cd being proportional to the kidney concentration. Smokers and people living in contaminated areas have higher urinary cadmium concentrations, smokers having about twice as high concentrations as non-smokers4.

Health effects

Inhalation of cadmium fumes or particles can be life threatening, and although acute pulmonary effects and deaths are uncommon, sporadic cases still occur9 , 10. Cadmium exposure may cause kidney damage. The first sign of the renal lesion is usually a tubular dysfunction, evidenced by an increased excretion of low molecular weight proteins [such as β2-microglobulin and α1-microglobulin (protein HC)] or enzymes [such as N-Acetyl-β-D- glucosaminidase (NAG)]4 , 6. It has been suggested that the tubular damage is reversible1 1, but there is overwhelming evidence that the cadmium induced tubular damage is indeed irreversible4.

129 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

WHO6 estimated that a urinary excretion of 10 nmol/mmol creatinine (corresponding to circa 200 mg Cd/kg kidney cortex) would constitute a ‘critical limit’ below which kidney damage would not occur. However, WHO calculated that circa 10% of individuals with this kidney concentration would be affected by tubular damage. Several reports have since shown that kidney damage and/or bone effects are likely to occur at lower kidney cadmium levels. European studies have shown signs of cadmium induced kidney damage in the general population at urinary cadmium levels around 2–3 μg Cd/g creatinine12, 13.

The initial tubular damage may progress to more severe kidney damage, and already in 1950 it was reported that some cadmium exposed workers had developed decreased glomerular filtration rate (GFR)14. This has been confirmed in later studies of occupationally exposed workers15, 16. An excess risk of kidney stones, possibly related to an increased excretion of calcium in urine following the tubular damage, has been shown in several studies4.

Recently, an association between cadmium exposure and chronic renal failure [end stage renal disease (ESRD)] was shown17. Using a registry of patients, who had been treated for uraemia, the investigators found a double risk of ESRD in persons living close to (<2 km) industrial cadmium emitting plants as well as in occupationally exposed workers.

Long-term high cadmium exposure may cause skeletal damage, first reported from Japan, where the itai-itai (ouch-ouch) disease (a combination of osteomalacia and osteoporosis) was discovered in the 1950s. The exposure was caused by cadmium-contaminated water used for irrigation of local rice fields. A few studies outside Japan have reported similar findings4. During recent years, new data have emerged suggesting that also relatively low cadmium exposure may give rise to skeletal damage, evidenced by low bone mineral density (osteoporosis) and fractures1 8–20.

Animal experiments have suggested that cadmium may be a risk factor for cardiovascular disease, but studies of humans have not been able to confirm this4. However, a Japanese study showed an excess risk of cardiovascular mortality in cadmium-exposed persons with signs of tubular kidney damage compared to individuals without kidney damage21.

Cancer

The IARC has classified cadmium as a human carcinogen (group I) on the basis of sufficient evidence in both humans and experimental animals22. IARC, however, noted that the assessment was based on few studies of lung cancer in occupationally exposed populations, often with imperfect exposure data, and without the capability to consider possible confounding by smoking and other associated exposures (such as nickel and arsenic). Cadmium has been associated with prostate cancer, but both positive and negative studies have been published. Early data indicated an association between cadmium exposure and kidney cancer2 3. Later studies have not been able clearly to confirm this, but a large multi- centre study showed a (borderline) significant over-all excess risk of renal-cell cancer, although a negative dose–response relationship did not support a causal relation2 4. Furthermore, a population-based multicentre-study of renal cell carcinoma found an excess risk in occupationally exposed persons25. In summary, the evidence for cadmium as a human carcinogen is rather weak, in particular after oral exposure. Therefore, a classification of cadmium as ‘probably carcinogenic to humans’ (IARC group 2A) would be more appropriate. This conclusion also complies with the EC classification of some cadmium compounds (Carcinogen Category 2; Annex 1 to the directive 67/548/EEC).

130 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Mercury

Occurrence, exposure and dose

The mercury compound cinnabar (HgS), was used in pre-historic cave paintings for red colours, and metallic mercury was known in ancient Greece where it (as well as white lead) was used as a cosmetic to lighten the skin. In medicine, apart from the previously mentioned use of mercury as a cure for syphilis, mercury compounds have also been used as diuretics [calomel (Hg2Cl2)], and mercury amalgam is still used for filling teeth in many countries2 6.

Metallic mercury is used in thermometers, barometers and instruments for measuring blood pressure. A major use of mercury is in the chlor-alkali industry, in the electrochemical process of manufacturing chlorine, where mercury is used as an electrode.

The largest occupational group exposed to mercury is dental care staff. During the 1970s, air concentrations in some dental surgeries reached 20 μg/m3, but since then levels have generally fallen to about one-tenth of those concentrations.

Inorganic mercury is converted to organic compounds, such as methyl mercury, which is very stable and accumulates in the food chain. Until the 1970s, methyl mercury was commonly used for control of fungi on seed grain.

The general population is primarily exposed to mercury via food, fish being a major source of methyl mercury exposure27, and dental amalgam. Several experimental studies have shown that mercury vapour is released from amalgam fillings, and that the release rate may increase by chewing28.

Mercury in urine is primarily related to (relatively recent) exposure to inorganic compounds, whereas blood mercury may be used to identify exposure to methyl mercury. A number of studies have correlated the number of dental amalgam fillings or amalgam surfaces with the mercury content in tissues from human autopsy, as well as in samples of blood, urine and plasma2 6. Mercury in hair may be used to estimate long-term exposure, but potential contamination may make interpretation difficult.

Health effects

Inorganic mercury

Acute mercury exposure may give rise to lung damage. Chronic poisoning is characterized by neurological and psychological symptoms, such as tremor, changes in personality, restlessness, anxiety, sleep disturbance and depression. The symptoms are reversible after cessation of exposure. Because of the blood–brain barrier there is no central nervous involvement related to inorganic mercury exposure. Metallic mercury may cause kidney damage, which is reversible after exposure has stopped. It has also been possible to detect proteinuria at relatively low levels of occupational exposure.

Metallic mercury is an allergen, which may cause contact eczema, and mercury from amalgam fillings may give rise to oral lichen. It has been feared that mercury in amalgam may cause a variety of symptoms. This so-called ‘amalgam disease’ is, however,

131 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India controversial, and although some authors claim proof of symptom relief after removal of dental amalgam fillings2 9, there is no scientific evidence of this3 0.

Organic mercury

Methyl mercury poisoning has a latency of 1 month or longer after acute exposure, and the main symptoms relate to nervous system damage31. The earliest symptoms are parestesias and numbness in the hands and feet. Later, coordination difficulties and concentric constriction of the visual field may develop as well as auditory symptoms. High doses may lead to death, usually 2–4 weeks after onset of symptoms. The Minamata catastrophe in Japan in the 1950s was caused by methyl mercury poisoning from fish contaminated by mercury discharges to the surrounding sea. In the early 1970s, more than 10,000 persons in Iraq were poisoned by eating bread baked from mercury-polluted grain, and several thousand people died as a consequence of the poisoning. However, the general population does not face significant health risks from methyl mercury exposure with the exception of certain groups with high fish consumption.

A high dietary intake of mercury from consumption of fish has been hypothesized to increase the risk of coronary heart disease3 2. In a recent case-control study, the joint association of mercury levels in toenail clippings and docosahexaenoic acid levels in adipose tissue with the risk of a first myocardial infarction in men was evaluated3 3. Mercury levels in the patients were 15% higher than those in controls (95% CI, 5–25%), and the adjusted odds ratio for myocardial infarction associated with the highest compared with the lowest quintile of mercury was 2.16 (95% CI, 1.09–4.29; P for trend = 0.006).

Another recent case-control study investigated the association between mercury levels in toenails and the risk of coronary heart disease among male health professionals with no previous history of cardiovascular disease. Mercury levels were significantly correlated with fish consumption, and the mean mercury level was higher in dentists than in non-dentists. When other risk factors for coronary heart disease had been controlled for, mercury levels were not significantly associated with the risk of coronary heart disease3 4.

These intriguing contradictory findings need to be followed up by more studies of other similarly exposed populations. Lead

Occurrence, exposure and dose

The general population is exposed to lead from air and food in roughly equal proportions. Earlier, lead in foodstuff originated from pots used for cooking and storage, and lead acetate was previously used to sweeten port wine. During the last century, lead emissions to ambient air have further polluted our environment, over 50% of lead emissions originating from petrol. Over the last few decades, however, lead emissions in developed countries have decreased markedly due to the introduction of unleaded petrol. Subsequently blood lead levels in the general population have decreased (Fig. 2).

132 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

View larger version:

 In this page  In a new window

 Download as PowerPoint Slide

Fig. 2

Lead concentrations in petrol and children’s blood (USA).

Source: redrawn from Annest (1983), as reproduced in National Academy of Sciences/National Research Council. Measuring Lead Exposure in Infants, Children, and Other Sensitive Populations. Washington, DC, USA: National Academy Press, 1993.

Occupational exposure to inorganic lead occurs in mines and smelters as well as welding of lead painted metal, and in battery plants. Low or moderate exposure may take place in the glass industry. High levels of air emissions may pollute areas near lead mines and smelters. Airborne lead can be deposited on soil and water, thus reaching humans via the food chain.

Up to 50% of inhaled inorganic lead may be absorbed in the lungs. Adults take up 10–15% of lead in food, whereas children may absorb up to 50% via the gastrointestinal tract. Lead in blood is bound to erythrocytes, and elimination is slow and principally via urine. Lead is accumulated in the skeleton, and is only slowly released from this body compartment. Half- life of lead in blood is about 1 month and in the skeleton 20–30 years3 5.

In adults, inorganic lead does not penetrate the blood–brain barrier, whereas this barrier is less developed in children. The high gastrointestinal uptake and the permeable blood–brain barrier make children especially susceptible to lead exposure and subsequent brain damage. Organic lead compounds penetrate body and cell membranes. Tetramethyl lead and tetraethyl lead penetrate the skin easily. These compounds may also cross the blood–brain barrier in adults, and thus adults may suffer from lead encephalopathy related to acute poisoning by organic lead compounds.

Health effects

The symptoms of acute lead poisoning are headache, irritability, abdominal pain and various symptoms related to the nervous system. Lead encephalopathy is characterized by sleeplessness and restlessness. Children may be affected by behavioural disturbances, learning and concentration difficulties. In severe cases of lead encephalopathy, the affected

133 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India person may suffer from acute psychosis, confusion and reduced consciousness. People who have been exposed to lead for a long time may suffer from memory deterioration, prolonged reaction time and reduced ability to understand. Individuals with average blood lead levels under 3 μmol/l may show signs of peripheral nerve symptoms with reduced nerve conduction velocity and reduced dermal sensibility. If the neuropathy is severe the lesion may be permanent. The classical picture includes a dark blue lead sulphide line at the gingival margin. In less serious cases, the most obvious sign of lead poisoning is disturbance of haemoglobin synthesis, and long-term lead exposure may lead to anaemia.

Recent research has shown that long-term low-level lead exposure in children may also lead to diminished intellectual capacity. Figure 3 shows a meta-analysis of four prospective studies using mean blood lead level over a number of years. The combined evidence suggests a weighted mean decrease in IQ of 2 points for a 0.48 μmol/l (10 μg/dl) increase in blood lead level (95% confidence interval from −0.3 points to −3.6 points)35.

View larger version:

 In this page  In a new window

 Download as PowerPoint Slide

Fig. 3

Estimated mean change in IQ for an increase in blood lead level from 0.48 to 0.96 μmol/l (10–20 μg/dl) from a meta-analysis of four prospective studies35.

Acute exposure to lead is known to cause proximal renal tubular damage35. Long-term lead exposure may also give rise to kidney damage and, in a recent study of Egyptian policemen, urinary excretion of NAG was positively correlated with duration of exposure to lead from automobile exhaust, blood lead and nail lead36.

Despite intensive efforts to define the relationship between body burden of lead and blood pressure or other effects on the cardiovascular system, no causal relationship has been demonstrated in humans3 5.

Using routinely collected data on mortality (1981–96), hospital episode statistics data 1992– 1995 and statutory returns to the Health and Safety Executive (RIDDOR), one death and 83 hospital cases were identified37. The authors found that mortality and hospital admission ascribed to lead poisoning in England were rare, but that cases continue to occur and that some seem to be associated with considerable morbidity.

Blood lead levels in children below 10 μmg/dl have so far been considered acceptable, but recent data indicate that there may be toxicological effects of lead at lower levels of exposure

134 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India than previously anticipated. There is also evidence that certain genetic and environmental factors can increase the detrimental effects of lead on neural development, thereby rendering certain children more vulnerable to lead neurotoxicity38.

IARC classified lead as a ‘possible human carcinogen’ based on sufficient animal data and insufficient human data in 1987. Since then a few studies have been published, the overall evidence for lead as a carcinogen being only weak, the most likely candidates are lung cancer, stomach cancer and gliomas3 9. Arsenic

Occurrence, exposure and dose

Arsenic is a widely distributed metalloid, occurring in rock, soil, water and air. Inorganic arsenic is present in groundwater used for drinking in several countries all over the world (e.g. Bangladesh, Chile and China), whereas organic arsenic compounds (such as arsenobetaine) are primarily found in fish, which thus may give rise to human exposure4 0.

Smelting of non-ferrous metals and the production of energy from fossil fuel are the two major industrial processes that lead to arsenic contamination of air, water and soil, smelting activities being the largest single anthropogenic source of atmospheric pollution41. Other sources of contamination are the manufacture and use of arsenical pesticides and wood preservatives.

The working group of the EU DG Environment concluded that there were large reductions in the emissions of arsenic to air in several member countries of the European Union in the 1980s. In 1990, the total emissions of arsenic to the air in the member states were estimated to be 575 tonnes. In 1996, the estimated total releases of arsenic to the air in the UK were 50 tonnes42.

Concentrations in air in rural areas range from <1 to 4 ng/m3, whereas concentrations in cities may be as high as 200 ng/m3. Much higher concentrations (>1000 ng/m3) have been measured near industrial sources. Water concentrations are usually <10 μg/l, although higher concentrations may occur near anthropogenic sources. Levels in soils usually range from 1 to 40 mg/kg, but pesticide application and waste disposal can result in much higher concentrations40.

General population exposure to arsenic is mainly via intake of food and drinking water. Food is the most important source, but in some areas, arsenic in drinking water is a significant source of exposure to inorganic arsenic. Contaminated soils such as mine-tailings are also a potential source of arsenic exposure4 0.

Absorption of arsenic in inhaled airborne particles is highly dependent on the solubility and the size of particles. Soluble arsenic compounds are easily absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract. However, inorganic arsenic is extensively methylated in humans and the metabolites are excreted in the urine4 0.

Arsenic (or metabolites) concentrations in blood, hair, nails and urine have been used as biomarkers of exposure. Arsenic in hair and nails can be useful indicators of past arsenic exposure, if care is taken to avoid external arsenic contamination of the samples. Speciated

135 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India metabolites in urine expressed as either inorganic arsenic or the sum of metabolites (inorganic arsenic + MMA + DMA) is generally the best estimate of recent arsenic dose. However, consumption of certain seafood may confound estimation of inorganic arsenic exposure, and should thus be avoided before urine sampling40.

Health effects

Inorganic arsenic is acutely toxic and intake of large quantities leads to gastrointestinal symptoms, severe disturbances of the cardiovascular and central nervous systems, and eventually death. In survivors, bone marrow depression, haemolysis, hepatomegaly, melanosis, polyneuropathy and encephalopathy may be observed. Ingestion of inorganic arsenic may induce peripheral vascular disease, which in its extreme form leads to gangrenous changes (black foot disease, only reported in Taiwan).

Populations exposed to arsenic via drinking water show excess risk of mortality from lung, bladder and kidney cancer, the risk increasing with increasing exposure. There is also an increased risk of skin cancer and other skin lesions, such as hyperkeratosis and pigmentation changes.

Studies on various populations exposed to arsenic by inhalation, such as smelter workers, pesticide manufacturers and miners in many different countries consistently demonstrate an excess lung cancer. Although all these groups are exposed to other chemicals in addition to arsenic, there is no other common factor that could explain the findings. The lung cancer risk increases with increasing arsenic exposure in all relevant studies, and confounding by smoking does not explain the findings.

The latest WHO evaluation4 0 concludes that arsenic exposure via drinking water is causally related to cancer in the lungs, kidney, bladder and skin, the last of which is preceded by directly observable precancerous lesions. Uncertainties in the estimation of past exposures are important when assessing the exposure–response relationships, but it would seem that drinking water arsenic concentrations of approximately 100 μg/l have led to cancer at these sites, and that precursors of skin cancer have been associated with levels of 50–100 μg/l.

The relationships between arsenic exposure and other health effects are less clear. There is relatively strong evidence for hypertension and cardiovascular disease, but the evidence is only suggestive for diabetes and reproductive effects and weak for cerebrovascular disease, long-term neurological effects, and cancer at sites other than lung, bladder, kidney and skin4 0. e) Ganga Action Plan Ans: The Ganga action plan was, launched by Shri Rajeev Gandhi, the then Prime Minister of India on 14 Jan. 1986 with the main objective of pollution abatement, to improve the water quality by Interception, Diversion and treatment of domestic sewage and present toxic and industrial chemical wastes from identified grossly polluting units entering in to the river. The other objectives of the Ganga Action Plan are as under.  Control of non-point pollution from agricultural run off, human defecation, cattle wallowing and throwing of unburnt and half burnt bodies into the river.  Research and Development to conserve the biotic, diversity of the river to augment its productivity.

136 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 New technology of sewage treatment like Up-flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket (UASB) and sewage treatment through afforestation has been successfully developed.  Rehabilitation of soft-shelled turtles for pollution abatement of river have been demonstrated and found useful.  Resource recovery options like production of methane for energy generation and use of aquaculture for revenue generation have been demonstrated.  To act as trend setter for taking up similar action plans in other grossly polluted stretches in other rivers. The ultimate objective of the GAP is to have an approach of integrated river basin management considering the various dynamic inter-actions between abiotic and biotic eco- system. Notwithstanding some delay in the completion of the first phase of GAP it has generated considerable interest and set the scene for evolving a national approach towards replicating this program for the other polluted rivers of the country. The Government of India proposed to extend this model with suitable modifications to the national level through a National River Action Plan (NRAP). The NRAP mainly draws upon the lessons learnt and the experience gained from the GAP besides seeking the views of the State Governments and the other concerned Departments/Agencies. Under NRCP scheme the CPCB had conducted river basin studies and had identified 19 gross polluted stretches and 14 less polluted stretches along 19 rivers, which include 11 stretches situated along 7 rivers of M.P. f) Energy pyramid. Ans: (Ref: question no. 11 (f) of 2011)

137 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

2013 ENVIRONMENT & ECOLOGY BHM 403 GROUP – A ( Multiple Choice Type Questions)

1. Choose the correct alternatives for any ten of the following : 10 × 1 = 10 i) Non-living components of ecosystem are called a) abiotic factors b) biotic factors c) producers d) consumers. A ii) Which one of the following is waterborne disease ? a) Typhoid b) Mumps c) AIDS d) Cataract. A iii) Stone cancer of Taj is caused by a) smog b) acid rain c) UV rays d) CFC. A iv) Bhopal gas tragedy released the gas a) methane b) ozone c) nitrous oxide d) methyl isocynate. D v) The most potential gas to increase the temperature of earth is a) CO2 b) CO c) CFC d) SOx. A vi) Which of the following is the intensity level of noise ? a) centimetre b) decibel c) newton d) watt. B vii) Non-biomedical waste is a) discarded medicine b) syringe c) sugarcane d) cotton. C viii) Sewage water can be purified by the action of a) aquatic plant b) penicillin c) algae d) micro-organism. D ix) Devices like electrostatic precipitator & fabric filter are used to reduce

138 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India a) air pollution b) water pollution c) noise pollution d) thermal pollution. B x) The most powerful eye irritant present in smog is a) NO b) ozone c) PAN d) sulphur dioxide. A xi) EIA is a) Environmental Impact Assessment b) Environment of Impact Assessment c) Essential Impact Assessment d) none of these. A xii) BOD is a) Biological Oxygen Demand b) Better Oxygen Demand c) Biological Optimum Demand d) Biogenetic Oxygen Demand. A

GROUP – B ( Short Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 × 5 = 15 2. Distinguish between primary and secondary air pollutions. Ans: (Ref: question no. 3 of 2011) 3. Define food chain. Discuss grazing food chain with examples. Ans: (Ref: question no. 6 of 2011)

4. Explain the basic elements of ecology. Ans: (Ref: question no. 5 of 2009)

5. What do you mean by hazardous waste ? Mention the special care to be taken for their handling and disposal. 2 + 3 (Ref: question no. 8 of 2008; question no. 10 of 2009; question no. 11 of 2012)

6. Explain the relevance of the subject Environment & Ecology on Hospital Management. Ans: There for 100 years, educate people.” If we wish to manage our planet earth, we have to make all the persons environmentally educated. The study of environmental science makes us understand the scientific basis for establishing a standard which can be considered acceptably safe, clean and healthy for man and natural ecosystem. Natural ecosystem includes both physical and natural science. Most environmental scientists agree that if pollution and other environmental deterrents continue at their present rates, the result will be irreversible damage to the ecological cycles and balances in nature upon which all life depends. Environmental scientists warn that fundamental, and perhaps drastic, changes inhuman behaviour will be required to avert an ecological crisis. To safeguard the healthful environment that is essential to life, humans must learn that Earth does not have infinite resources. Earth’s limited resources must be conserved and, where possible, reused. Furthermore, humans must devise new strategies that mesh environmental progress with economic growth. The future growth of developing nations depends upon the development of sustainable conservation methods that protect the environment while also meeting the basic needs of citizens. An environmental study is the subject

139 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India in which we examine important issues relating to environment as they affect our lives. It is an exploratory description of issues. Each issue can be probed more deeply. Environmental studies is very important but most neglected body of knowledge. It concerns itself with life support system and is very closely related with development and economic growth. Many a time both development and economic growth are not easily reconciled. We have to choose between environment and development. It has been the reality that the industrial countries have high level of development and decent standard of living at the expense of environment and depletion of natural resources. The real question is how long is the Mother Earth likely suffer and how long this kind of development will be sustainable? Developing countries on the other hand are still struggling to achieve a minimum standard of living though they are also equally contributing to environmental damage. Both, industrialized and underdeveloped or developing countries, damage, deplete and pollute the environment.

Developing countries want accelerated growth to fulfill their basic needs and real question is should they follow footsteps are their big brothers, yes Developed countries? This is a bear fact that both the consumption and life-style of people have direct relations to environmental problems. Therefore, living habits and attitudinal and ethical questions have now cropped up which are main concerns for Environmental Studies. These issues are controversial and need deep study to help us understand the environmental problems.The most important questions that bother every developing country is What should be the ideal combination of pattern of growth and development, which Model of development as well as of business should be followed So that we do not ignore the principle that underlie sustainability. For the above, we need change at local, national, regional and global levels together with an economic and social transformation at the levels of individuals and communities. This subject forms part of Business Environment. Business Environment is divided into two categories viz. External and Internal Environment. External environment include political, economic, social, legal, technological, international and natural environment. On the other hand, Internal Environment includes people, culture, work ethics and attitudes.

The government and their agencies, the non-governmental organizations, the judiciary and now the corporate sector also expresses a great concern on matters relating natural environment and ecosystem. There are several environmental problems which have been solved by using environmental studies. Some of these are: a) global warming b) population problems c) depletion of ozone layer d) habitat destruction and species extinction e) energy production f) groundwater depletion and contamination

GROUP – C ( Long Answer Type Questions ) Answer any three of the following. 3 × 15 = 45 7. Define the objectives of EIA. Mention the steps involved in the EIA process. Highlight eight guiding principles of EIA. 3 + 4 + 8 Ans: (Ref: question no. 3 of 2008)

8. What is a pollutant? Give two examples each of a primary and secondary air pollutants. Explain major air pollutant in the hospital context. State their effects and methods of control. 1 + 4 + 4 + 6 Ans: (Ref: question no. 8 of 2009)

9. Explain the main subdivisions of biosphere. Which features of the planet earth make life possible here? How does the study of the subject Environment and Ecology help the hospital administrators in efficiently managing a hospital? 6 + 3 + 6

140 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Ans: (Ref: 1st Part:- question no. 3 of 2008) .

10. Describe the sources of noise pollution. What are the effects of it on environment? What are the ways to control it inside and around a hospital? 2 + 5 + 8

11. Define biomedical waste. Describe different methods of management of biomedical waste. Explain autoclaving & incineration. 2 + 7 + 6 Ans:

(Ref: question no. 9 of 2009)

12. What is biodiversity? Describe the different ways to conserve biodiversity. Explain the concept of 'Ecological balance' and consequence of changes. 2 + 6 + 7 Ans: (Ref: 1st Part: - question no. 3 of 2008 ; 3rd Part:- question no. 11 of 2011)

2nd Part: Currently the planet is inhabited by several million species in about 100 different phyla (Dirzo & Raven 2003). About 1.8 million have been described by scientists (Hilton-Taylor et al. 2008), but conservative estimates suggest that there are 5–15 million species alive today (May, 2000), since many groups of organisms remain poorly studied. Over 15,000 new species are described each year (Dirzo & Raven 2003), and new species are evolving during our lifetimes. However, modern extinction rates are high, at 100 to 1000 times greater than background extinction rates calculated over the eras (Hambler 2004). Although new species appear, existing species go extinct at a rate 1000 times that of species formation (Wilson 2003). Many biologists agree that we are in the midst of a mass extinction, a time when 75% or more of species are lost over a short geological time scale (Raup 1994). The last great mass extinction was 65 million years ago, at the end of the Cretaceous, when the dinosaurs went extinct. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature estimates that 22% of known mammals, 32% of amphibians, 14% of birds, and 32% of gymnosperms (all well-studied groups) are threatened with extinction (Hilton-Taylor et al. 2008). Species that were abundant within the last 200 years have gone extinct. For example, passenger pigeons, which numbered three to five billion in the mid 1800s (Ellsworth & McComb 2003), are now extinct.

Why should we be concerned about this loss of biodiversity? The answer lies in the fact that, for the first time in Earth’s history, a single species, Homo sapiens, could cause a mass extinction, precipitating its own demise. The primary cause of today’s loss of biodiversity is habitat alteration caused by human activities.

Let’s think about the meaning of biodiversity. Most people understand that biodiversity includes the great heterogeneous assemblage of living organisms. This aspect of biodiversity is also known as "species diversity." Biodiversity includes two other components as well- genetic diversity and ecosystem diversity. Species diversity

While people are generally most familiar with multicellular organisms such as plants and animals, these organisms form only small branches on the tree of life. The greatest metabolic diversity is found among the prokaryotic organisms of the Eubacteria and Archaea. Although some of these microbes use oxygen for respiration, or photosynthesize like plants, others have the extraordinary ability to derive energy from inorganic chemicals such as hydrogen sulfide or ammonia, and they use carbon dioxide as their only source of carbon for producing organic molecules. Organisms that we consider

141 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India can survive in saturated salt concentrations (36% compared to approximately 3% for seawater), or in superheated water in deep-sea vents and geysers.

Because people have ventured to all parts of the globe, one might expect that the new species being discovered each year would be microscopic organisms that can only be distinguished at the metabolic level. While it is true that most new species identified are insects, microbes and fungi, we are still discovering new vertebrates (Figure 2), even sizable new vertebrates such as a new species of baleen whale and a clouded leopard. Since 2000, 53 new species of primates have been described (IUCN 2008) including a new species of Brazilian monkey, Mura’s saddleback tamarin.

Genetic Diversity

Genes are responsible for the traits exhibited by organisms and, as populations of species decrease in size or go extinct, unique genetic variants are lost. Since genes reside within species, why should we consider genetic diversity as a separate category? Because they hold "genetic potential." For example, many of the crops that we grow for food are grown in monocultures of genetically homogeneous individuals. Because all individuals are the same, a disease, insect pest, or environmental change that can kill one individual can extirpate an entire crop. Most of our high-yield varieties show significant reductions in yield within about 5 years, as pests overcome the crops’ natural defenses. Plant breeders look to wild plant relatives and to locally grown landraces to find new genetic varieties. They can then introduce these genes into crops to renew their vigor. However, according to the UN Food and Agriculture Organization, 96% of the 7,098 US apple varieties cultivated prior to 1904, 95% of the US cabbage varieties, and 81% of tomato varieties, are extinct, and the genes that made these varieties unique are gone.

Genetic variation allows species to evolve in response to diseases, predators, parasites, pollution, and climate change. The Red Queen Hypothesis, named for Lewis Carroll’s character who runs continually in order to stay in the same place, states that organisms must continually evolve, or succumb to their predators and parasites that will continue to evolve.

In addition to traditional breeding, advances in genetic engineering have allowed scientists to introduce beneficial genes from one species to another. For example, diabetics used to depend on insulin from human cadavers, or from cows or pigs. Human insulin was expensive, and non-human insulin could cause allergic reactions. Now we can isolate the gene that codes for human insulin, insert it into bacterial cells, and let the bacteria produce large quantities of human insulin. Other notable feats in genetic engineering include the introduction of genes that enhance the nutritive value of food, create crop resistance to insect pests, induce sheep to produce a protein for treating cystic fibrosis disease, and alter bacteria so that they can clean up toxic mine wastes through their metabolic activities. Many other genetic manipulations are currently in development.

Ecosystem Diversity

Ecosystems include all the species, plus all the abiotic factors characteristic of a region. For example, a desert ecosystem has soil, temperature, rainfall patterns, and solar radiation that affect not only what species occur there, but the morphology, behavior, and the interactions among those species (Figure 3). When ecosystems are intact, biological processes are preserved. These processes include nutrient and water cycling, harvesting light through photosynthesis, energy flow through the food web, and patterns of plant succession over time. A conservation focus on preserving ecosystems not only saves large numbers of species (including non-charismatic species that do not receive public support) but also preserves the support systems that maintain life.

142 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Why Conserve Biodiversity? From a selfish point of view, humans should be concerned about saving biodiversity because of the benefits it provides us–biological resources and ecosystem services. However, nature provides social and spiritual benefits as well.

Biological Resources

Biological resources are those products that we harvest from nature. These resources fall into several categories: food, medicine, fibers, wood products, and more. For example, over 7,000 species of plants are used for food, although we rely heavily on only 12 major food crops. Most of the human population depends on plants for medicines. In the developed world, many of our medicines are chemicals produced by pharmaceutical companies, but the original formulas were often derived from plants. For example, opiate pain relievers are derived from poppies, aspirin is derived from willows, quinine for treating malaria comes from the Chinchona tree. The rosy periwinkle (Vinca rosea) and Pacific yew (Taxa brevifolia) both provide substances used in chemotherapy to inhibit the cell division of cancerous cells. Fibers for clothing, ropes, sacking, webbing, netting, and other materials are provided by a large number of plants, including cotton plants, flax plants (linen), hemp (cordage and sail canvas), Agave plants (sisal), Corchorus plants (jute), bamboo and palms. Trees provide the wood products used in making homes, furniture, and paper products. In addition, living organisms provide inspiration for engineers seeking better and more efficient products. The field known as biomimicry is the study of natural products that provide solutions to human needs. For example, shark skin provided the model for hydrodynamic swimming suits. The glue used by Sandcastle worms (Phragmatopoma californica) to cement together their sand particle shells was the inspiration for a glue that mends fractured bones in the aqueous internal environment of the body. Finally, scientists are using the chemical nature of spider’s silk to design strong, lightweight fibers (Figure 4). Ecosystem Services Ecosystem services are processes provided by nature that support human life. These services include the decomposition of waste, pollination, water purification, moderation of floods, and renewal of soil fertility. Ecosystem processes are often overlooked, and are not generally valued as part of the economy until they cease to function. When economic value is assigned to these services, it is often startlingly high. For example, insect pollinators help produce many commercially important fruits such as almonds, melons, blueberries, and apples. The global economic value of pollination services performed by insects has been valued at $217 billion per year (Gallai et al. 2009).

How does a process like water purification work? Rain water is filtered by soil and by microbes that can break down nutrients and contaminants, and reduce metal ions, slowing their spread into the environment. Wetland and riparian plants absorb nitrogen, and trap sediments that decrease water quality.

Human construction and development disrupt natural environments, but most habitats have an extraordinary ability to recover when given the chance. This is because dormant seeds in the soil can germinate, stabilize the soil, and initiate successional events that restore vegetation which provides food and structure for other colonizing organisms. Native plants like fireweed can help revegetate an area after fire.

Social and Spiritual Benefits Throughout most of human history, conservation has involved protecting nature for the spiritual gifts it provides, and protecting sacred places in the local landscape. Stories of indigenous people incorporate detailed knowledge of the animals and plants that make up their world. The heterogeneity of the world’s mythology, folk art, and folk dances show the effects of biodiversity on cultural development, and contribute to the richness of global arts and literature

Ecotourism is travel with the desire to view, sustain, and support natural ecosystems and local cultures. Support from ecotourism can reduce habitat destruction, preserve species that suffer from

143 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India poaching and illegal trade in the pet market, plus provide jobs for the local economy. For example, the Wasini Island Project in Kenya has been a major ecotourism success story. Coral reefs and mangrove forests were suffering degradation from development, agriculture, and from exploitation of reef species. Support from the Biodiversity Conservation Programme made it possible for the local community to build boardwalks and other features that facilitate viewing wildlife. Local people were trained as guides and in administration, and they now run a profitable ecotourism operation. Money from tourism helps the local economy, provides incentive to maintain the habitat, provides funds for the local health clinic, and scholarships for local students (Peopleandplanet.net 2009).

In recognition of the aesthetic value of nature, in 1892 the US Congress set aside the first national park "for the benefit and enjoyment of the people" (NPS 2010). Frederick Law Olmstead, who in the 1800s designed and managed park systems and urban parks such as Central Park in New York City, believed in the rejuvenating powers of nature. He felt that contemplating nature’s grandeur allowed man to put his life into perspective. In modern times, with increasing urbanization, people seek out local parks, open space and trails, and travel to national parks and wild places where they can enjoy nature. Birding, hiking, fishing, hunting, gardening, and other forms of recreation in nature are popular activities, and are economically important.

While modern arguments often focus on the anthropocentric value of biodiversity, nature writers such as Emerson, Thoreau, Leopold, Muir and many others emphasized the intrinsic values of biodiversity. As Henry David Thoreau said, "This curious world which we inhabit is more wonderful than it is convenient; more beautiful than it is useful; it is more to be admired and enjoyed than it is to be used" (1837).

13. Write short notes on any three of the following : 3 × 5 a) Environmental Protection Act, 1986 Ans: Salient Features of Environment (Protection) Act 1986-- In brief, the following are the special features of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986:-

1. Object of the Act-- Environment has been defined as the aggregate of all external conditions and influences effecting the life and development of an organism. Development without regard to the ecological equilibrium has led to an environmental crisis in the recent past. In fact, there is growing evidence of man made harm in many regions of the earth, dangerous levels of pollution in air, water, earth and living beings, thereon, major and undesirable disturbances to the ecological balance of the biosphere, destruction and depletion of irreplaceable resources and gross deficiencies harmful to the physical, mental and social wealth of man in the man made environment. Thus,the protection and improvement of human environment is a major issue which effects the well beings of the people and economic development throughout the world. It is, therefore, the urgent desire of the people of the whole world and the duty of the all Governments and the all peoples to protect environment. That is why the Articles 48A and 51A of the Constitution of India have cast a solemn duty not only on the State but also on the citizens towards the protection of the environment and conservation of the forests and the wild life.

Recent Legislation in India- The Water (Prevention and COntrol of Pollution) Act was passed in 1974. It aimed at maintianing the purity of water by preventing water pollution and provided for establishment of the Pollution Control Boards at the State Level. Similarly, the Air (prevention and Control of Pollution) Act was passedin 1981 to COntrol Air Pollution.

Objects and Reasons- The act was passed for the following objects and reasons i.e. for the protection, regulation of discharge of environmental pollutants and handling of hazardous substances,

144 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India speedy response in the event of accidents threatening environment and deterrent punishment to those who endanger human environment , safety and health.

2. Short, Title , Extent and Commencement- Acc to Section 1 of the Enviroment (Protection) Act, 186- i) This act may be called the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. ii) It extends to the whole of India. iii) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the offical gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of the Act and for different areas.

Thus, it is clear from the perusal of S. 1 of this Act that the Environment Act, 1986 applies to the whole of India equally.

The Act come into force in India on 19 November 1986 by a notification published in the official gazette vide notification No. G.S.R 1198 (E) dated 12.11.1986. it is to be noted that this act is a special law and has priority over the other general laws like Water, Air, Air Act etc.

3. Definitions of Various Terms used in the Act- Acc to Section 2 in this act, unles the context otherwise requires;- i) Environment- 'Environment' includes water , air and land and the interrelationship which exsits among and between water, air and land and human beings , other living creatures, plants, micro- organism and property; ii) Environmental Pollutant- 'Environmental pollutant' means any solid, liquid, or gaseous substance present in such concentration as may be, or tend to be, injurious to environment.; iii) Environmental pollution- 'Environmnetal pollution' means the presence inthe environment of any environmental pollutant; iv) Handling-"Handling' in relation to any substance, means the manufacture, processing, treatment, package, storage, transportation, use, collection, destruction, conversion, offering for sale, transfer or the like of such substance; v) Hazardous Substance- means any substance or preparation which by reaosn of its chemical or physico- chemical properties or handling, is liable to cause harm to human beings, other living creatures plans, microorganisms property or the environment; vi) Occupier- in relation to any factory or premises, means a person who has control over the affiars of the factory or the premises and includes, in relation to any substance , the person in possession of the substance; vi) Prescribed- means prescribed by rules made under this Act.

4. Subject matter of the Act- this is to protect and improve human environmental quality.

5. General and Particular Powers of Central Government- This act was conferred on Central Govt. vide general and special powers for the purpose of its successful enforcement and to achieve the desired objections.

6. Duties and Liabilites of the persons carrying on Industries, Operation and Handling Hazardous Substances etc.

145 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

7. Provisions relating to penalties

8. Every person has a locus standi- One of the most striking features of this act is that it provides a locus standi to every person. Now even a citizen has the right to approch a court provided he has given notice of not less than 60 days of the alleged offence and his intention to make a complaint to the Central Govt or the competent authority. b) Role of plastic on land pollution Ans: The plastic bags people bring home from the supermarket probably end up in a landfill. Every year, more than 500 billion plastic bags are distributed, and less than 3% of those bags are recycled. They are typically made of polyethylene and can take up to 1,000 years to biodegrade in landfills that emit harmful greenhouse gases. Reducing your contribution to plastic-bag pollution is as simple as using a cloth bag (or one made of biodegradable plant- based materials) instead of wasting plastic ones.

A lot of plastic products are produced annually. Obviously quite a lot of that material goes into landfill and small quantities are recycled. However quite substantial amounts do enter the environment as litter or debris. It's estimated that about eight million items of litter go into the sea every day, and much of that is plastic.Most of this plastic in sea found floating on the surface.A lots of plastic on the deep sea bed as well now. As plastics stay in the sea, they become fouled by marine organisms and this alters the overall density of the plastic object so that plastics that floated when they first entered the sea become negatively buoyant and sink to the seabed. c) Forest ecosystem Ans:

An ecosystem is a self-sustaining and self-regulating community of living organisms and its non- living environment. Forest ecosystems are dominated by trees that can mature to at least 2 metres in height and provide a canopy of at least 20% cover, together with all the native wildlife, including birds, mammals, marsupials, amphibians, reptiles, insects, plants, as well as moss, fungi, micro-organisms and non- living things such as water, soil and air interacting within the same area. An example of a forest ecosystem type is the river red gum forest of south-western NSW (above). Non-living things can also be referred to as ‘abiotic’ factors, while living things are often called ‘biotic’. Some organisms found in Australian forest ecosystems include moss (above right) and Murray’s skink (Eulamprus murrayi) (right).

What role do organisms play in a forest ecosystem? A community of organisms living in a forest ecosystem depend on each other through a complex series of interacting relationships called food webs. These complex food webs are dependent on simpler food chains. Both food webs and food chains are characterised by the transfer of energy originating from the sun. Animals cannot convert sunlight to energy, so are dependant on the plants and trees to do this through the process of photosynthesis. In photosynthesis, sunlight energy is converted to simple sugars in plants, the type of organisms known as the ‘producers’ (refer to diagram below). These sugars provide material for plants to grow and a source of food for the primary consumers known as ‘herbivores’. Herbivores are animals that only eat plants. These animals are then eaten by secondary consumers, animals known as ‘carnivores’ that only eat meat. Some animals however are ‘omnivores’ that eat both plants and animals. ‘Decomposers’ also contribute to food webs. They tend to be bacteria and fungi on the forest litter and in topsoil that break

146 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India down dead plant and animal material and recycle it to a form that can be used again by plants, including mineral ions such as nitrate. Diagram: Transfer of energy in an ecosystem Food webs and food chains Within a food web there are ‘predators’, that is, animals that hunt and prey on smaller animals for a source of food. In the following diagram of a food pyramid the Wedge Tailed Eagle is a predator to the Tawny Frogmouth Owl, its ‘prey’.

In a food chain, the transfer if energy begins with the producer and ends with the highest order consumer, as follows: tree → insect → mouse → owl → eagle However, in a food web the interaction between organisms becomes more complex. The following diagram illustrates an example of a food web for a River Red Gum ecosystem. Notice that most of the mammals are nocturnal, that is they forage for plants and hunt for prey by night. For example, the brush tail possum eats leaves and flowers from the river red gum, then falls prey to foxes when they come to the ground to move on to another tree. There are other animals that are also prey for the fox. Parasites Some organisms in a forest ecosystem can be ‘parasitic’. Parasites are organisms that feed and shelter off other organisms and reduce their chance of survival. An example is the mistletoe plant, frequently seen in eucalypt trees as dense masses of leaves, often orange in tone and with a parasitic root system that grows into the host tree where it draws out nutrients and water. The mistletoe bird is the agent responsible for dispersing the seed of this parasite between trees. Pollinators Insects and birds play a very important role in forest ecosystems as pollinators for many trees species that cannot self-pollinate, including eucalypts. Pollination involves carrying pollen from the flower of one tree to the flower of another tree to assist in the reproductive process. When flowers are successfully pollinated, the ovary of the flower develops into a fruit or nut, providing food for animals and new seeds. The native bee is a common pollinator of trees in Australia. Competition and population sizes Within a forest ecosystem there is competition between and within populations of living organisms for the limited resources available. A ‘population’ of organisms can be defined as a group of organisms of one species that interbreeds and lives in the same place at the same time. When resources become scare, competition occurs, and for animals, it is the fittest of a population that normally survives when food or prey is limited. When trees of a particular species compete for soil moisture, nutrients and sunlight, growth becomes restricted and tree trunks remain slender. This is the reason that ‘thinning’ is a common practice used by foresters to reduce density of commercial stands of trees (left). This allows the remaining trees to grow in girth which increasing the potential use of the remaining timber and its monetary value. d) Global warming Ans: (Ref: question no. 7 of 2010) e) Ozone depletion Ans: Ozone depletion describes two distinct but related phenomena observed since the late 1970s: a steady decline of about 4% per decade in the total volume of ozone in Earth's stratosphere (the ozone layer), and a much larger springtime decrease in stratospheric ozone over Earth's polar regions. The latter phenomenon is referred to as the ozone hole. In addition to these well-known stratospheric phenomena, there are also springtime polar tropospheric ozone depletion events.

The details of polar ozone hole formation differ from that of mid-latitude thinning, but the most important process in both is catalytic destruction of ozone by atomic halogens.[ 1] The main source of these halogen atoms in the stratosphere is of man-made

147 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India halocarbon refrigerants, solvents, propellants, and foam-blowing agents (CFCs, HCFCs, freons, halons). These compounds are transported into the stratosphere after being emitted at the surface.[ 2] Both types of ozone depletion have been observed to increase as emissions of halo-carbons increased.

CFCs and other contributory substances are referred to as ozone-depleting substances (ODS). Since the ozone layer prevents most harmful UVB wavelengths (280–315 nm) of ultraviolet light (UV light) from passing through the Earth's atmosphere, observed and projected decreases in ozone have generated worldwide concern leading to adoption of the Montreal Protocol that bans the production of CFCs, halons, and other ozone-depleting chemicals such as carbon tetrachloride and trichloroethane. It is suspected that a variety of biological consequences such as increases in skin cancer, cataracts,[ 3] damage to plants, and reduction of plankton populations in the ocean's photic zone may result from the increased UV exposure due to ozone depletion. Ozone cycle overview Three forms (or allotropes) of oxygen are involved in the ozone-oxygen cycle: oxygen atoms (O or atomic oxygen), oxygen gas (O2 or diatomic oxygen), and ozone gas (O3 or triatomic oxygen). Ozone is formed in the stratosphere when oxygen molecules photodissociate after absorbing an ultraviolet photon whose wavelength is shorter than 240 nm. This converts a single O2 into two atomic oxygen radicals. The atomic oxygen radicals then combine with separate O2 molecules to create two O3 molecules. These ozone molecules absorb UV light between 310 and 200 nm, following which ozone splits into a molecule of O 2 and an oxygen . The oxygen atom then joins up with an oxygen molecule to regenerate ozone. This is a continuing process that terminates when an oxygen atom "recombines" with an ozone molecule to make two O2 molecules. 2 O3 → 3 O2 chemical equation The overall amount of ozone in the stratosphere is determined by a balance between photochemical production and recombination. Ozone can be destroyed by a number of free radical catalysts, the most important of which are the (OH·), the nitric oxide radical (NO·), atomic chlorine ion (Cl·) and atomic bromine ion (Br·). The dot is a common notation to indicate that all of these species have an unpaired electron and are thus extremely reactive. All of these have both natural and man-made sources; at the present time, most of the OH· and NO· in the stratosphere is of natural origin, but human activity has dramatically increased the levels of chlorine and bromine. These elements are found in certain stable organic compounds, especially chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), which may find their way to the stratosphere without being destroyed in the troposphere due to their low reactivity. Once in the stratosphere, the Cl and Br atoms are liberated from the parent compounds by the action of ultraviolet light, e.g. CFCl3 + electromagnetic radiation → CFCl2 + Cl

The Cl and Br atoms can then destroy ozone molecules through a variety of catalytic cycles. In the simplest example of such a cycle,[ 4] a chlorine atom reacts with an ozone molecule, taking an oxygen atom with it (forming ClO) and leaving a normal oxygen molecule. The chlorine monoxide (i.e., the ClO) can react with a second molecule of ozone (i.e., O 3) to yield another chlorine atom and two molecules of oxygen. The chemical shorthand for these gas-phase reactions is:

 Cl + O3 → ClO + O2: The chlorine atom changes an ozone molecule to ordinary oxygen

148 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 ClO + O3 → Cl + 2 O2: The ClO from the previous reaction destroys a second ozone molecule and recreates the original chlorine atom, which can repeat the first reaction and continue to destroy ozone.

The overall effect is a decrease in the amount of ozone, though the rate of these processes can be decreased by the effects of null cycles. More complicated mechanisms have been discovered that lead to ozone destruction in the lower stratosphere as well.

The ozone cycle

A single chlorine atom would keep on destroying ozone (thus a catalyst) for up to two years (the time scale for transport back down to the troposphere) were it not for reactions that remove them from this cycle by forming reservoir species such as hydrogen chloride (HCl) and chlorine nitrate (ClONO)

2). On a per atom basis, bromine is even more efficient than chlorine at destroying ozone, but there is much less bromine in the atmosphere at present. As a result, both chlorine and bromine contribute significantly to overall ozone depletion. Laboratory studies have shown that fluorine and iodine atoms participate in analogous catalytic cycles. However, in the Earth's stratosphere, fluorine atoms react rapidly with water and methane to form strongly bound HF, while organic molecules containing iodine react so rapidly in the lower atmosphere that they do not reach the stratosphere in significant quantities.

On average, a single chlorine atom is able to react with 100,000 ozone molecules before it is removed from the catalytic cycle. This fact plus the amount of chlorine released into the atmosphere yearly by chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and hydrofluorocarbons (HCFCs) demonstrates how dangerous CFCs and HCFCs are to the environment.

149 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

ANNEXURE

Q. Being a Disease palace, Discuss the role of a hospital administrator to control the pollution.

Ans: Potentially hazardous wastes from hospitals and clinics which have a pathogenic, chemical, explosive, or radioactive nature are called “medical wastes”. Medical wastes include the following:

 pathological wastes (i.e., body parts, aborted fetus, tissue and body fluids from surgery; and dead infected laboratory animals);  infectious waste (i.e., surgical dressings and bandages, infected laboratory beddings, infectious cultures and stocks from laboratories, and all waste from patients in isolation wards handling infectious diseases);  sharps (i.e., needles, syringes, used instruments, broken glass);  pharmaceutical wastes (i.e., soiled or out-of-date pharmaceutical products);  chemical wastes (i.e., spent solvents, disinfectants, pesticides and diagnostic chemicals);  aerosols (i.e., aerosol containers or gas canisters which may explode if incinerated or punctured);  radioactive wastes (i.e., sealed sources in instruments, and open sources used in vitro diagnosis or nuclear medical therapy); and  sludges from any on-site wastewater treatment facilities may be potentially hazardous.

Pathological wastes should be destroyed by incineration under high heat (i.e., over 900 o C with an afterburner temperature at over 800o C), although some countries require burial of human pathological wastes at official cemeteries for religious reasons. To reach these temperatures and have adequate afterburning and pollution control typically requires development of a regional medical waste facility. Smaller individual hospital or clinic incinerators may not be able to reach these temperatures and afterburning retention periods. Volatilized metals (such as arsenic, mercury, lead) and dioxins and furans could result from inadequate burning temperatures and retention periods.

Other procedures to consider may include chemical disinfection or sterilization (i.e., irradiation, microwave, autoclave, or hydroclave) followed by secure landfill disposal of residuals. In some cases, following complete disinfection, some wastes may be recycled. For example, recycling by specialized contractors is sometimes arranged after disinfection of thick plastics, such as intravenous bags and tubs, and syringes.

Pharmaceutical wastes require destruction, secure land disposal or return to the manufacturer for destruction through chemical or incineration methods.

Chemical wastes need to be source segregated according to their recycling potential and compatibility; and those which are non-recyclable may require stabilization, neutralization, encapsulation, or incineration.

Hospital wastewater treatment sludges require treatment (i.e., anaerobic digestion, composting, incineration, etc.) which raises temperatures to levels that destroy pathogenic microorganisms.

150 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Radioactive medical therapy and diagnosis in high-income countries are divided into two categories: “open sources” which derive from direct use of the radiochemical substance, and “sealed sources” which involve indirect use of the substance within a sealed apparatus or equipment unit. Only open sources tend to result in radioactive wastes, as sealed sources are returned to the manufacture for recycling when exhausted or no longer required. Radioactive wastes typically include isotopes such as technetium 99, gallium 67, iodine 125, iodine 131, cesium 137, iridium 192, thallium 201, and thallium 204. These wastes are seldom present in low-income and middle-income developing countries, because the hospitals do not have the equipment and technology to generate these wastes. If generated, these wastes should be stored safely until the radioactivity has declined to acceptable levels and then disposed with general refuse to sanitary landfill. The half-lives of commonly used medical radionuclides for therapy, diagnosis, or imaging range from 6 hours to several days. Storage on-site in a secured chamber is typically recommended for a period of 10 half-lives, or for one to two months.

The overall quantity of wastes generated in hospitals varies according to the income level of the country. For developing countries, the data base is limited, but it appears that the following range of quantities is likely:  general waste which is not contaminated, and can be handled with general municipal refuse: 1.0 to 2.0 kg/bed/day; and  contaminated medical waste which needs special management, and is considered potentially hazardous: 0.2 to 0.8 kg/bed/day.

Low-income countries would tend to generate medical wastes on the low end of this range, while middle-income countries would tend to generate medical wastes on the upper end of this range. The study area is within a [] income country, based on ranking criteria established by the World Bank and published in its annual development report.

Medical wastes, if not properly managed, pose a risk to the personnel who are handling these wastes, including custodial personnel and waste collectors, as well as to those providing disposal or picking through the wastes for recyclables. There is the danger that syringes will be recovered from transfer depots and disposal sites by waste pickers for recycling (i.e., by drug users). Contaminated containers for collection of medical wastes are not usually dedicated to only one site, but are circulated throughout cities as each skip truck brings an empty container to the hospital or clinic and removes the full one while it covers its daily collection route for general refuse.

Incineration is generally considered the preferred technology for some, if not all, medical wastes. At a minimum, infected tissue, body parts, and laboratory animal carcasses are generally recommended to be incinerated. On-site incinerators operating on a batch basis or regional incinerators operating on a continuous basis are considered appropriate technology. Because of the cost of meeting stringent air pollution control emission standards, many high-income countries are taking steps to steam sterilize, irradiate, chemically disinfect, or gas/vapor sterilize some of the medical wastes.

One hospital incinerator with a capacity of 0.75 tonne/hour, operating on a continuous feed, could cost from $US 0.5 to 1.0 million to implement. Air pollution control systems, if they are added to meet 1995 USA standards, could cost another $ 0.5 to 1.0 million to implement. Incinerators which operate on a batch basis are typically dedicated to one hospital, as their capacity is limited to less than 1 tonne/day. Regional incinerators would typically be designed to operate on a continuous feed basis.

These equipment costs do not include transportation, customs, and setup costs within the study area. Transportation and setup may add about 10% to these costs. If government imports the equipment, especially as it is for waste management purposes, customs may not need to be paid. However, if the private sector is building the facility and needs to import the equipment, customs could add about to these costs. Civil works and land costs which are local costs may add about 30% to these costs.

151 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

While the costs/tonne of treatment/destruction are likely to be high (about $100 to $300/tonne depending on the level of pollution control required), the low quantities of medical wastes in developing countries would result in a costs which generally would be less than 1% of the most hospital's operating budget, exclusive of salaries. Therefore, the proper treatment/destruction facilities are likely to be affordable. Hospitals interviewed in various developing countries have indicated a willingness to pay to cover these costs.

Hospital waste treatment/destruction facilities could be implemented through one or more Design, Build, Own, and Operate (DBOO) or Design, Build, Operate and Transfer (DBOT) concession agreements of 10 to 15 years duration. Or the government could implement the facilities and arrange for service contracts of 2 to 5 years for operation and maintenance. Each hospital would be required to pay tipping fees which fully cover the costs of investment, debt service and operation. As part of the privatization agreement, the company providing the treatment/destruction services could also be awarded the task of also providing collection of the wastes from each hospital and maintaining a manifest system to track the waste from source to ultimate disposal.

Secured sanitary landfill is generally considered the preferred technology for medical wastes which do not require incineration or disinfection, such as packaging materials and general kitchen wastes. Nevertheless, special measures to fence and control access to the area of landfilling for medical wastes are essential. No waste picking should be allowed in the secured area. Also, the machinery for compacting refuse should not come in direct contact with the waste. Instead, the waste should be dumped into a trench and a adequate layer of soil dumped over the waste. Only thereafter is it recommendable that the machinery work over the soil covered waste to compact it and grade the surface so that infiltration of rainwater is minimized.

Role of Hospital Administrator: In a hospital environment, there are many pollution risks: dust, lint, as well as bacteria and germs. Luckily, many of the factors that contribute to the environmental pollution in hospitals can be controlled, and the pollution possibly avoided. Here are some tips to effectively learn how to control environmental pollution risks in a hospital. 15. Identify disease house in hospital - Hospitals can have dust, airborne bacteria, gases and germs in the air. Determining what is in each room can help you save on the type of equipment needed for each location. 16. Purchase ionizers for hospital rooms -Ionizers can keep positive ions flowing throughout the rooms and will help keep cleaning costs low. 17. Make sure the hospital has an adequate ventilation system and a working air condition system -An inadequate air flow in the hospital can aid in the spread of germs. Bacteria grow easily in warm, humid areas so a working air conditioning system throughout the hospital is vital to hindering bacteria growth. 18. Implement a disposal system - Hospital waste management is one of the best ways to eliminate air pollutants. Having a well-structured way to dispose of the trash and hazardous waste will greatly decrease the amount of pollution in the hospital. 19. Educate the hospital staff on how to dispose of waste correctly -They should also know what can be recycled, and where specific waste products go. Hazardous material should be disposed of properly and carefully, and if the staff is thoroughly trained, then it reduces the risk of contamination to other patients. Some states provide workshops and seminars to properly educate staff. 20. Use specialized hazardous waste receptacles -Using red "hazardous material" bags or canisters for appropriate waste will cut down on the accidental handling of hazardous and potentially dangerous material. The Contra Costa Health Department has a Hazardous

152 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Material Department that has developed a poster entitled "Know Where to Throw." It focuses on the handling of hazardous material and what is appropriate to throw in the hazardous material receptacles.

21. Establish a separate holding area -There should be an area separate for patients who are sick, and for visitors. This can help protect visitors from any air-borne illnesses. This may also limit the need to clean and sterilize the visitor room as often, which will lower the cost of cleaning.

What is green peace? State its role in environment protection. Ans: Greenpeace is a non-profit organisation, with a presence in 40 countries across Europe, the Americas, Asia and the Pacific. To maintain its independence, Greenpeace does not accept donations from governments or corporations but relies on contributions from individual supporters and foundation grants. Greenpeace exists because the earth and all life on it deserves a clean and safe environment - now and in the future. As a global organisation, Greenpeace focuses on the most critical worldwide environmental issues such as:- · Oceans and ancient forests protection; · Fossil fuel phase out and the promotion of renewable energies to stop climate change; · Nuclear disarmament and an end to nuclear contamination; · Elimination of toxic chemicals; and · Preventing the release of genetically engineered organisms into nature. Since its earliest days, Greenpeace has been linked to the seas and its ships are incredibly valuable, not only in actions to save the whales and protect the marine environment, but for all campaign work.

Actions often speak louder than words and non-violent direct action is at the heart of Greenpeace campaigns, which have also grown to include lobbying and research over the past years.

Organizational development Greenpeace evolved from a group of Canadian protesters in a sail boat, into a less conservative group of environmentalists who were more reflective of the counterculture and hippie youth movements of the 1960s and 1970s. The social and cultural background from which Greenpeace emerged heralded a period of de-conditioning away from old world antecedents and sought to develop new codes of social, environmental and political behavior. Historian Frank Zelko has commented that "unlike Friends of the Earth, for example, which sprung fully formed from the forehead of David Brower, Greenpeace developed in a more evolutionary manner." In the mid-1970s independent groups using the name Greenpeace started springing up world wide. By 1977 there were 15 to 20 Greenpeace groups around the world. At the same time the Canadian Greenpeace office was heavily in debt. Disputes between offices over fund-raising and organizational direction split the global movement as the North American offices were reluctant to be under the authority of the Vancouver office and its president Patrick Moore. After the incidents of Moruroa, David McTaggart had moved to France to battle in court with the French state and helped to develop the cooperation of European Greenpeace groups. David McTaggart lobbied the Canadian Greenpeace Foundation to accept a new structure which would bring the scattered Greenpeace offices under the auspices of a single global organization. The European Greenpeace paid the debt of the Canadian Greenpeace office and on October 14, 1979, Greenpeace

153 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

International came into existence. Under the new structure, the local offices would contribute a percentage of their income to the international organization, which would take responsibility for setting the overall direction of the movement with each regional office having one vote.[7] Some Greenpeace groups, namely London Greenpeace (dissolved in 2001) and the US-based Greenpeace Foundation (still operational) however decided to remain independent from Greenpeace International. Priorities and campaigns On its official website, Greenpeace defines its mission as the following:

Greenpeace is an independent global campaigning organization that acts to change attitudes and behaviour, to protect and conserve the environment and to promote peace by:

. Catalysing an energy revolution to address the number one threat facing our planet: climate change. . Defending our oceans by challenging wasteful and destructive fishing, and creating a global network of marine reserves. . Protecting the world’s remaining ancient forests which are depended on by many animals, plants and people. . Working for disarmament and peace by reducing dependence on finite resources and calling for the elimination of all nuclear weapons. . Creating a toxin free future with safer alternatives to hazardous chemicals in today's products and manufacturing. . Campaigning for sustainable agriculture by encouraging socially and ecologically responsible farming practices.

—Greenpeace International

Funding Greenpeace receives its funding from individual supporters and foundations. Greenpeace screens all major donations in order to ensure it does not receive unwanted donations. The organization does not accept money from governments, intergovernmental organizations, political parties or corporations in order to avoid their influence. Donations from foundations which are funded by political parties or receive most of their funding from governments or intergovernmental organizations are rejected. Foundation donations are also rejected if the foundations attach unreasonable conditions, restrictions or constraints on Greenpeace activities or if the donation would compromise the independence and aims of Greenpeace. Since in the mid-1990s the number of supporters started to decrease, Greenpeace pioneered the use of face-to-face fundraising where fundraisers actively seek new supporters at public places, subscribing them for a monthly direct debit donation. In 2008, most of the €202.5 million received by the organization was donated by about 2.6 million regular supporters, mainly from Europe. In September 2003, the Public Interest Watch (PIW) complained to the Internal Revenue Service, claiming that Greenpeace USA tax returns were inaccurate and in violation of the law. PIW charged that Greenpeace was using non-profit donations for advocacy instead of charity and educational purposes. PIW asked the IRS to investigate the complaint. Greenpeace rejected the

154 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Role of Green peace in Enviromental pollution: Greenpeace was founded in Vancouver Canada in 1971. Its original mission was to fight nuclear testing in Alaska. The organization has evolved since then, and currently campaigns against global warming, ancient forest logging, whaling, and genetic engineering, among others. Greenpeace International is based in Amsterdam, with autonomous branches in 42 countries, and is funded by donations from individuals and foundations. Right now, they're campaigning in Washington D.C. to protect the polar bear. Greenpeace aims to publicize threats against the environment. They lobby businesses and governments when they see policies they want changed. Sometimes they engage in non-violent direct action. Members may attempt to place themselves between the hunters and their prey, as they have done with whaling. They may attempt to enter an area where a nuclear test is to be carried out, as they did in their first action in Alaska. These activities have the twin purposes of garnering publicity about a danger to the environment and physically preventing environmental destruction. Greenpeace is too radical. Or, they're not radical enough, at least according to Paul Watson, who left Greenpeace to found Sea Shepherd. Members of Greenpeace have been arrested many times, for crimes such as vandalism and trespassing. On occasion, members of Greenpeace have done ecological damage themselves. The organization paid a $7000 fine to The Philippines, for damage they did by grounding on a coral reef in 2005. Greenpeace says the government gave them incorrect charts of the area. Greenpeace appears to carefully stage their activities for the media. Perhaps the group manages its events for maximum publicity rather than maximum deterrent effect. These perceptions have led some former donors to give to organizations like Nature Conservancy instead, which buys up land for preservation, or to keep their funds in their local area. Some Native peoples believe that they should be allowed to follow their time-honored cultural traditions, such as whale hunting, sealing, and salmon fishing, even if those traditions are abhorrent to strangers from other parts of the world. They resent outside interference, as anyone would. Greenpeace's anti-DDT campaign is slammed in countries where Malaria is a deadly serious problem. So Greenpeace is accused of moral self-righteousness as well as cultural insensitivity. It's hard to deny though, that members of Greenpeace are sincere when they put their bodies on the line to try to save some part of the earth from exploitation.

Q4. Discuss eight guiding principles of EIA. Ans:

The eight guiding principles...

There are eight guilding principles that govern the entire process of EIA and they are as follows:

Participation: An appropriate and timely access to the process for all interested parties.

Transparency: All assessment decisions and their basis should be open and accessible.

Certainty: The process and timing of the assessment should be agreed in advanced and followed by all participants.

155 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Accountability: The decision-makers are responsible to all parties for their action and decisions under the assessment process.

Credibility: Assessment is undertaken with professionalism and objectivity.

Cost-effectiveness: The assessment process and its outcomes will ensure environmental protection at the least cost to the society.

Flexibility: The assessment process should be able to adapt to deal efficiently with any proposal and decision making situation.

Practicality: The information and outputs provided by the assessment process are readily usable in decision making and planning.

Q5. Explain EIA process. Ans:

Applying EIA...

EIA is considered as a project management tool for collecting and analyzing information on the environmental effects of a project. As such, it is used to:

identify potential environmental impacts, examine the significance of environmental implications, assess whether impacts can be mitigated, recommend preventive and corrective mitigating measures, inform decision makers and concerned parties about the environmental implications, and advise whether development should go ahead.

EIA Process...

In EIA systems there are sequence of activities implemented in project in a logical sequence and are termed as EIA process. They are given in Figure 2.

156 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Figure: The EIA processes in sequences of application.

Project screening Not all development projects require EIA. Project screening will help identify the ones that actually do. Here in this section describes the various screening criteria. Scoping The process of scoping helps determine the coverage or 'scope' of the EIA. The methods of scoping is elaborated in this section. Baseline data collection A brief explanation on the concept of baseline data collection and its purposes. Identification of environmental impacts Described here are the various types of environmental impacts of development projects both beneficial and adverse. Impact prediction comparison of alternatives and determination of significance This sections covers the considerations for impact prediction, uncertainties in impact prediction and comparison of alternatives for impact prediction. Mitigation measures Described briefly under this section are the concept and objectives, types and interesting points, of mitigation measures. Public consultation and participation Public participation is a necessary component of the EIA. "Who are the public?", "How to involve them?", and "What are the benefits/disbenefits?" The answers can be found under this section. Environmental monitoring As one of the most important aspects of EIA, "Environmental Monitoring" is defined here along with explanations on monitoring principles, types and institutional aspects. Environmental auditing You will find under this section, the various types of Environmental Auditing and when it should be carried out during the EIA.

EIA Benefits and Flaws

EIA generates huge benefits in selection of project location, process, design, development actions, and decision-making, however, in the current practice of EIA there are a number of flaws, shortcomings and deficiencies. The table below, summarizes apparent benefits and flaws of the EIA.

Table 1: EIA benefits and flaws

Benefits Flaws

Provides systematic methods of impact Time-consuming assessment

157 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Estimates the cost/benefit trade-off of Costly alternative actions

Facilitates the public participation Little public participation in actual implementation

Provides an effective mechanism for Unavailability for reliable data (mostly in developing countries)  coordination  environmental integration  negotiations

 feed back

Top-level decision making Too focused on scientific analysis(sometimes)

Triggers an institutional building Poor presentation of EIA report(bulky volumes, scientific explanation, difficult to understand)

Achieve a balance between the impact of Compliance monitoring after EIA is seldom developmental and environmental concern carried out

Education and training...

One significant factor that could help improve the EIA process is good education and training. Currently, very few educational and training courses exist in developing countries that properly consider various EIA methodologies available in depth. Information on the legal and regulatory frameworks and institutional arrangements are also necessary. Education and training process are important since the fundamental factors behind all EIA predictions are still the best professional judgment and/or experiences with similar projects implemented elsewhere.

Both short-term and long- term courses are necessary. These courses however, must be multidisciplinary, and the focus should be on the practical and operational aspects of EIA based on theoretical implications.

Q5. Major Air pollutant in Hospital context. How could we reduce this air pollution?

Ans: Why should hospitals reduce air pollution? People who are exposed to toxic air pollutants at sufficient concentrations, for sufficient durations, may increase their chances of getting cancer or experiencing other serious health effects, such as reproductive problems, birth defects, and aggravated asthma. Pollution prevention can reduce the impact of air pollution by using materials, processes, or practices that reduce or eliminate air pollution at the source. Medical hospitals are facilities that engage in providing general medical, surgical, and specialty services. Equipment breakage and waste incineration may release pollutants into the air and may contribute to health concerns in hospitals and in the community.

158 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Hospitals implement pollution prevention strategies not only to help comply with federal, state, local, and Tribal laws but also to further minimize impacts on human health and the environment. Check with your state, local, and Tribal agencies for existing regulations.

What kinds of air pollutants may come from hospitals? • Hospital operations can produce emissions of toxic air pollutants such as mercury and dioxin.

Mercury • Mercury can be used in thermometers, blood pressure cuffs, thermostats, fluorescent lights, and other products found in hospitals. • At room temperature, elemental mercury is a liquid and emits toxic vapors, which can be inhaled into the lungs and absorbed into the bloodstream. • Mercury is very toxic to humans. It impacts the kidneys, liver, respiratory system, and central nervous system.

When emitted indoors, mercury will eventually leak into the outdoor air through doors, ventilation systems, and other openings. It can also reach outdoor air through the incinerations of mercury- containing products.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) • PVC is used in plastic products such as IV bags, surgical tubing, other medical supplies, and construction materials. • PVC is a source of toxic air pollutants when incinerated. Some hospitals incinerate their waste onsite. • Dioxin is a potent carcinogen and interferes with normal reproduction and development at low doses.

How can hospitals reduce air pollution? Making changes in hospital operations can stop pollutants at the source and increase efficiency. By evaluating and improving work practices, hospitals can decrease emissions, reduce operational costs, and protect employee and public health. Examples of changes in work practices that help reduce air pollution include:

Replacing Sources of Mercury • Use alternatives to mercury thermometers, mercury blood pressure cuffs, and other equipment. • Switch to mercury-free preservatives. • Insist on using recovered and recycled mercury in all products that do not yet have mercury-free alternatives.

Locating Sources of Mercury • Use a mercury audit on a regular basis to locate sources of mercury. • Formulate a plan to reduce sources of mercury.

Communicating Mercury Dangers • Develop a training and communication program. • Train employees to look for ways to reduce mercury pollution. • Develop and implement a protocol to prevent hospital employees from improperly disposing of mercury.

Reducing PVC Use • Conduct a PVC audit. • Look for PVC-free products to replace PVC products. • Use PVC-free medical devices, construction and furnishing products whenever possible.

As a community, what can you do to help reduce air pollution from hospitals?

159 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Make Connections • Get to know local hospital administrators because they know best about the materials and procedures used in their hospitals and the regulations with which they must comply. • Keep local media aware of progress by sending them updates. Publicity can reward success and attract more public involvement.

Make a Plan • One idea is to form a work group that includes local hospital administrators to develop and implement workable pollution reduction plans.

Locate Resources • Use the “For Further Information” list below to find governmental and nonprofit contacts who can provide help with analysis, technical information, equipment, and funding.

Lobby for Pollution Prevention Certification • Help hospitals lobby societies such as the American Hospital Association to sponsor a certification for those who actively strive to reduce air emissions.

Encourage a “Top Down” Pollution Prevention Approach • Many hospitals are part of a larger hospital system that includes doctors’ offices, outpatient clinics, and laboratories. • Lobby hospitals to aggressively implement pollution prevention measures in all parts of its system.

Help Hospitals Raise Mercury Awareness in the Surrounding Community • Encourage hospitals to sponsor a “mercury turn-in” event in the surrounding community to collect mercury thermometers and batteries. • This opportunity will allow them to inform the community about mercury dangers. • Such an event will promote the hospital as a cooperative partner within the community.

Q6. How does the study of environment and ecology help the hospital administrators in efficiently managing a hospital? Ans: IMPORTANCE: There for 100 years, educate people.” If we wish to manage our planet earth, we have to make all the persons environmentally educated. The study of environmental science makes us understand the scientific basis for establishing a standard which can be considered acceptably safe, clean and healthy for man and natural ecosystem. Natural ecosystem includes both physical and natural science. Most environmental scientists agree that if pollution and other environmental deterrents continue at their present rates, the result will be irreversible damage to the ecological cycles and balances in nature upon which all life depends. Environmental scientists warn that fundamental, and perhaps drastic, changes inhuman behaviour will be required to avert an ecological crisis. To safeguard the healthful environment that is essential to life, humans must learn that Earth does not have infinite resources. Earth’s limited resources must be conserved and, where possible, reused. Furthermore, humans must devise new strategies that mesh environmental progress with economic growth. The future growth of developing nations depends upon the development of sustainable conservation methods that protect the environment while also meeting the basic needs of citizens. An environmental study is the subject in which we examine important issues relating to environment as they affect our lives. It is an exploratory description of issues. Each issue can be probed more deeply. Environmental studies is very important but most neglected body of knowledge. It concerns itself with life support system and is very closely related with development and economic growth. Many a time both development and economic growth are not easily reconciled. We have to choose between environment and

160 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India development. It has been the reality that the industrial countries have high level of development and decent standard of living at the expense of environment and depletion of natural resources. The real question is how long is the Mother Earth likely suffer and how long this kind of development will be sustainable? Developing countries on the other hand are still struggling to achieve a minimum standard of living though they are also equally contributing to environmental damage. Both, industrialized and underdeveloped or developing countries, damage, deplete and pollute the environment.

Developing countries want accelerated growth to fulfill their basic needs and real question is should they follow footsteps are their big brothers, yes Developed countries? This is a bear fact that both the consumption and life-style of people have direct relations to environmental problems. Therefore, living habits and attitudinal and ethical questions have now cropped up which are main concerns for Environmental Studies. These issues are controversial and need deep study to help us understand the environmental problems.The most important questions that bother every developing country is What should be the ideal combination of pattern of growth and development, which Model of development as well as of business should be followed So that we do not ignore the principle that underlie sustainability. For the above, we need change at local, national, regional and global levels together with an economic and social transformation at the levels of individuals and communities. This subject forms part of Business Environment. Business Environment is divided into two categories viz. External and Internal Environment. External environment include political, economic, social, legal, technological, international and natural environment. On the other hand, Internal Environment includes people, culture, work ethics and attitudes.

The government and their agencies, the non-governmental organizations, the judiciary and now the corporate sector also expresses a great concern on matters relating natural environment and ecosystem. There are several environmental problems which have been solved by using environmental studies. Some of these are: a) global warming b) populationproblems c) depletion of ozone layer d) habitat destruction and species extinctione) energy production f) groundwater depletion and contamination

Q7. Discuss Environment Protection Act 1986. Ans: Salient Features of Environment (Protection) Act 1986-- In brief, the following are the special features of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986:-

1. Object of the Act-- Environment has been defined as the aggregate of all external conditions and influences effecting the life and development of an organism. Development without regard to the ecological equilibrium has led to an environmental crisis in the recent past. In fact, there is growing evidence of man made harm in many regions of the earth, dangerous levels of pollution in air, water, earth and living beings, thereon, major and undesirable disturbances to the ecological balance of the biosphere, destruction and depletion of irreplaceable resources and gross deficiencies harmful to the physical, mental and social wealth of man in the man made environment. Thus,the protection and improvement of human environment is a major issue which effects the well beings of the people and economic development throughout the world. It is, therefore, the urgent desire of the people of the whole world and the duty of the all Governments and the all peoples to protect environment. That is why the Articles 48A and 51A of the Constitution of India have cast a solemn duty not only on the State but also on the citizens towards the protection of the environment and conservation of the forests and the wild life.

Recent Legislation in India- The Water (Prevention and COntrol of Pollution) Act was passed in 1974. It aimed at maintianing the purity of water by preventing water pollution and provided for

161 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India establishment of the Pollution Control Boards at the State Level. Similarly, the Air (prevention and Control of Pollution) Act was passedin 1981 to COntrol Air Pollution.

Objects and Reasons- The act was passed for the following objects and reasons i.e. for the protection, regulation of discharge of environmental pollutants and handling of hazardous substances, speedy response in the event of accidents threatening environment and deterrent punishment to those who endanger human environment , safety and health.

2. Short, Title , Extent and Commencement- Acc to Section 1 of the Enviroment (Protection) Act, 186- i) This act may be called the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. ii) It extends to the whole of India. iii) It shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may, by notification in the offical gazette, appoint and different dates may be appointed for different provisions of the Act and for different areas.

Thus, it is clear from the perusal of S. 1 of this Act that the Environment Act, 1986 applies to the whole of India equally.

The Act come into force in India on 19 November 1986 by a notification published in the official gazette vide notification No. G.S.R 1198 (E) dated 12.11.1986. it is to be noted that this act is a special law and has priority over the other general laws like Water, Air, Air Act etc.

3. Definitions of Various Terms used in the Act- Acc to Section 2 in this act, unles the context otherwise requires;- i) Environment- 'Environment' includes water , air and land and the interrelationship which exsits among and between water, air and land and human beings , other living creatures, plants, micro- organism and property; ii) Environmental Pollutant- 'Environmental pollutant' means any solid, liquid, or gaseous substance present in such concentration as may be, or tend to be, injurious to environment.; iii) Environmental pollution- 'Environmnetal pollution' means the presence inthe environment of any environmental pollutant; iv) Handling-"Handling' in relation to any substance, means the manufacture, processing, treatment, package, storage, transportation, use, collection, destruction, conversion, offering for sale, transfer or the like of such substance; v) Hazardous Substance- means any substance or preparation which by reaosn of its chemical or physico- chemical properties or handling, is liable to cause harm to human beings, other living creatures plans, microorganisms property or the environment; vi) Occupier- in relation to any factory or premises, means a person who has control over the affiars of the factory or the premises and includes, in relation to any substance , the person in possession of the substance; vi) Prescribed- means prescribed by rules made under this Act.

4. Subject matter of the Act- this is to protect and improve human environmental quality.

5. General and Particular Powers of Central Government- This act was conferred on Central

162 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Govt. vide general and special powers for the purpose of its successful enforcement and to achieve the desired objections.

6. Duties and Liabilites of the persons carrying on Industries, Operation and Handling Hazardous Substances etc.

7. Provisions relating to penalties

8. Every person has a locus standi- One of the most striking features of this act is that it provides a locus standi to every person. Now even a citizen has the right to approch a court provided he has given notice of not less than 60 days of the alleged offence and his intention to make a complaint to the Central Govt or the competent authority.

Q7. Role of NGOs in Environmental Protection. Ans:

From the UN Department of Public Information: NGO refers to a non-profit citizens’ voluntary entity organized nationally or internationally. Thus, professional associations, foundations, trade unions, religious organisations, women’s and youth groups, cooperative associations, development and human rights associations, environmental protection groups, research institutes dealing with international affairs and associations of parliamentarians are considered NGOs.

ROLE OF NON-GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATIONS (NGOs) : Voluntary organizations can help by advising the government about some local environmental issues and at the same time interacting at the grass-root levels. They can act as effective and viable link between the two. They can act both as an action group or a pressure group. They can be very effective organizing public movements for the protection of environment through creation of awareness. The Chipko movement for conservation of trees by Dasholi Gram Swarajya Mandal in Gopeshwar or the “Narmada Bachao Andolan organized by Kalpvariksh are some of the instances where NGOs have played a landmark rolein the society for conservation of environment. The Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS), the World Wide Fund for Nature-India (WWF-India), Kerala Sastra Sahitya Parishad, Center for Science and Environment (CSE) and many others are playing a significant role in creating environmental awareness through research as well as extension work. Therecent report by CSE on more than permissible limits of pesticides in the cola drinks sensitized the people all over the country. Before we can all take up the task of environmental protection and conservation, we have to be environmentally educated and aware. It can therefore said “If you want to act green, first think green

Activities Undertaken by NGO’s

Solid waste management This includes both municipal solid waste and bio-medical wastes. Civic Exnoras play a major role in assisting the Municipal Corporation in the collection of garbage from individual households and the deposition of the same in secondary collection points by appointing street beautifiers in the concerned areas. With its experience over the years, Exnoras has realised that this was merely a relocation of waste rather than management of solid wastes.

Zero waste management NGO’s have now started focusing its efforts on the concept of Zero Waste Management, by which practically all wastes can be converted into wealth through recycling. Exnora is also addressing the problem of handling and disposal of bio- medical wastes, and is trying to find a solution beneficial to all concerned.

Citizens' Waterways Monitoring Programme (WAMP)

163 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

This programme was started with the sole purpose of developing clean and pollution free waterways in cities and for creating a healthy living environment for all city dwellers. WAMP was formed in 1991, as a joint programme with several NGOs and individuals dedicated to the cause of developing clean waterways in the city. The WAMP objectives are: 1. To stop pollution of waterways 2. To maintain the waterways of the city cleanly A series of meetings were conducted with various governmental agencies, which has resulted in the drafting of a detailed action plan. If the Government and the public implement the plan properly this will result in achievement of clean waterways.

Community Sanitation Improvement Projects Inadequate sanitation facilities are a major problem to human health, especially so in the neglected low- income areas and slum settlements. NGO’s concept of self- help is best displayed by the community sanitation improvement projects in these areas. Two of the most successful projects have been at the at Narikkurava (Gypsy) Colony in Indira Nagar, Chennai and at Giriappa Road in T. Nagar, Chennai.

STudent Environment Programme (STEP) This program has a dual role - of creating environmental awareness amongst the student community and to develop each child's mind resources through various personalitydevelopment programs. A teachers' manual and an activity book that have been brought out as a part of this program are designed in the `do-and learn' format and provide an easy understanding of the problems faced by us and at the same time kindles the mind to find remedial measures.

Tree Planting The Civic Exnoras in the city have been instrumental in planting trees for the purpose of beautification of roads, parks, playgrounds, burial grounds, etc., with the larger perspective of environmental protection. Vegetable Roof Gardening With agricultural land shrinking rapidly and deforestation rates rocketing, urban agriculture is the need of the hour. Exnora has been propagating and training youth in setting up and maintaining vegetable roof gardens in households of Tamil Nadu. The organisation is closely working with the Tamil Nadu Horticulture and Agriculture Departments on this project.

Rain Harvesting NGO’s have propagated the system of rain harvesting in several residential areas in the city with the aimof exploiting one or another important water source, viz., and rainwater. Many cities suffer from perennial water problems every summer and therefore it is important that all avenues of water source be tapped. By using simple and inexpensive techniques the NGO (Exnora) has arrived at a method to conserve a large part of the 110 cms of rain that we receive annually. A Water Conservation Committee constituted in Chennai by Metro Water Supply and Sewerage Board Exnora is a core member. Pollution Control The task of pollution control in India is complex due to the large number of heavy, large and small- scale industries involved. Further, the rise in the number of vehicles coupled with poverty and the large population puts tremendous pollution pressure on air, water and land. A comprehensive approach to pollution control is being undertaken based on the following principles: 1. Prevent pollution at source. 2. Encourage, develop and apply the best available practicable technical solution 3. Ensure that polluter pays for pollution and control arrangements. 4. Focus on protection of heavily polluted areas and river stretches. 5. Involve the NGO’s in educating the public about pollution control measures to be taken. Noise Pollution Noise pollution has become a major problem in the metropolitan cities and in other urban areas. With a view to regulate and control noise producing and generating sources, the Ministry of Environment

164 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India and Forests has notified the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, for prevention and control of noise pollution in the country. Air Pollution The sources of Air Pollution are industries like thermal power plants, sugar mills, distilleries, paper mills etc. Vehicular emissions are another source of air pollution. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 has classified the industries as red, orange and green depending on the degree of pollution caused by them. It further specifies the various pollution control measures to be adopted by these industries. Water Pollution The rivers of India are part of its cultural heritage. Over the years, the quality of the water has deteriorated due to the uncontrolled release of effluents by industries into the rivers. A National River Conservation Plan (NRCP), which includes second phase of GAP also, has been formulated which aims to control the pollution of grossly polluted rivers of the country. A National River Conservation Authority has been setup to review the implementation of the programmes related to cleaning of rivers. The NRCP covers 141 towns located along 22 interstate rivers in 14 states. The total cost of the scheme is Rs.2013 crores. A National Lake Conservation Plan envisaging the conservation of lakes by prevention of pollution by catchments area treatment, desalting, weed control, based on the integrated water shed development approach, is under implementation.

NGO’s Role in Pollution Control The success of India's environmental programmes depends greatly on the awareness and consciousness of the people. A National Environmental Awareness Campaign has been launched to sensitise people to the environmental problems through audio -visual programmes, seminars, symposia, training programmes etc. Paryavaran Vahinis have been constituted in 184 districts involving the local people to play an active role in preventing poaching, deforestation and environmental pollution. 4000 NGOs have been given financial assistance for creating environmental awareness. An Environmental Information System (ENVIS) network has been setup to disseminate information on environmental issues. India has a large network of NGO’s, which are involved in spreading the message of sustainable development to the public.

Q 9 Discuss Los Angles Smog. Ans: Since around 1942, in Los Angeles of the United States, air pollution slightly different from conventional smog began to be produced. This smog caused gray-brown haze, poor visibility, eye irritation and specific damage to plants. This smog was produced only on hot sunny days. In the early 1950’s, Professor A.H. Haagen-Smit of California Institute of Technology clarified that this pollution is mainly composed of ozone produced by irradiating vehicle exhaust gas combined with sunlight. Nitrogen dioxide emitted from vehicles and factories into the air is brownish when it is highly concentrated. Nitrogen dioxide absorbs ultraviolet light energy from the visible rays of the sun and is photodegraded into nitric oxide (NO) and atomic oxygen (O). The reaction properties of the atomic oxygen generated here are high and it forms ozone by reacting with oxygen (O2) immediately. However, this reaction alone does not result in a high concentration of ozone. Various hydrocarbons such as HC and organic compounds emitted from cars are present in the air, and these substances play an important role in producing photochemical smog. The presence of hydrocarbons leads to an accumulation and high concentration of ozone in the atmosphere and forms harmful organic compounds such as aldehyde, acrolein and PAN(peroxyacetyl nitrate). The major component of photochemical smog is produced as a secondary chemical reaction in the air, not by a direct source

165 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India like cars. Since ozone possesses strong oxidizing properties, the generic name used is photochemical oxidant, and it is the causative substance of photochemical smog. Ozone has strong oxidizing properties. High ozone concentrations cause eye and throat irritation and respiratory problems. Additionally, ozone has an adverse affect on agricultural crops. PAN has much more harmful effect. The environmental standard for hourly value on photochemical oxidant in Japan is less than 0.06ppm. Because health hazards for local residents mainly appear as acute effects, a limit of 0.06ppm is regulated specifically for the prevention short-term exposure problems, including eye irritation and respiratory problem. On the other hand, a different assessment method was employed concerning the effect on plants. AOT 40 is often used as the index. This assessment indicates how long the ozone concentration remains over 40ppb. It is based on exposure accumulation of a concentration which has an adverse affect on plants. Since the reaction properties of ozone are high, high ozone concentrations cannot remain. It reacts with various compounds in the air or matter on the earth’s surface, especially plants, and disappears. The production of ozone stops as the sunlight becomes weaker before the sunset. This phenomenon needs a constant time to react because it is based on chemical reaction in the air. In addition, high ozone concentrations are observed in suburbs some kilometers away from cities where the primary pollutant like nitrogen oxide is exhausted, because the air mass and pollutants can travel in the atmosphere. In Japan, the achievement rate of the environmental standard on photochemical oxidant is quite low. The rate at less than 1% has lasts. When the ozone concentration for hourly value is over 0.12ppm, a photochemical smog warning is issued, and when over 0.24ppm, a photochemical smog alarm is issued. The system is used to supply hourly, real time information to residents to encourage them to be aware and reduce their pollution emissions. For the measurement of the ozone concentration, the ultraviolet absorption method is used, and in Japan it is used in combination with the neutral potassium iodide method. Since the latter method can measure various acidic agents, the results are shown as photochemical oxidant. As noted above, the three major factors which cause photochemical smog are nitrogen oxide, hydrocarbon and ultraviolet rays from the sun. Because it is impossible to control sunlight on a large scale, many countries attempt to control the emission of nitrogen oxide and hydrocarbons in order to prevent photochemical smog. The methods of control of nitrogen oxide are almost exactly the same as that of acid rain. The control of the causes of hydrocarbon started in April 2006 in Japan, and it is expected that this activity will reduce the concentration of suspended particulate matter in the air. Because the causative substance of photochemical smog is mainly generated in urban areas, this used to be considered a form of typical, urban-type regional air pollution. However, two other factors must be considered. One is the phenomenon that ozone in the stratosphere descends onto the earth’s surface. It may be the cause of the high ozone concentrations in early spring. The other factor is the wide-area ozone transport by tropospheric ozone production. In Japan, the transfer from the ocean side, but also from the continent side is considered important. This indicates that photochemical smog has both sides of a local pollution problem and global-scale environmental issue. Therefore, it is not easy to achieve an effective solution.

166 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Q10 Legislation versus social responsibility in Healthcare sector. Ans: Health Sector clearly stands out as a leader, when discussing the CSR (Corporate social Responsibility) issues. Part of the reason will be its close relation to its multiple stakeholders of society, government, and other private sectors. Another part of the reason may be that its way of making profits has a bigger relationship to people’s lives by affecting their health problems rather than other business entities.

There are numerous epidemic diseases and other serious diseases in the world which needs close attention, both from public sector and private sector (i.e. HIV/AIDS, Avian Influenza, and etc.). In order for authorities to take close measures and keep the diseases under control, critical amount of resource is essential. This is when public turns to private sector’s support. However, just by being in this sector does not give one an obligation to contribute to these social health issues as it bears lots of problems. And there is a lot more to supporting these issues for a private sector, as described in the definition of CSR.

Healthcare companies have been blamed in the past for their issues including different prices on some critical medications sold over the world. They simply cannot lower the price in countries where the critical amount is needed (e.g. HIV preventive medicine in Africa) since they’ve had incidents where the donation has been sent back to the local black market. This also has a problem with IP regulations to deal with. Although there are not clear solutions for these problems, the matter is being seriously looked in to for improvement. Bottom line, pharmaceutical companies are willing to share their know‐ how under no extra cost to provide medicine to these patients if IP laws and black markets problems are resolved. This is only a single problem outlined from many other. However, healthcare companies needs to constantly think of innovative CSR approaches with pressures from their stakeholders. There are two foremost jobs of Health Sector companies before they solve the complex issues of helping the needy.

First of all, the business units have to be earning in a responsible way. This has to be communicated to supply chain, marketing, finance, HR, and other departments throughout the company. If a company is contributing to HIV/AIDS issue but with the money from illegal transaction or from selling medicines packaged by children, what good is it?

Second, Health Sector, just like other business sectors, needs to focus on certain areas to contribute to the society and link it with their business. This does not have to directly relate to their products or services and this would be the clear difference of healthcare companies compared to other industry companies. However, overall, there needs to be clear effects and companies need to realize that. As a result, by doing business and making money, business could be contributing to the society. This is certainly not an easy task but not impossible. When above two parts are implemented as a corporate strategy, a company in the health sector would be recognized by the public rather than be blamed upon for only chasing after the profit. In nutshell: 1. In Healthcare industry, CSR is harder than normal industrial companies. CSR should not directly give benefits to company’s growth or revenues in a relative sense. Customers are more judgmental towards healthcare companies when they are engaged in a social cause. Thus, CSR should not be considered as a PR show.

2. Regional and HQ operation is different in terms of CSR. Regional CSR strategies will have more impact on the society. This will work well in developing countries and may not work well in developed countries.

3. CSR, in general, will improve both internal and external relationships with different stakeholders around the company.

167 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

OR

Healthcare businesses work to improve and maintain individual and community health. The healthcare sector proactively seeks out the health needs of the community and addresses those needs through the strategic growth of programs and services. All the stakeholders in the healthcare sector, including medical equipment manufacturers, pharmaceutical companies, and hospitals, have a responsibility for social and economical development. Corporate social responsibility is the systemized way of responsible business.

1. CSR is essential to the long-term prosperity of companies as it provides the opportunity to demonstrate the human face of business, a vital link to society in general and, in particular, to the communities in which businesses are located. CSR is about how businesses align their values and behavior with the expectations and needs of stakeholders — not just customers and investors, but also employees, suppliers, communities, regulators, special interest groups and society as a whole.

Law is not a substitute for social responsibility. Social responsibility is what, which is coming out of your heart, where as legislation is a legal binding which has to be fulfilled.

2. Key CSR planning issues include governance, responsible sourcing, eco-efficiency, environmental management, stakeholder engagement, labour standards, employee and community relations, social equity and human rights.

Legislation may fulfill all the aspects covered above. But, Legislation has mandatory form which is taken care of the values of mass. If company has forgotten to be a socially responsible, then law make them recall their duties and obligation towards society.

Developing (and communicating) a comprehensive CSR strategy takes time, commitment, focus, and designated people and financial resources. And, it requires commitment from the executive officers on down to every individual department and staff position. To be truly effective, your CSR strategy must permeate all you do — from hiring to branding to manufacturing to sales — and it must become part of your "corporate DNA".

Healthcare companies should focus on the needs of community, environment, workplace and marketplace to reach and plan successful CSR programs. Those closer relationships and familiarization will make the business stronger at risk management. Companies who put responsible business at their core can innovate and develop new products and services, access new markets, recruit a more diverse and talented workforce and are better placed to minimize risk. Risk management skills in the healthcare sector are often identified as the main critical success factor.

CSR is not only about fulfilling a duty to society; it can also bring competitive advantage. CSR always will be a main catalyst for customer loyalty and today's healthcare marketing plannings can not miss such social and business investment.

Through an effective CSR program, companies can improve their access to capital, enhance their brand image, increase sales, develop employees, sharpen decision-making, improve risk management and reduce costs.

168 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

So what can healthcare businesses do to take advantage of corporate social responsibility initiatives? Here are some project suggestions:

- Environmental waste control and recycling solutions

- Check-up and diagnosis focused field projects

- Training opportunities for young people

- Research projects or support to projects

- Satellite or portable rural area clinics

- Awareness and training programs

- Choice of suppliers through their CSR programs

- Improving their quality of management and service

The healthcare business sector should be the perfect example of responsible business and should lead people and other businesses to invest for society. Healthcare sector should underscore its role as a good corporate citizen with a number of activities in the fields of education and research, environment, social needs, sports and culture to be the leader of sustainable development.

Q11. State advantages and disadvantages of electrostatic precipitator.

Ans:

Advantages:

 Low operating cost (except at very high efficiencies)

 Very high efficiency, even for smaller particles

 Ability to handle very large gas flow rates with low pressure losses

 Ability to remove dry as well as wet particles

 Temperature flexibility in design

Disadvantages:

 High capital cost

 Very expensive to purchase and install

 Taking a lot of space

 Not flexible once installed

169 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 Failure to operate on particles with high electrical resistivity

Electrostatic precipitators: This electrical equipment was first introduced by Dr.F.G. Cottel in 1906 and was first economically used in 1937 for removal of dust and ash particles with the exhaust gases of thermal power plants. The electrostatic precipitators are extensively used in removal of fly ash from electric utility boiler emissions. The use of this collector is growing rapidly because of the new strict air quality codes. An electrostatic precipitator can be designed to run at any desired efficiency for use as a primary collector or as a supplementary unit to a cyclone collector. It is often considered worthwhile to retain an existing cyclone as a primary collector in cases where collection efficiencies must be upgraded especially where there is large amount of unburnt carbon in fly ash( about 15%) because the presence of large quantities of carbon in the gas can adversely affect the collection efficiency of a precipitator. The working principle is illustrated below

Layout of different components of ESP

General arrangement of an ESP

The dust laden gas is passed between oppositely charged conductors and it becomes ionized as the voltage applies between the conductors is sufficiently large. As the dust laden ad is passed through these highly charged electrodes, both negative and positive ions are formed, the later being as high as 80%. The ionized gas is further passed through the collecting units which consist of a set of vertical metal plates. Alternate plates are positively charged and earthed. As the alternate plates are earthed, high intensity electrostatic field exerts a force on positively charged dust particles and drives them

170 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India toward the grounded plates. The deposited dust particles are removed from the plates by giving the shaking motion to the plates with the help of cam driven by external means. The dust removed from the plates with the help of shaking motion is collected in the dust hoppers. Care should be taken that the dust collector in the hopper should not be entrained in the clean gas.The advantages and disadvantages of this collector are listed below:

Advantages of electrostatic precipitator

 This is more effective to remove very small particles like smoke, mist and fly ash. Its range of dust removal is sufficiently large (0.01 micron to 1.00 micron). The small dust particles below 10 microns cannot be removed with the help of mechanical separators and wet scrubbers cannot be used if sufficient water is now available. Under these circumstances, this type is very effective.  This is also most effective for high dust loaded gas (as high as 100 grams per cu. meter)  The draught loss of this system is the least of all forms(1 cm of water)  It provides ease of operation.  The dust is collected in dry form and can be removed either dry or wet.

Disadvantages of an electrostatic precipitator

 The direct current is not available with the modern plants, therefore considerable electrical equipment is necessary to convert low voltage (400 V) A.C to high voltage (60000 V) D.C. This increases the capital cost of the equipment as high as 40 to 60 cents per 1000 kg of rated installed steam generating capacity.  The running charges are also considerably high as the amount of power required for charging is considerably large.  The space required is larger than the wet system.  The efficiency of the collector is not maintained if the gas velocity exceeds that for which the plant is designed. The dust carried with the gases increases with an increase of gas velocity.  Because of closeness of the charged plates and high potential used, it is necessary to protect the entire collector from sparking by providing a fine mesh before the ionizing chamber. This is necessary because even a smallest piece of paper might cause sparking when it would be carried across adjacent plates or wires.

However, in spite of costs it is frequently used with pulverized coal-fired stations for its effectiveness on fine ash particles with other type of collectors.

Factors affecting the performance of E.S.P.

The present trend in adopting the gas cleaning device is to discharge the clean gas without containing SO2 to the atmosphere. One solution to this problem is to burn fuels containing less sulphur, but unfortunately low sulphur fuels are costly to use. However, in most cases burning low sulphur fuel increases the electrical resistivity of fly ash, particularly at low temperatures. This higher and unpredictable resistivity at low temperatures coupled with high collection efficiencies demand can spell trouble for low temperature precipitators. That's why pollution engineers are leaning towards precipitators operating at about 345 degrees where resistivity is not dependent on sulphur level in the flue gases. The principle of electrostatic precipitator is described in 3 stages as charging of the suspended particles, collecting of particulates under the influence of electrostatic field and removal of the precipitate from the collector plate.

Many factors influence these three fundamental steps but they are critical to the reliability and performance of high temperature precipitators which are listed below:

171 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 Corona characteristics:

Initiation of corona depends upon free electrons by random sources such as natural radioactivity. Under the influence of an electrical field, these electrons are accelerated to a terminal velocity. The rapidly moving electrons produce additional free electrons y colliding with the orbital electrons of gas molecules and by ionization. At higher temperatures, flue-gas density is reduced, resulting in a reduced starting potential. Thus, at higher temperatures, lower voltages initiate the corona to start the precipitation process, resulting in more collection for a given voltage than at lower temperatures.

Electrostatic precipitators operated at maximum power input have steep corona characteristics; that is, the rate of change of corona current is much greater than the concurrent charge in precipitator-circuit voltage. The steeply rising corona current is further enhanced by increasing temperature of the stack gases. The net effect is to maximize power levels to achieve high efficiency.

 Resistivity of the particles

Particulate resistivity is probably the most important basic variable influencing the precipitator and therefore is an important design consideration.A too high level of electrical resistivity or too low level causes collection difficulty. A high resistivity dust, such as sulphur, does not readily give up its negative charge and assumes a positive charge. This causes the particulate to be repelled back into the gas stream of negatively charged particles. A low resistivity dust can be collected and repelled in this manner many times before finally being emitted to the atmosphere. Therefore, the presence of large quantities of carbon in the ash can adversely affect the collection efficiency of a precipitator. One thumb rule followed by designer is to downgrade the efficiency of the unit by 1% for every 1% of carbon in the gas over 15%. Therefore, one always wishes a medium resistivity for good collection efficiency. In coal fired boilers, sulphur in the form of SO2 affects resistivity. Resistivity has two components, one related to the bulk of the material and another is related to the surface of the particle, absorbed layer of gas. As the temperature increases, the absorbed surface contaminants evaporate and surface resistivity increases. And with all insulating materials, the volume resistivity increases with decreasing temperature.

 Rapping behaviour

This is perhaps the most complex among the three performance steps. Non electrical adhesive forces which play a significant role in plate rapping, vary inversely with particle diameter, but depend generally on the chemical and physical nature of the particle. Moisture can increase adhesion at lower temperatures. Particle resistivity has a critical effect on the electrical force causing particles to slick to the collection plates: the more resistive the particle, the greater the force. Operation at low temperatures and high resistivity requires considerably more rapping acceleration on the collection plates than it does under normal resistivity, and higher temperatures.

Conventional practice limits maximum average gas velocity in high resistivity and low temperature operation to approximately 1.2 m/s. this limit avoids losses due to re-entrainment of particles which can occur when the dust layer is dislodged violently. In contrast, precipitators run at 1.7 m/s gas velocity at higher temperature.

 Gas velocity

There are two forces acting on a particle having direct right angles to each other. First is due to the flow of gas and second is produced by the electric force on the ionized particle perpendicular to the motion of the gas. The path followed by the particle will take direction which is resultant of the two forces mentioned above. Therefore the efficiency of the collector decreases with an increase in velocity which can be compensated by increasing the voltage supplied to the plates.

172 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

*d) Sustainable development:

Environmental, economic and social well-being for today and tomorrow

Sustainable development has been defined in many ways, but the most frequently quoted definition is from Our Common Future, also known as the Brundtland Report:

"Sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. It contains within it two key concepts:

 the concept of needs, in particular the essential needs of the world's poor, to which overriding priority should be given; and  the idea of limitations imposed by the state of technology and social organization on the environment's ability to meet present and future needs."

All definitions of sustainable development require that we see the world as a system—a system that connects space; and a system that connects time.

When you think of the world as a system over space, you grow to understand that air pollution from North America affects air quality in Asia, and that pesticides sprayed in Argentina could harm fish stocks off the coast of Australia.

And when you think of the world as a system over time, you start to realize that the decisions our grandparents made about how to farm the land continue to affect agricultural practice today; and the economic policies we endorse today will have an impact on urban poverty when our children are adults.

We also understand that quality of life is a system, too. It's good to be physically healthy, but what if you are poor and don't have access to education? It's good to have a secure income, but what if the air in your part of the world is unclean? And it's good to have freedom of religious expression, but what if you can't feed your family?

The concept of sustainable development is rooted in this sort of systems thinking. It helps us understand ourselves and our world. The problems we face are complex and serious—and we can't address them in the same way we created them. But we can address them.

It's that basic optimism that motivates IISD's staff, associates and board to innovate for a healthy and meaningful future for this planet and its inhabitants.

173 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Environment and Ecology BHM 403 2014 Group A 1. MCQS: i) EIA is a) Environmental Impact Assessment b) Environment of Impact Assessment c) Essential Impact assessment d) None b

ii) Ground level ozone is found in a) Troposphere b) Stratosphere c) Ionosphere d) Exosphere a

iii) Which is often found locked in fossil and limestone ? a) Carbon b) Oxygen c) Fat d) Protein b

iv) Loss of plant cove leads to soil erosion and a) Deforestation b) Aforestation c) Desertification d) Fire c

v) Most of water is in a) River b) Lakes c) Spring

174 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

d) Oceans d

vi) What is the main cause of destruction of terrestrial ecosystem? a) Migration b) Industrialization c) Over-population d) Proverty a

vii) BOD is a) Biological oxygen demand b) Better Oxygen Demand c) Biological Optimum Demand d) Biologenetic Oxygen Demand a

viii) PAN is a) Peoxyacyl Nitrate b) Peoxyacety1 Nitrate c) Pioxyacy1 nitrate d) None d

ix) Nitrogen present in clean air is a) 20.94% b) 2.94% c) 78.08% d) 7.08% c

x) Green peace is a) A protocol b) Non- governmental Organization c) Governmental Organization d) A treaty b

xi) Oxygen-demanding wastes refer to a) Organic matter b) Inorganic matter c) Plastic d) Metals a

xii) Non-living components of ecosystem is called a) Abiotic factors b) Biotic factors c) Producers d) Consumers a

Group B Short answer type question

2. Write a brief outline of environmental Protection Act, 1986. Ans: (Ref: question no. 13 of 2013)

175 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3. What is SMOG and what is photochemical SMOG? Describe the probable mechanism for smog forming reactions. Ans: (1st part : Ref: question no. 2 of 2011)

2nd Part: Photochemical smog reactions "Smog" is a term originally formed by the combination of of the words "smoke" and "fog." This can seem a little confusing, because Los Angeles, infamous for for its smog, is hardly known for foggy weather. The confusion arises because there are actually two kinds of smog: London smog (well know for its fog) and L.A. smog (also know as photochemical smog). Photochemical smog is driven by the u.v. energy from the sun, and Los Angeles is better know for its sunny weather. The differences between the two types of smog are summarized in the table below. Photochemical smog London smog Name: (L.A. smog, Denver smog, brown (New York smog, gray smog) smog) Weather: cool, damp sunny

Content: particulates, sulfur oxides NOx, ozone, hydrocarbons. Sources: coal, etc. gasoline, combustion. On a smoggy day, there are literally thousands of reactions that occur in the atmosphere. Fortunately, there are a few that can help us to initially understand the formation of photochemical smog. In the reactions listed below, the most important consitituents are described with a larger, bolder font. 1. NO + O2 ---> NO2 + u.v. ---> O + NO In this first reaction, we start with Nitric Oxide (NO), which we already know is emitted from various combustion processes. It combines with oxygen in the atmosphere to form nitrogen dioxide ( NO2 ), which has a characteristic brown color that should be familiar to anyone who has lived in a smoggy region. When the u.v. rays of sunlight strike the NO2, it breaks off a single oxygen radical (O) that triggers many subsequent reactions of photochemical smog. 2. O + O2 ---> O3 In this second reaction, we see how the single oxygen radical helps form ozone ( O3 ). A variety of molecules can act as catalysts for this reaction. 3. O3 + NO ---> O2 + NO2 This third reaction is called a scavenging reaction, and it happens normally in the evening. Because it converts ozone to O2, the net result is a drop in the ozone concentration in the evenings. 4. RC + O ---> RCO + O2 ---> RCO3 The fourth reaction shifts our attention to the hydrocarbons (represented here as RC). When combined with the oxygen free radical, it forms RCO, which represents a variety of aldehydes and ketones. Some of these constiutents can combine with oxygen to form peroxide radicals ( RCO3 ). 5. O2 + RCO3 ---> O3 + RCO2 The fifth reaction demonstrates the importance of these peroxide radicals ( RCO3 ) -- it enhances the formation of ozone. 6. NO + RCO3 ---> NO2 + RCO2 The last reaction shows a more subtle role of the peroxide radicals -- by enhancing the formation of nitrogen dioxide, we know that the nitrogen dioxide will go on to form more ozone.

4. What do you understand by ecological balance and what are the causes of destroying ecological balance? Ans: (1st part : Ref: question no. 11 of 2010)

2nd part:

176 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Causes of Ecological Imbalance:  Degradation of Land and Soil Erosion:  Deforestation:  Faulty Utilisation of Water Resources:  Environmental Problems from Faulty Mining Practices:  Industrial and Atmospheric Pollution:

5. Describe the role of environmental Impact assessment (EIA) in society. What are the goals of EIA? Ans: (1st part : Ref: question no. 3 of 2008)

6. What is the air pollutant? Classify air pollutants. What do you mean by criteria pollutant? Ans: (1st part : Ref: question no. 8 of 2009)

Group c Essay answer type question 7. a) Discuss the main sources of water pollution. Name some diseases caused by water pollution. b) What is BOD? How is it related to water quality? c) Outline the steps in standard 5 day BOD test. 3+2+2+2+6

Ans: a) (Ref: 1st part: question 8 of 2012;

2nd part:

b) BOD:

177 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD, also called Biological Oxygen Demand) is the amount of dissolved oxygen needed (i.e. demanded) by aerobic biological organisms to break down organic material present in a given water sample at certain temperature over a specific time period. The BOD value is most commonly expressed in milligrams of oxygen consumed per litre of sample during 5 days of incubation at 20 °C and is often used as a surrogate of the degree of organic pollution of water. BOD can be used as a gauge of the effectiveness of wastewater treatment plants. It is listed as a conventional pollutant in the U.S. Clean Water Act. BOD is similar in function to chemical oxygen demand (COD), in that both measure the amount of organic compounds in water. However, COD is less specific, since it measures everything that can be chemically oxidized, rather than just levels of biodegradable organic matter.

How it is related with the quality of water: Consumers like fish and other aquatic animals eat some of the producers, and the nutrients move up the food chain. When these organisms die, bacteria decompose the organic compounds and release into the water inorganic nutrients such as nitrate, phosphate, calcium, and others. Some of these nutrients end up down stream or in sediments, but most of them recycle again and again. Most of the bacteria in the aquatic water column are aerobic. That means that they use oxygen to perform their metabolic activities of decomposition. Remember that we learned in other related exercises that under normal conditions, dissolved oxygen exists in very low concentrations. Natural levels of oxygen in aquatic systems are always somewhat depleted by normal levels of aerobic bacterial activity. In most cases, if dissolved oxygen concentrations drop below 5 parts per million (ppm), fish will be unable to live for very long. All clean water species such as trout or salmon will die well above this level and even low oxygen fish such as catfish and carp will be at risk below 5 ppm.

When abnormally high levels of aerobic bacterial activity takes place, however, the level of dissolved oxygen can drop dramatically. Under what circumstances does this happen? Generally, this occurs when there is some sort of abnormal "pollution" introduced into the system. This can occur in the form of organic pollution for sources such as domestic sewage, septic tank leakage, and fertilizer runoff, or could be in the form of inorganics from domestic or industrial sources. Natural sources of organic compounds can also come into aquatic systems by means of floods, landslides, and erosion. c) 5-Day BOD Test 1. General Discussion

a. Principle: The method consists of filling with sample, to overflowing, an airtight bottle of the specified size and incubating it at the specified temperature for 5 d. Dissolved oxygen is measured initially and after incubation, and the BOD is computed from the difference between initial and final DO. Because the initial DO is determined shortly after the dilution is made, all oxygen uptake occurring after this measurement is included in the BOD measurement. b. Sampling and storage: Samples for BOD analysis may degrade significantly during storage between collection and analysis, resulting in low BOD values. Minimize reduction of BOD by analyzing sample promptly or by cooling it to near-freezing temperature during storage. However, even at low temperature, keep holding time to a minimum. Warm chilled samples to 20 ± 3oC before analysis. 1) Grab samples – If analysis is begun within 2 h of collection, cold storage is unnecessary. If analysis is not started within 2 h of sample collection, keep sample at or below 4oC from the time of collection. Begin analysis within 6 h of collection; when this is not possible because the sampling site is distant from the laboratory, store at or below 4oC and report length and temperature of storage with the results. In no case start analysis more than 24 h after grab sample collection. When samples are to

178 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India be used for regulatory purposes make every effort to deliver samples for analysis within 6 h of collection. 2) Composite samples – Keep samples at or below 4oC during compositing. Limit compositing period to 24 h. Use the same criteria as for storage of grab samples, starting the measurement of holding time from end of compositing period. State storage time and conditions as part of the results.

2. Apparatus

a. Incubation bottles: Use glass bottles having 60 mL or greater capacity (300-mL bottles having a ground-glass stopper and a flared mouth are preferred). Clean bottles with a detergent, rinse thoroughly, and drain before use. As a precaution against drawing air into the dilution bottle during incubation, use a water seal. Obtain satisfactory water seals by inverting bottles in a water bath or by adding water to the flared mouth of special BOD bottles. Place a paper or plastic cup or foil cap over flared mouth of bottle to reduce evaporation of the water seal during incubation. b. Air incubator or water bath, thermostatically controlled at 20 ± 1oC. Exclude all light to prevent possibility of photosynthetic production of DO.

3. Reagents

Prepare reagents in advance but discard if there is any sign of precipitation or biological growth in the stock bottles. Commercial equivalents of these reagents are acceptable and different stock concentrations may be used if doses are adjusted proportionally. a. Phosphate buffer solution: Dissolve 8.5 g KH2PO4, 21.75 g K2HPO4, 33.4 g Na2HPO4·7H2O, and 1.7 g NH4Cl in about 500 mL distilled water and dilute to 1 L. The pH should be 7.2 without further adjustment. Alternatively, dissolve 42.5 g KH2PO4 or 54.3 g K2HPO4 in about 700 mL distilled water. Adjust pH to 7.2 with 30% NaOH and dilute to 1 L. b. Magnesium sulfate solution: Dissolve 22.5 g MgSO4·7H2O in distilled water and dilute to 1 L. c. Calcium chloride solution: Dissolve 27.5 g CaCl2 in distilled water and dilute to 1 L. d. Ferric chloride solution: Dissolve 0.25 g FeCl3·6H2O in distilled water and dilute to 1 L. e. Acid and alkali solutions, 1N, for neutralization of caustic or acid waste samples. 1) Acid – Slowly while stirring, add 28 mL conc sulfuric acid to distilled water. Dilute to 1 L. 2) Alkali – Dissolve 40 g sodium hydroxide in distilled water. Dilute to 1 L. f. Sodium sulfite solution: Dissolve 1.575 g Na2SO3 in 1000 mL distilled water. This solution is not stable; prepare daily. g. Nitrification inhibitor, 2-chloro-6-(trichloromethyl) pyridine.* h. Glucose-glutamic acid solution: Dry reagent-grade glucose and reagent-grade glutamic acid at 103oC for 1 h. Add 150 mg glucose and 150 mg glutamic acid to distilled water and dilute to 1 L. Prepare fresh immediately before use. i. Ammonium chloride solution: Dissolve 1.15 g NH4Cl in about 500 mL distilled water, adjust pH to 7.2 with NaOH solution, and dilute to 1 L. Solution contains 0.3 mg N/mL. j. Dilution water: Use demineralized, distilled, tap, or natural water for making sample dilutions.

4. Procedure

a. Preparation of dilution water: Place desired volume of water (¶ 3j) in a suitable bottle and add 1 mL each of phosphate buffer, MgSO4, CaCl2, and FeCl3 solutions/L of water. Seed dilution water, if desired, as described in ¶ 4d. Test dilution water as described in ¶ 4h so that water of assured quality always is on hand. Before use bring dilution water temperature to 20 + 3°C. Saturate with DO by shaking in a partially filled bottle or by aerating with organic-free filtered air. Alternatively, store in cotton-plugged bottles long enough for water to become saturated with DO. Protect water quality by using clean glassware, tubing, and bottles. b. Dilution water storage: Source water (¶ 3j) may be stored before use as long as the prepared dilution water meets quality control criteria in the dilution water blank (¶ 4h). Such storage may

179 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India improve the quality of some source waters but may allow biological growth to cause deterioration in others. Preferably do not store prepared dilution water for more than 24 h after adding nutrients, minerals, and buffer unless dilution water blanks consistently meet quality control limits. Discard stored source water if dilution water blank shows more than 0.2 mg/L DO depletion in 5 d. c. Glucose-glutamic acid check: Because the BOD test is a bioassay its results can be influenced greatly by the presence of toxicants or by use of a poor seeding material. Distilled waters frequently are contaminated with copper; some sewage seeds are relatively inactive. Low results always are obtained with such seeds and waters. Periodically check dilution water quality, seed effectiveness, and analytical technique by making BOD measurements on a mixture of 150 mg glucose/L and 150 mg glutamic acid/L as a "standard" check solution. Glucose has an exceptionally high and variable oxidation rate but when it is used with glutamic acid, the oxidation rate is stabilized and is similar to that obtained with many municipal wastes. Alternatively, if a particular wastewater contains an identifiable major constituent that contributes to the BOD, use this compound in place of the glucose- glutamic acid. Determine the 5-d 20°C BOD of a 2% dilution of the glucose-glutamic acid standard check solution using the techniques outlined in ¶s 4d-j. Adjust concentrations of commercial mixtures to give 3 mg/L glucose and 3 mg/L glutamic acid in each GGA test bottle. Evaluate data as described in ¶ 6, Precision and Bias. d. Seeding: 1) Seed source – It is necessary to have present a population of microorganisms capable of oxidizing the biodegradable organic matter in the sample. Domestic wastewater, unchlorinated or otherwise-undisinfected effluents from biological waste treatment plants, and surface waters receiving wastewater discharges contain satisfactory microbial populations. Some samples do not contain a sufficient microbial population (for example, some untreated industrial wastes, disinfected wastes, high-temperature wastes, or wastes with extreme pH values). For such wastes seed the dilution water or sample by adding a population of microorganisms. The preferred seed is effluent or mixed liquor from a biological treatment system processing the waste. Where such seed is not available, use supernatant from domestic wastewater after settling at room temperature for at least 1 h but no longer than 36 h. When effluent or mixed liquor from a biological treatment process is used, inhibition of nitrification is recommended. Some samples may contain materials not degraded at normal rates by the microorganisms in settled domestic wastewater. Seed such samples with an adapted microbial population obtained from the undisinfected effluent or mixed liquor of a biological process treating the waste. In the absence of such a facility, obtain seed from the receiving water below (preferably 3 to 8 km) the point of discharge. When such seed sources also are not available, develop an adapted seed in the laboratory by continuously aerating a sample of settled domestic wastewater and adding small daily increments of waste. Optionally use a soil suspension or activated sludge, or a commercial seed preparation to obtain the initial microbial population. Determine the existence of a satisfactory population by testing the performance of the seed in BOD tests on the sample. BOD values that increase with time of adaptation to a steady high value indicate successful seed adaptation. 2) Seed control – Determine BOD of the seeding material as for any other sample. This is the seed control. From the value of the seed control and a knowledge of the seeding material dilution (in the dilution water) determine seed DO uptake. Ideally, make dilutions of seed such that the largest quantity results in at least 50% DO depletion. A plot of DO depletion, in milligrams per liter, versus milliliters of seed for all bottles having a 2-mg/L depletion and a 1.0-mg/L minimum residual DO should present a straight line for which the slope indicates DO depletion per milliliter of seed. The DO-axis intercept is oxygen depletion caused by the dilution water and should be less than 0.1 mg/L (¶ 4h). Alternatively, divide DO depletion by volume of seed in milliliters for each seed control bottle having a 2-mg/L depletion and a 1.0-mg/L residual DO. Average the results for all bottles meeting minimum depletion and residual DO criteria. The DO uptake attributable to the seed added to each bottle should be between 0.6 and 1.0 mg/L, but the amount of seed added should be adjusted from this range to that required to provide glucose-glutamic acid check results in the range of 198 ± 30.5 mg/L. To determine DO uptake for a test bottle, subtract DO uptake attributable to the seed from total DO update (see ¶ 5).

180 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Techniques for adding seeding material to dilution water are described for two sample dilution methods (¶ 4f). e. Sample pretreatment: Check pH of all samples before testing unless previous experience indicates that pH is within the acceptable range. 1) Samples containing caustic alkalinity (pH > 8.5) or acidity (pH < 6.0) - Neutralize samples to pH 6.5 to 7.5 with a solution of sulfuric acid (H2SO4) or sodium hydroxide (NaOH) of such strength that the quantity of reagent does not dilute the sample by more than 0.5%. The pH of dilution water should not be affected by the lowest sample dilution. Always seed samples that have been pH-adjusted. 2) Samples containing residual chlorine compounds - If possible, avoid samples containing residual chlorine by sampling ahead of chlorination processes. If the sample has been chlorinated but no detectable chlorine residual is present, seed the dilution water. If residual chlorine is present, dechlorinate sample and seed the dilution water (¶ 4f). Do not test chlorinated/dechlorinated samples without seeding the dilution water. In some samples chlorine will dissipate within 1 to 2 h of standing in the light. This often occurs during sample transport and handling. For samples in which chlorine residual does not dissipate in a reasonably short time, destroy chlorine residual by adding Na2SO3 solution. Determine required volume of Na2SO3 solution on a 100- to 1000-mL portion of neutralized sample by adding 10 mL of 1 + 1 acetic acid or 1 + 50 H2SO4, 10 mL potassium iodide (KI) solution (10 g/100 mL) per 1000 mL portion, and titrating with Na2SO3 solution to the starch- iodine end point for residual. Add to neutralized sample the relative volume of Na2SO3 solution determined by the above test, mix, and after 10 to 20 min check sample for residual chlorine. (NOTE: Excess Na2SO3 exerts an oxygen demand and reacts slowly with certain organic chloramine compounds that may be present in chlorinated samples.) 3) Samples containing other toxic substances - Certain industrial wastes, for example, plating wastes, contain toxic metals. Such samples often require special study and treatment. 4) Samples supersaturated with DO - Samples containing more than 9 mg DO/ L at 20°C may be encountered in cold waters or in water where photosynthesis occurs. To prevent loss of oxygen during incubation of such samples, reduce DO to saturation at 20°C by bringing sample to about 20°C in partially filled bottle while agitating by vigorous shaking or by aerating with clean, filtered compressed air. 5) Sample temperature adjustment - Bring samples to 20 ± 1°C before making dilutions. 6) Nitrification inhibition - If nitrification inhibition is desired add 3 mg 2-chloro-6-(trichloro methyl) pyridine (TCMP) to each 300-mL bottle before capping or add sufficient amounts to the dilution water to make a final concentration of 10 mg/L. (NOTE: Pure TCMP may dissolve slowly and can float on top of the sample. Some commercial formulations dissolve more readily but are not 100% TCMP; adjust dosage accordingly.) Samples that may require nitrification inhibition include, but are not limited to, biologically treated effluents, samples seeded with biologically treated effluents, and river waters. Note the use of nitrogen inhibition in reporting results. f. Dilution technique: Make several dilutions of sample that will result in a residual DO of at least 1 mg/L and a DO uptake of at least 2 mg/L after a 5-d incubation. Five dilutions are recommended unless experience with a particular sample shows that use of a smaller number of dilutions produces at least two bottles giving acceptable minimum DO depletion and residual limits. A more rapid analysis, such as COD, may be correlated approximately with BOD and serve as a guide in selecting dilutions. In the absence of prior knowledge, use the following dilutions: 0.0 to 1.0% for strong industrial wastes, 1 to 5% for raw and settled wastewater, 5 to 25% for biologically treated effluent, and 25 to100% for polluted river waters. Prepare dilutions either in graduated cylinders or volumetric glassware, and then transfer to BOD bottles or prepare directly in BOD bottles. Either dilution method can be combined with any DO measurement technique. The number of bottles to be prepared for each dilution depends on the DO technique and the number of replicates desired. When using graduated cylinders or volumetric flasks to prepare dilutions, and when seeding is necessary, add seed either directly to dilution water or to individual cylinders or flasks before dilution. Seeding of individual cylinders or flasks avoids a declining ratio of seed to sample as increasing dilutions are made. When dilutions are prepared directly in BOD bottles and when seeding is necessary, add seed directly to dilution water or directly to the BOD bottles. When a bottle contains more than 67% of the sample after dilution, nutrients may be limited in the diluted sample and

181 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India subsequently reduce biological activity. In such samples, add the nutrient, mineral, and buffer solutions (¶ 3a through e) directly to individual BOD bottles at a rate of 1 mL/L (0.33 mL/ 300-mL bottle) or use commercially prepared solutions designed to dose the appropriate bottle size. 1) Dilutions prepared in graduated cylinders or volumetric flasks - If the azide modification of the titrimetric iodometric method (Section 4500-O.C) is used, carefully siphon dilution water, seeded if necessary, into a 1- to 2-L-capacity flask or cylinder. Fill half full without entraining air. Add desired quantity of carefully mixed sample and dilute to appropriate level with dilution water. Mix well with a plunger-type mixing rod; avoid entraining air. Siphon mixed dilution into two BOD bottles. Determine initial DO on one of these bottles. Stopper the second bottle tightly, water-seal, and incubate for 5 d at 20°C. If the membrane electrode method is used for DO measurement, siphon dilution mixture into one BOD bottle. Determine initial DO on this bottle and replace any displaced contents with sample dilution to fill the bottle. Stopper tightly, water-seal, and incubate for 5 d at 20°C. 2) Dilutions prepared directly in BOD bottles - Using a wide-tip volumetric pipet, add the desired sample volume to individual BOD bottles of known capacity. Add appropriate amounts of seed material either to the individual BOD bottles or to the dilution water. Fill bottles with enough dilution water, seeded if necessary, so that insertion of stopper will displace all air, leaving no bubbles. For dilutions greater than 1:100 make a primary dilution in a graduated cylinder before making final dilution in the bottle. When using titrimetric iodometric methods for DO measurement, prepare two bottles at each dilution. Determine initial DO on one bottle. Stopper second bottle tightly, water-seal, and incubate for 5 d at 20°C. If the membrane electrode method is used for DO measurement, prepare only one BOD bottle for each dilution. Determine initial DO on this bottle and replace any displaced contents with dilution water to fill the bottle. Stopper tightly, water-seal, and incubate for 5 d at 20°C. Rinse DO electrode between determinations to prevent cross-contamination of samples. Use the azide modification of the iodometric method (Section 4500-O.C) or the membrane electrode method (Section 4500-O.G) to determine initial DO on all sample dilutions, dilution water blanks, and where appropriate, seed controls. If the membrane electrode method is used, the azide modification of the iodometric method (Method 4500-O.C) is recommended for calibrating the DO probe. g. Determination of initial DO: If the sample contains materials that react rapidly with DO, determine initial DO immediately after filling BOD bottle with diluted sample. If rapid initial DO uptake is insignificant, the time period between preparing dilution and measuring initial DO is not critical but should not exceed 30 min. h. Dilution water blank: Use a dilution water blank as a rough check on quality of unseeded dilution water and cleanliness of incubation bottles. Together with each batch of samples incubate a bottle of unseeded dilution water. Determine initial and final DO as in ¶s 4g and j. The DO uptake should not be more than 0.2 mg/L and preferably not more than 0.1 mg/L Discard all dilution water having a DO uptake greater than 0.2 mg/L and either eliminate source of contamination or select an alternate dilution water source.. i. Incubation: Incubate at 20oC ± 1oC BOD bottles containing desired dilutions, seed controls, dilution water blanks, and glucose-glutamic acid checks. Water-seal bottles as described in ¶ 4f. j. Determination of final DO: After 5 d incubation determine DO in sample dilutions, blanks, and checks as in 4g.

5. Calculation

For each test bottle meeting the 2.0-mg/L minimum DO depletion and the 1.0-mg/L residual DO, calculate BOD5 as follows: When dilution water is not seeded:

D1 – D2 BOD5, mg/L = P When dilution water is seeded:

182 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(D1 – D2) – (B1 – B2)f BOD5, mg/L = P where:

D1 = DO of diluted sample immediately after preparation, mg/L, o D2 = DO of diluted sample after 5 d incubation at 20 C, mg/L, P = decimal volumetric fraction of sample used, B1 = DO of seed control before incubation, mg/L (¶ 4d), B2 = DO of seed control after incubation mg/L (¶ 4d), and f = ratio of seed in diluted sample to seed in seed control = (% seed in diluted sample)/(% seed in seed control).

If seed material is added directly to sample or to seed control bottles:

f = (volume of seed in diluted sample)/(volume of seed in seed control)

Report results as CBOD5 if nitrification is inhibited. If more than one sample dilution meets the criteria of a residual DO of at least 1 mg/L and a DO depletion of at least 2 mg/L and there is no evidence of toxicity at higher sample concentrations or the existence of an obvious anomaly, average results in the acceptable range. In these calculations, do not make corrections for DO uptake by the dilution water blank during incubation. This correction is unnecessary if dilution water meets the blank criteria stipulated above. If the dilution water does not meet these criteria, proper corrections are difficult ; do not record results or, as a minimum, mark them as not meeting quality control criteria.

6. Precision and Bias

There is no measurement for establishing bias of the BOD procedure. The glucose-glutamic acid check prescribed in ¶ 4c is intended to be a reference point for evaluation of dilution water quality, seed effectiveness, and analytical technique. Single-laboratory tests using a 300-mg/L mixed glucose- glutamic acid solution provided the following results:

Number of months: 14 Number of triplicates: 421 Average monthly recovery: 204 mg/L Average monthly standard deviation: 10.4 mg/L

In a series of interlaboratory studies,1 each involving 2 to 112 laboratories (and as many analysts and seed sources), 5-d BOD measurements were made on synthetic water samples containing a 1:1 mixture of glucose and glutamic acid in the total concentration range of 3.3 to 231 mg/L. The regression equations for mean value, X, and standard deviation, S, from these studies were:

X = 0.658 (added level, mg/L) + 0.280 mg/L S = 0.100 (added level, mg/L) + 0.547 mg/L

For the 300-mg/L mixed primary standard, the average 5-d BOD would be 198 mg/L with a standard deviation of 30.5 mg/L. When nitrification inhibitors are used, GGA test results falling outside the 198 ± 30.5 control limit quite often indicate use of incorrect amounts of seed. Adjust amount of seed added to the GGA test to achieve results falling within this range. a. Control limits: Because of many factors affecting BOD tests in multilaboratory studies and the resulting extreme variability in test results, one standard deviation, as determined by interlaboratory tests, is recommended as a control limit for individual laboratories. Alternatively, for each laboratory, establish its control limits by performing a minimum of 25 glucose-glutamic acid checks (¶ 4c) over a

183 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India period of several weeks or months and calculating the mean and standard deviation. Use the mean ± 3 standard deviations as the control limit for future glucose-glutamic acid checks. Compare calculated control limits to the single-laboratory tests presented above and to interlaboratory results. If control limits are outside the range of 198 ± 30.5, re-evaluate the control limits and investigate source of the problem. If measured BOD for a glucose-glutamic acid check is outside the accepted control limit range, reject tests made with that seed and dilution water. b. Working range and detection limit: The working range is equal to the difference between the maximum initial DO (7 to 9 mg/L) and minimum DO residual of 1 mg/L multiplied by the dilution factor. A lower detection limit of 2 mg/L is established by the requirement for a minimum DO depletion of 2 mg/L.

8. What is ground water? What are the pollutants that affect the ground water quality? What are the caused of arsenic pollution of water? What are the possible remedial measures of arsenic contamination? 3+4+4+4 Ans: 1st Part: Groundwater is the water present beneath Earth's surface in soil pore spaces and in the fractures of rock formations. A unit of rock or an unconsolidated deposit is called an aquifer when it can yield a usable quantity of water. The depth at which soil pore spaces or fractures and voids in rock become completely saturated with water is called the water table. Groundwater is recharged from and eventually flows to the surface naturally; natural discharge often occurs at springs and seeps, and can form oases or wetlands. Groundwater is also often withdrawn for agricultural, municipal, and industrial use by constructing and operating extraction wells. The study of the distribution and movement of groundwater is hydrogeology, also called groundwater hydrology.

2nd part: Polluted groundwater is less visible, but more difficult to clean up, than pollution in rivers and lakes. Groundwater pollution most often results from improper disposal of wastes on land. Major sources include industrial and household chemicals and garbage landfills, industrial waste lagoons, tailings and process wastewater from mines, oil field brine pits, leaking underground oil storage tanks and pipelines, sewage sludge and septic systems. Polluted groundwater is mapped by sampling soils and groundwater near suspected or known sources of pollution, to determine the extent of the pollution, and to aid in the design of groundwater remediation systems. Preventing groundwater pollution near potential sources such as landfills requires lining the bottom of a landfill with watertight materials, collecting any leachate with drains, and keeping rainwater off any potential contaminants, along with regular monitoring of nearby groundwater to verify that contaminants have not leaked into the groundwater.[3] Groundwater pollution, from pollutants released to the ground that can work their way down into groundwater, can create a contaminant plume within an aquifer. Pollution can occur from landfills, naturally occurring arsenic, on-site sanitation systems or other point sources, such as petrol stations or leaking sewers. Movement of water and dispersion within the aquifer spreads the pollutant over a wider area, its advancing boundary often called a plume edge, which can then intersect with groundwater wells or daylight into surface water such as seeps and springs, making the water supplies unsafe for humans and wildlife. Different mechanism have influence on the transport of pollutants, e.g. diffusion, adsorption, precipitation, decay, in the groundwater. The interaction of groundwater contamination with surface waters is analyzed by use of hydrology transport models. The danger of pollution of municipal supplies is minimized by locating wells in areas of deep groundwater and impermeable soils, and careful testing and monitoring of the aquifer and nearby potential pollution sources.

184 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

3rd Part: Arsenic and fluoride Around one-third of the world’s population drinks water from groundwater resources. Of this, about 10 percent, approximately 300 million people, obtains water from groundwater resources that are heavily polluted with arsenic or fluoride. These trace elements derive mainly from natural sources by leaching from rock and sediments. 4th Part: Remedial measures to control Arsenic Pollution: Groundwater contamination by arsenic has been a major concern across the globe. In India, this highly toxic chemical exists in natural form in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, West Bengal and Assam. Exposure to it can cause discolouration of skin, warts and even death.

India has, however, been slow in tackling the problem. Till date, only West Bengal has rolled out a plan to make its groundwater fit for consumption. The state government aims to provide every locality at least one source of arsenic-free water by 2013.

In 2005, the West Bengal government formed a task force to implement its arsenic removal schemes. But the schemes failed miserably, perhaps because the government rested the responsibilities of the everyday upkeep of arsenic removal units (ARUs) and water distribution on people not ready for it. The state government then asked the companies that fitted arsenic removal equipment to take up the responsibility, but the companies found the remuneration meagre.

In 2009, the state government entrusted its Public Health Engineering Department (PHED) with the construction, operation and maintenance of ARUs. In villages, it asked panchayats to handle water distribution.

As per the plan, the state government will set up 338 ARUs to clean groundwater. For surface water, or river water, conventional methods will be used. River water usually does not have arsenic and can be treated conventionally through sedimentation and chlorination. Of the Rs 2,100 crore allocated for the plan, Rs 974 crore will be spent on seting up ARUs.

Cleaning options

ARUs are set up depending upon the level of arsenic and iron content in groundwater. Water containing less than 50 parts per billion (ppb) arsenic and less than 1 miligram per litre iron, is considered safe and supplied without treatment. If arsenic and iron content exceed these limits, the water is treated.

PHED will set up ARUs in tubewells that can cater to about 5,000 families. An equipment installed in the tubewell performs the initial cleaning with alum or bleaching powder, and passing the water through a layer of hematite, a form of iron ore. Water then flows into another chamber where arsenic is separated through sedimentation. In the third chamber, filteration of the remaining arsenic is done through a sand bed. Clean water is then ready for use.

Setting up one ARU can cost up to Rs 70 lakh. However, its running cost is only about Rs 10 per kilolitre. “ARUs last long and are most effective in removing arsenic from water,” says Arunabha Majumder, member of the West Bengal Arsenic Task Force. Water thus treated has arsenic content less than 10 ppb, safe according to the World Health Organization and the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). BIS has set 50 ppb as the acceptable limit.

Many households have installed smaller and cheaper versions of ARU. Majumdar gives the instance of a homegrown version of filter that uses bleaching powder and alum, which are easily available. Bleaching powder oxidises arsenic and alum acts as the coagulating agent. Water is then passed through a sand filter that adsorbs any residual arsenic. The filter needs to be changed once every three years.

185 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

According to studies conducted by the Swiss Federal Institute for Environmental Science and Technology, the Hanoi University of Science and other Vietnam government departments, such filters are foolproof if changed before their efficacy expires.

Another simple option is the single stage filter, developed by the department of sanitary engineering of All-India Institute of Hygiene and Public Health in Kolkata. When alum is mixed with water, it separates iron and arsenic from water. These are allowed to settle and the filtered water is ready to use.

Yet another method treats water by use of bleaching powder, aluminum sulphate and activated alumina. The residual arsenic-rich sludge has to be removed periodically in this process.

These smaller technologies are being used across the state, but the government finds it difficult to monitor each one from time to time. The government, therefore, plans to improve technologies of the existing methods.

9. What is hazardous waste? How can you manage bio-medical waste disposal? Explain the ‘3R’ of sustainable development. 3+6+6 Ans: (Rf: question no 10 of 2008)

10. What are the main sources of air pollutant? What is Green House effect? Name the green house gases. What are the consequences of global warming? 4+3+2+6

Ans: (1st part: Ref: question no. 8 of 2009) 2nd Part: (question no. 5 of 2008) 3rd part: (Ref: question no. 7 of 2010)

11. Write short note on any three of the following: a) Role of state pollution control board in environmental protection

Ans:

Role of State Pollution Control Board (1) Constitution of Central Board: According to Section-3, the Central Board shall consist of the following members:

186 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(a) A full time Chairman (to be nominated by the Central Government) having knowledge or practical experience in matters related to environmental protection or having knowledge and experience in administration of institutions dealing with aforesaid matters. (b) Not more than five officials nominated by the Central Government. (c) Not more than five persons nominated by the Central Government from amongst the members of State Boards. (d) Not more than three non-officials nominated by the government to represent interests of agriculture, fishery, agriculture-trade etc. (e) Two persons nominated by the government to represent the companies or corporations owned by the Central Government. (f) One full time Member-Secretary (to be appointed by the Central Govt.) having knowledge and experience of scientific engineering or management aspects of pollution control. (2) Constitution of State Boards: Under Section-4, of the State Pollution Control Board may be constituted having the same constitution as the Central Board. (3) Constitution of Committees: A board may constitute as many committees as necessary. The members of a committee shall be paid such fees and allowances for attending to any other work of the Board. (4) Constitution of Joint Boards: According to Section-14 of the Act, under agreement between two or more contiguous States, Joint Boards may be constituted for those states, by the Central or State Governments. (5) Terms and Service Conditions of the Members of the Board: (a) Terms and service conditions of the Member Secretary and Chairman shall be as prescribed by the Government. (b) Rest of the members shall hold office for a term of three years. (c) A member shall be eligible for renomination. (d) Central or State Government may remove a member of the Central or State Board at any time by giving him reasonable notice and opportunity. (e) The Chairman may resign by addressing his resignation to the government and a member may resign by addressing his resignation to the Chairman. (f) In the case of insolvency, unsound mind, conviction for the offence under this Act, conviction for the offence involving moral turpitude, inability to attend three consecutive meetings, abusing position as member of the Board, Partnership with anybody dealing with sewage or trade effluent etc., are some conditions for disqualification of the member. Seat of the disqualified member shall fall vacant and a person nominated to fill such a vacancy shall hold office for the remaining term. (6) Meetings of the Boards: According to Section-8, at least one meeting must be held in every three months. (7) Functions of the Central Board: According to Section 16-A, the following are the functions of the Central Board: (a) To promote cleanliness of streams and wells in different areas of the state. (b) To advise the Central Govt, on matters concerning the prevention and control of water pollution. (c) To co-ordinate the actions of the State Board and resolve disputes among them. (d) To provide technical assistance and guidance to the State Boards to carry out research in prevention and control of water pollution problems. (e) To organise training of persons engaged in pollution control. (f) To organise comprehensive programme for pollution control through mass media. (g) To lay down standards for streams or wells. (h) To prepare manuals, codes or guides for treatment and disposal of sewage and trade effluents. (i) To establish or recognise laboratories for analysis of water samples from any stream, well or trade effluents. (8) Functions of the State Boards: Under Section 7-B, the following are the functions of a State Board: (a) Planning a comprehensive programme for prevention, control and abatement of pollution of streams and wells. (b) Advising the State Government regarding water pollution control or location of industries.

187 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(c) Conducting and encouraging investigations and research relating to different aspects of water pollution. (d) To collaborate with the Central Board for training personnel for handling water pollution programmes and organising related mass education programmes. (e) Inspecting trade effluents and waste water treatment plants. (f) Prescribing effluent standards for the sewage and trade effluents. (g) Evolving economical and reliable methods of disposal, treatment and reuse of waste water (in agriculture). (h) Laying down the standards of treatment of sewage and trade effluents to be discharged into any stream. (i) Making, varying or revoking any order for preservation or control of discharge of waste into streams and wells or construction of systems for disposal of effluents. (j) Establishing or recognising laboratories for analysis of samples. (k) Performing such functions as may be entrusted by Central Board or State governments. (9) Directions: The Central Board shall be bound by directions given by the Central Govt, whereas the State Board shall be bound by directions given by the Central Board or the State Government. In case a grave emergency arises as a result of non-compliance of the State Govt, as regards directions given by the Central Board, then the Central Govt, may recover the expenses incurred by it from the persons concerned, as arrears of land revenue. (10) Powers of the State Government: (A) Power to Obtain Information: According to Section 20.2, the State Board may make surveys, take measurements or obtain information for purpose of performing functions under this Act. Failure to comply with any directions under the Section is a punishable offence under subsection (1) of Section 41. (B) Power to Take Samples: Under Section 21(1) A, the State Government has the power to take samples of water of any stream or well or any effluent being discharged into such a stream or well, for analysis. Under Section 22.4, the State Board further has the power to obtain a report of the result of the analysis by a recognised laboratory. (C) Power of Entry and Inspection: According to Section 23.5, the State Board is empowered by the State Govt., with the right to enter any place for the purpose of performing any of the functions entrusted to it. (D) Power of Prohibition on Disposal of Polluting Matter into a Stream or Well: Under Section 24.6, (a) No person shall knowingly allow entry of any poisonous, noxious or polluting matter directly or indirectly into any stream, well or sewer or on land. (b) No person shall knowingly allow entry of any matter into any stream, which may impede the proper flow of water resulting in substantial aggravation of pollution. (a) No person shall establish any industry, operation or process or any treatment disposal system, which is likely to discharge any sewage or effluent into stream or well or on land. (b) No person shall use any new outlet for discharge of sewage. (c) No person shall begin to make any new discharge of sewage. (11) Consent of State Board: (a) Board must decide an application for consent within four months failing which consent will be deemed to have been given. (b) Persons already discharging any sewage or effluent into any stream or well or on land will have to seek the consent of the State Board. A person may appeal against the order of the State Board within 30 days, to an appellate authority established by the State Government. The State Govt, can alter the decision of the State Board, if necessary. (c) While giving consent, if any work is required to be executed and the applicant fails to do so, the Board may itself execute it and recover the expenses alongwith interest.

188 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(d) The State Board must be informed in case due to an accident in any industry or treatment or disposal system, any polluting matter is likely to be discharged into any stream, well or on land which in turn may pollute water. The Board may take remedial measures wherever necessary. (e) The Board may approach a court for restraining a person who is likely to cause pollution by disposal discharge of polluting matter into a stream, well or on land. The person concerned may be directed by the court to remove the polluting matter and in case of non- compliance, the court may authorise the board to do the needful and the expenses incurred by the Board may be recovered from the person concerned. The Board may order closure, prohibition or regulation of any industry or operation. It may stop or regulate the supply of electricity, water or any other service. (12) Penalties for Violation of the Provisions of the Act: (a) In case of failure to give information by a person discharging effluents into stream or well or regarding construction or establishment of a disposal system the penalty is imprisonment upto 3 months or fine upto Rs. 10,000/- or both. If the omission continues, the penalty is an additional fine upto Rs. 5000/- per day. (b) In case of destroying or damaging the property of the Board, obstructing the performance of the Board’s functions, failure to furnish information about accidents under section 31, giving wrong information or making false statements to get Board’s consent, the penalty is, imprisonment upto 3 months or fine upto Rs. 10,000/- or both. (c) In case of violation of order prohibiting discharge of any polluting matter into stream, well or land, or violation of control order restraining pollution of water or streams or wells or violation of Board order of closure of industry or stoppage of water or electricity supply etc., the penalty is imprisonment for one and a half years to six years and fine. If it continues there is an additional fine of Rs. 5000/- per day and if it continues beyond one year then the penalty is imprisonment of two to seven years on conviction. (d) In case of permitting polluting material into any stream, well or land the penalty is imprisonment for one and a half years to six years or fine or both. On subsequent conviction the offender is penalised to imprisonment for two to seven years and fine, and the names of the offenders are published in newspapers at offender’s expense. Cognizance of an offence shall be taken by a court on a complaint by: (1) A Board or an officer authorised by the Board (2) Any person intending to make a complaint and who has given at least 60 days notice of the offence.

b) Chipko movement in India

Ans: Women and men standing around trees, hugging them, holding each other’s hands -- This was the scene in a village in Uttar Pradesh in 1973, now in Uttarakhand, where the modern Chipko Movement took birth under the aegis of Sunderlal Bahuguna, a noted Garhwali environmentalist. This was the strongest form of resistance against rampant cutting of trees, where people asserted their rights over nature, vowing to protect it. The movement turned 45 years old today. Chipko type movement dates to 1730 AD when in Khejarli village of Rajasthan, 363 people of the Bishnoi tribe sacrificed their lives to save khejri trees. Woman named Amrita Devi led the movement in the 18th century and laid down her life along with a group of villagers while protecting trees from being felled on the orders of the King of Jodhpur. After this incident, the king, in a royal decree, banned cutting of trees in all Bishnoi villages. The modern movement was a collective protest that the rural folk undertook, based on the Gandhian principles of non-violence. This was a concerted way to halt the ravaging of the foothills of the Himalayas. In the name of development, forest contractors cut down acres trees, and loot timber. The uprising against the felling of trees and maintaining the ecological balance originated in Chamoli district (now Uttarakhand) in 1973 and in no time spilled onto other states in north India.

189 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The name ‘Chipko’ comes from the word ‘embrace’, as the villagers hugged the trees and prevented them from being cut down. The Chipko andolan is a movement that practised the methods of Satyagraha where both male and female activists from Uttarakhand played vital roles, including Gaura Devi, Sudesha Devi, Bachni Devi and Chandi Prasad Bhatt. A movement of the women A few months later in 1974, the government announced the auction of 2,500 trees near Reni village in Uttarakhand, overlooking the Alaknanda river. The villagers came together to protest the actions of the government by hugging the trees. On March 24, 1974, the day the lumbermen were to cut the trees in Reni, a local girl rushed to inform Gaura Devi, the head of the village Mahila Mangal Dal, at Reni village. Gaura Devi led 27 of the village women to the site and confronted the loggers. Confrontation happened and talking between the two groups failed. The loggers started to shout and abuse the women, threatening them with guns. The women, in a peaceful protest, resorted to hugging the trees to stop them from being felled. The women kept an all-night vigil guarding the tress from the cutters until a few of them, unable to do anything, left the village.

The news of resistance spread like wildfire to nearby villagers and more people joined in. Finally, the news reached the ears of the then state chief minister Hemwati Nandan Bahuguna, who set up a committee to consider the matter. Eventually, it ruled in favour of the villagers. This became a turning point in the history of eco-development struggles in the region and around the world. In 1977, in another area, women tied sacred threads, Raksha Bandhan, around trees earmarked for felling in a Hindu tradition which signifies a bond between brother and sisters. India needs a Chipko-like movement again Over the last 30 years, forests nearly two-thirds the size of Haryana have been lost to encroachments (15,000 sq km) and 23,716 industrial projects (14,000 sq km), according to government data. The government also acknowledged that artificial forests are not an answer to this. The government figures are the just the tip of the iceberg. TV Ramachandra, associate faculty, Centre for Ecological Sciences, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, said. “Our study shows dense forest areas in northern, central and southern Western Ghats have decreased by 2.84%, 4.38% and 5.77% respectively over the last decade”, Indiaspend.com quoted him in its report. The report says that presently, up to 25,000 hectares of forests – 250 sq km, or more than twice Chandigarh’s area – are handed over every year for “non-forestry activities”, including defence projects, dams, mining, power plants, industries and roads.

India’s forests now cover 701,673 sq km, or 21.34% of the country, compared to 640,819 sq km 29 years ago, according to the India State of Forest Report, 2015, the latest available. Defence projects, dams and mining projects get most of the forest land. Compensatory afforestation is not the answer to rampant deforestation as the diversity in forest is lost when only a certain type of trees are planted as ‘compensation’. It’s the collapse of an ecosystem. The rate at which urbanisation is taking place, trees are being felled, widespread encroachment, are the factors contributing to climate change and increase in pollution, choking urban dwellers. Perhaps it is time that we learn a little more from the heroes of such movements and be more considerate towards protecting the environment.

c) Measures of soil erosion

Ans:

Monitoring, measuring and modeling soil erosion

190 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Terracing is an ancient technique that can significantly slow the rate of water erosion on cultivated slopes. See also: Erosion prediction Monitoring and modeling of erosion processes can help people better understand the causes of soil erosion, make predictions of erosion under a range of possible conditions, and plan the implementation of preventative and restorative strategies for erosion. However, the complexity of erosion processes and the number of scientific disciplines that must be considered to understand and model them (e.g. climatology, hydrology, geology, soil science, agriculture, chemistry, physics, etc.) makes accurate modelling challenging. Erosion models are also non-linear, which makes them difficult to work with numerically, and makes it difficult or impossible to scale up to making predictions about large areas from data collected by sampling smaller plots.[79] The most commonly used model for predicting soil loss from water erosion is the Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE). This was developed in the 1960s and 1970s. It estimates the average annual soil loss A on a plot-sized area as: A = RKLSCP where R is the rainfall erosivity factor, K is the soil erodibility factor,[83] L and S are topographic factors[84] representing length and slope, C is the cover and management factor[86] and P is the support practices factor. Despite the USLE's plot-scale spatial focus, the model has often been used to estimate soil erosion on much larger areas, such as watersheds or even whole continents. For example, RUSLE has recently been used to quantify soil erosion across the whole of Europe. One major problem is that the USLE cannot simulate gully erosion, and so erosion from gullies is ignored in any USLE- based assessment of erosion. Yet erosion from gullies can be a substantial proportion (10–80%) of total erosion on cultivated and grazed land.[88] During the 50 years since the introduction of the USLE, many other soil erosion models have been developed. But because of the complexity of soil erosion and its constituent processes, all erosion models can give unsatisfactory results when validated i.e. when model predictions are compared with real-world measurements of erosion. Thus new soil erosion models continue to be developed. Some of these remain USLE-based, e.g. the G2 model. Other soil erosion models have largely (e.g. the Water Erosion Prediction Project model) or wholly (e.g. the Rangeland Hydrology and Erosion Model ) abandoned usage of USLE elements. Prevention and remediation A windbreak (the row of trees) planted next to an agricultural field, acting as a shield against strong winds. This reduces the effects of wind erosion, and provides many other benefits. The most effective known method for erosion prevention is to increase vegetative cover on the land, which helps prevent both wind and water erosion. Terracing is an extremely effective means of erosion control, which has been practiced for thousands of years by people all over the world. [96] Windbreaks (also called shelterbelts) are rows of trees and shrubs that are planted along the edges of agricultural fields, to shield the fields against winds. In addition to significantly reducing wind erosion, windbreaks provide many other benefits such as improved microclimates for crops (which are sheltered from the dehydrating and otherwise damaging effects of wind), habitat for beneficial bird species, carbon sequestration, and aesthetic improvements to the agricultural landscape. Traditional planting methods, such as mixed-cropping (instead of monocropping) and crop rotation have also been shown to significantly reduce erosion rates. Crop residues play a role in the mitigation of erosion, because they reduce the impact of raindrops breaking up the soil particles. There is a higher potential for erosion when producing potatoes than when growing cereals, or oilseed crops. Forages have a fibrous root system, which helps combat erosion by anchoring the plants to the top layer of the soil, and covering the entirety of the field, as it is a non-row crop. In tropical coastal systems, properties of mangroves have been examined as a potential means to reduce soil erosion. Their complex root structures are known to help reduce wave damage from storms and flood impacts while binding and building soils. These roots can slow down water flow, leading to the deposition of sediments and reduced erosion rates. However, in order to maintain sediment balance, adequate mangrove forest width needs to be present.

191 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

d) Earth summit, 1972 Ans: The United Nations Conference on the Human Environment was held in Stockholm, Sweden from June 5–16 in 1972. When the United Nations General Assembly decided to convene the 1972 Stockholm Conference, at the initiative of the Government of Sweden to host it, UN Secretary-General U Thant invited Maurice Strong to lead it as Secretary-General of the Conference, as the Canadian diplomat (under Pierre Trudeau) had initiated and already worked for over two years on the project.[1][2] History Sweden first suggested to the United Nations Economic and Social Council ECOSOC in 1968 the idea of having a UN conference to focus on human interactions with the environment. ECOSOC passed resolution 1346 supporting the idea. General Assembly Resolution 2398 in 1969 decided to convene a conference in 1972 and mandated a set of reports from the UN secretary-general suggesting that the conference focus on "stimulating and providing guidelines for action by national government and international organizations" facing environmental issues.[3] Preparations for the conference were extensive, lasting 4 years, including 115 governments, and costing over $30,000,000.[4] Issues at the Conference The Soviet Union and other Warsaw Pact nations boycotted the conference due to the lack of inclusion of East Germany, which was not allowed to participate as it was not a full member of the UN. At the conference itself, divisions between developed and developing countries began to emerge. The Chinese delegation proved hostile to the United States at the conference, issuing a 17 point memorandum condemning United States policies in Indochina, as well as around the world. This stance emboldened other developing countries, which made up 70 of the 122 countries attending. Multiple countries including Pakistan, Peru, and Chile issued statements that were anti-colonial in nature, further worrying the United States delegation. So harsh was the criticism that Rogers Morton, at that time secretary of the interior, remarked "I wish the Russians were here", to divert the attention of the Chinese criticisms. Stockholm Declaration The meeting agreed upon a Declaration containing 26 principles concerning the environment and development; an Action Plan with 109 recommendations, and a Resolution. Principles of the Stockholm Declaration:[7] 1. Human rights must be asserted, apartheid and colonialism condemned 2. Natural resources must be safeguarded 3. The Earth's capacity to produce renewable resources must be maintained 4. Wildlife must be safeguarded 5. Non-renewable resources must be shared and not exhausted 6. Pollution must not exceed the environment's capacity to clean itself 7. Damaging oceanic pollution must be prevented 8. Development is needed to improve the environment 9. Developing countries therefore need assistance 10. Developing countries need reasonable prices for exports to carry out environmental management 11. Environment policy must not hamper development 12. Developing countries need money to develop environmental safeguards 13. Integrated development planning is needed 14. Rational planning should resolve conflicts between environment and development 15. Human settlements must be planned to eliminate environmental problems 16. Governments should plan their own appropriate population policies 17. National institutions must plan development of states' natural resources 18. Science and technology must be used to improve the environment 19. Environmental education is essential 20. Environmental research must be promoted, particularly in developing countries 21. States may exploit their resources as they wish but must not endanger others 22. Compensation is due to states thus endangered

192 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

23. Each nation must establish its own standards 24. There must be cooperation on international issues 25. International organizations should help to improve the environment 26. Weapons of mass destruction must be eliminated One of the seminal issues that emerged from the conference is the recognition for poverty alleviation for protecting the environment. The Indian Prime Minister Indira Gandhi in her seminal speech in the conference brought forward the connection between ecological management and poverty alleviation.[8] Some argue[9] that this conference, and more importantly the scientific conferences preceding it, had a real impact on the environmental policies of the European Community (that later became the European Union). For example, in 1973, the EU created the Environmental and Consumer Protection Directorate, and composed the first Environmental Action Program. Such increased interest and research collaboration arguably paved the way for further understanding of global warming, which has led to such agreements as the Kyoto Protocol and the Paris Agreement, and has given a foundation of modern environmentalism.

e) Eutrophication Ans: (Ref: 1st part of question no. 10 of 2009)

193 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Environment and Ecology BHM 403 2015 Group A 1. MCQS: i) Itai itai disease is due to …………. Poisoning a) Cadmium b) Mercury c) Arsenic d) None a ii) Oxygen – demanding wastes refer to a) Organic matter b) Inorganic matter c) Plastic d) Metals a iii) Trickling filter is used for a) Primary treatment of water b) Secondary treatment of water c) Sludge treatment of water d) Tertiary treatment of water. a iv) Loss of plant cover leads to soil erosion and a) Deforestation b) Aforestation c) Desertification d) Fire c v) Which of the following contains maximum quantity of fresh water? a) Glacier & Ice caps b) River c) Lakes d) Soil moisture a vi) Red data book provides a list of a) Advanced plants b) Rare, endangered or endemic species c) Disease resistant animals d) None b vii) Green peace is a) A protocol b) Non-governmental organization c) Governmental organization

194 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

d) A treaty b viii) The life saving gas in the atmosphere is a) Ozone in Stratosphere b) Oxygen in Mesosphere c) Water vapour in Troposphere. d) Ozone in Troposphere a

ix) A biosphere Reserve Conserves and Preserves a) Wild land b) Wild animals c) Natural vegetation d) All of these. d

x) Long distance radio communication is possible due to presence a) Troposphere b) Stratosphere c) Mesosphere d) Thermosphere d (Ionosphere)

xi) Which of the following is the correct sequence of the food chain? a) Grass insect frog  snake b) Grass snakeinsectdeer c) Bacteria  grassdeer buffalo d) Grass wolfdeerbuffalo a

xii) The two primary pollutants for the formation of photochemical smog are a) HC and NOx b) CO and CO2 c) CO and SOx d) SOx and NO d Group B Short answer type question 2. What is an environmental management system and how can it benefit healthcare facilities and their patients? Ans: To many folks, an EMS is more than just a way to keep their company in environmental compliance. Some companies use it as a method of continually improving their organization, while some use it to communicate to their employees and outside world how seriously they take their environmental stewardship. Regardless the purpose of the EMS, those companies who take it seriously virtually always receive some sort of tangible benefit from properly implementing and using it. Right now, here at RMA we're working on our own EMS. We've decided as an organization that we should really be practicing what we preach, and we've buckled down and started outlining our goals and objectives. Long story short, it's a work in progress, but having our whole company weigh in on the system so far has been immensely helpful, and really insightful. I mean, who would have thought that members of my staff would be asking some great questions, such as What are the benefits to having an environmental management system? While certain members of my staff were quick to dismiss it as common sense, we all put our heads together and tried to answer the question as understandably as possible, so everyone in the office would clearly understand why we're getting an EMS.

Why go with an environmental management system? This is really the first issue to address when defining the benefits.

195 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Many (most?) potential EMS users we speak with figure they've been doing okay without an EMS, and it's probably going to cost them a lot of time and money, so why bother? What's in it for them if they don't have to do it? Think about it. An EMS is usually a pretty big commitment for a business. There's the initial cost, time, and personnel that has to be involved with development, implementation, and maintenance. So the upfront cost may turn off many folks, but it's important to factor them in at first. Here's one of my favorite analogies about an EMS that I use with all potential customers, particularly the skeptical ones. Think of your company right now. Do you have a financial management system, or are you just flying by the seat of your pants? Does your financial management system include things like a management level system, including diverse aspects of the financial operation of your company such as invoicing, accounts receivable, accounts payable, inventory, time management, record-keeping, the setting of goals and objectives (usually through budgeting and forecasting), payroll, taxes, accounting services, compliance with IRS regulations, and a whole lot more? How many of your employees are directly involved in a day-to-day manner with your financial management system? Do employees keep track of their time? Does anyone contribute to an IRA, make or log sales, pay bills, send out invoices, perform financial audits, do your accounting, file government records? Do your employees get paid? Duh, of course they do. Well, that means every employee of your company is involved, in one way or another, in your financial management system.

Ok, so what are the benefits of an EMS? Now think about your "environmental system". Okay, you're thinking right now that environmental matters aren't as important or as widespread to your company or organization as financial operations are. In a way you're right, and wrong. Most companies we see don't take their environmental matters too seriously, it's not comprehensive across the organization, there's no "big picture". There are no goals and objectives (other than usually just to stay out of trouble, a pretty poor goal), there's no coordinated effort at staying in compliance with government and other requirements, and usually there are too few employees who have any clue about the environmental program. In other words, there's no system. Many companies wonder why their environmental program doesn't function, why they miss deadlines, fail to have proper permits, get fines, have a poor reputation, and fail to capitalize on current environmental trends, have to continually hire consultants, reassign jobs to different staff members, etc. There's a better way to handle your environmental matters, and there are real benefits to having an EMS. The following benefits are what my staff and I identified as being the most important, realistic benefits anyone with an EMS should expect to experience. An EMS provides a comprehensive system for staying out of trouble. A well put together EMS is going to provide you with a system of handling, understanding, and keeping your responsibilities neat and in order. That means you'll have a coordinated system for handling your environmental affairs and staying ahead of regulations, rather than lagging behind and putting out brush fires as they arise. This means two things. You'll be saving money and time. How? You won't be paying fines, penalties, violations, etc. You won't have to buy quick fixes to handle problems, like buying equipment, tools, or paying for training to get into compliance. You won't have to hire outside legal or environmental help. Saving money is a pretty serious benefit, right? You'll be saving time from not having to retrain employees, or searching for outside help, or a solution to your problem. You won't have to spend time dealing with additional inspections, or writing reports, filling out forms, or discussing your problem with outside help.

196 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

One of the prime benefits of an EMS is environmental regulatory compliance. Do it right and you should have what you need, be doing what you need and when you need it, and in general, doing what's required. But, staying 100% in compliance saves you more than time and money. An effective EMS should also include provisions for mistakes through a program of corrective action, to ensure that conditions such as non-compliance (for example, a sample result above permit limits) is quickly and effectively addressed and corrected. In other words, an EMS provides you with a system to sleep at night. Simply put, an EMS will show you how to address any problem that comes along that's related to your environmental program. Again, this saves you time and money, as well as a solid piece of mind. Your employees become empowered. Are you one of those companies that has one person who handles environmental issues? How's that working out for you? Everything working like a well-oiled machine? I didn't think so. Think back to the financial management system analogy, and how everyone cooperates, does their share, and participates in the end goal of financial improvement. Imagine how you'd benefit if everyone acted the same way with your environmental program. Most EMS programs we see that are very successful use a team of various employees from the organization or facility. What usually works best is a sampling of employees, from CEOs to facility managers to lower level employees. It allows your program to resonate with everyone. Everyone understands the point of it. Everyone knows how they fit into the program. Everyone feels like they can impact and make a difference in your organization, no matter how small their contribution.

Finding tangible cost savings through an EMS is very possible. A proper EMS will guide you through the process of reviewing your operation and activities. We normally see organizations identify processes, equipment, or other things that can help reduce waste, cut back on wasteful practices, identify greater opportunities for recycling, and save on utilities such as electric, water use, etc. We always hear we've started using CFL bulbs, we're going green! Yeah, that helps, but when you're using an EMS in the correct fashion, you'll find many, many more ways to save money, energy, water, etc. These savings will equate to real, tangible cost savings in terms of traceable dollars. Not only will you find ways to save as mentioned above, but by putting your operation under a microscope, you might find other ways of saving as well. Imagine you're discharging a fairly clean stormwater from your facility. You've been testing it for years and you know it's well within the limits or benchmark set forth in your permit. Maybe you can capture that stormwater and put it to use. Maybe excess heat is vented out of your facility which could be harvested for other purposes. The bottom line is, through an EMS you can reduce your dependency on materials, resources, energy, etc. by reviewing your operation and processes. An EMS gives you a competitive advantage today and tomorrow. This is a little grandiose, I'll admit, but facilities that have an EMS will find they have a competitive advantage in their market and industry. How? Consider you've cut your energy demands by 10%, your material and resource needs by 20% due to recycling, and you've been able to offer a "greener" product, and provide tangible information on that product (we're talking a borderline environmental product declaration here). You'll be able to either sell a greener, more environmentally sound product for the same price as your competitor's average product, or you'll be able to outbid competitors because you can offer the same product with a slight discount due to your cost savings. Conversely, and I've seen this happen on several occasions, you'll be able to compete for more profitable, higher quality jobs that demand you provide an EMS if you even want to bid on the project. It's not happening a lot, but every year more and more of my clients are being asked to provide some sort of environmental statement, program, or documentation proving they are running an environmentally sound operation.

197 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Let's face it. No one wants any type of industrial facility to open up down the road from them. If you want to move, open up a new facility, expand, etc., you're going to have to rely on your reputation. If you’re a slob, always getting in trouble with regulators (all publicly available information by the way), and generally don't care about your environmental impact, good luck! If you’re running a lean, mean, clean operation, with a sound environmental management system (EMS) proving you care about your environment, your community, and the performance of your operation, you'll have an easier sell. And if you're not expanding, it's generally good to have a good reputation in your community. I've met far too many business owners or plant managers who don't care about their community or neighbors. In the long run, they're in for a tough fight as things like eminent domain, rezoning, environmental groups, etc. will start putting a squeeze on them to shape up or ship out. People want to know you're not a total disaster, and an EMS is a simple, easy way to prove you're at least thinking about the impacts you cause.

The benefits of environmental management systems aren't always obvious, but they're there. If you still can't picture the benefits of an EMS, you're acting foolishly. I guarantee your competitors, your industry, and others around you are. Next time you drive through an industrial park, or congested area of town, look for signs like ISO 14001 EMS certified, or for companies with their environmental mission statement on their brochure, or business card, or readily available on their website. People want to see you care about the environment. People want to know you're not going to cause harm to their home, their community, or their way of life. People are spending money based off of environmental choices, and those who don't take advantage of people who buy based on environmental claims are completely missing the boat.

3. State the role of NGO’s in environmental protection. Ans: (Ref: question no. 11 ( C) of 2011)

4. a) What are the two harmful effects of sewage? b) How does a pesticide like DDT reach human body? Ans: 1st Part: a) Ecological Damage Sewage-contaminated water causes eutrophication, which is the increase in concentration of chemical elements required for life. The nitrates, phosphates, and organic matter found in human waste serves as a food for algae and bacteria. This causes these organisms to overpopulate to the point where they use up most of the dissolved oxygen that is naturally found in water, making it difficult for other organisms in this aquatic environment to live. The bacteria are basically strangling the other organisms. Some of the organisms that do overpopulate from this can also be disease-causing microorganisms. Phosphates are also found in soaps and detergents, but there are other household products that we use everyday that can be toxic to many animals and humans if they are dumped directly into a water body

Health Risks: Bathers are at increased risk of contracting illness due to bacteria and viruses present in sewage effluent. Gastrointestinal disorders have been linked to sewage pollution, with viruses implicated as the cause. Shellfish strain water through their gills to trap microscopic plants and animals for food. If the water was contaminated with disease-causing bacteria, these could be consumed as food by shellfish. When eaten raw or partially cooked, these shellfish can make people sick. Certain fish in contaminated waters can accumulate high levels of toxic substances. When these foods are consumed frequently over a lifetime, they may increase the consumers’ risk of adverse health effects. Detergents can cause liver and kidney damage, while sewage water carries diseases such as Giardiasis, Amoebic dysentery and Cholera.

Economic Loss: Debris associated with sewage probably has the highest monetary cost associated with its presence on our beaches due to the resulting loss of tourism in addition to blockage removal. The closing of commercial shellfish beds due to sewage contamination can lead to high income loss

198 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Clean beaches have many advantages for humans and commercial seafood farms as well as for the wildlife.  They are safer for the public  They encourages people to come and use them, which will improve local economy  They benefits everyone now and in the future. These reasons prove the necessity for a solution b) How does a pesticide like DDT reach human body Pesticides like DDT can reach human body through the food chains of the ecosystem. There are two ways: 1) The DDT enters the grass which is eaten by the cows. It can reach the human body through the milk of the cows.

2) The DDT, flows along the rain waters into the water bodies where they accumulate in the bodies of the fish. It can then reach the bodies of the persons eating these fish.

5. How does the dispersion of smoke occur in atmosphere? Ans: Smoke Dispersion All of the weather elements that affect the behavior of fire will affect the production and dispersion of smoke. In this section, we will discuss those that are most important to managing smoke. Atmospheric Stability There is vertical as well as horizontal motion in the atmosphere. Stability is an indication of how rapidly vertical mixing is taking place. The more unstable the atmosphere, the more quickly smoke is lifted and dispersed. The behavior of the fire will also be more intense and unpredictable. Stability is usually expressed as very unstable, unstable, slightly unstable, neutral, slightly stable, stable, or very stable. It is a component of the forestry forecast in many states, and is expressed in some type of index. During slightly unstable or stable periods, higher concentrations of smoke may come back to the ground some distance downwind even though it was lifted initially by the heat of the fire. The atmosphere is most unstable during the afternoon. This is because of the heating of the earth's surface during the day. The air just above the surface becomes heated and expands. In turn, it begins to rise, since it is lighter, resulting in vertical movement in the atmosphere. The more unstable, the higher smoke will be lifted.

After dark, atmospheric conditions change rapidly becoming stable. Under stable conditions, smoke will not rise except from the heat of the fire and then, only for a short distance. The fire itself will not burn as intense. Any smoke still in the air will drop back down to the ground. A temperature inversion is an extreme example of stable conditions. It will act as a "lid" on the fire. Indicators of Unstable Conditions  Strong sunshine  Clear or high, puffy clouds  Strong, gusty wind  High smoke columns Indicators of Stable Conditions  Low clouds or overcast  Stratus type clouds  Low, steady wind or calm  Poor visibility  Low smoke column Mixing Height Mixing height is the maximum height that rapid vertical mixing takes place in the atmosphere. The more unstable the atmosphere, the higher the mixing height is as a rule. It acts as a lid on the height smoke can reach. The higher the mixing height, the higher the smoke will rise although it will not reach the mixing height except possibly when fuel loading is high and the fire is very intense. This in turn allows it more room to disperse. The bottom of cumulus clouds is usually a good indicator of the

199 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India mixing height. In Alabama, the mixing height is included in the forestry forecast. The same is true in many States. Mixing height of 1700 feet or less are indicators of stagnant conditions. Prescribed burning should not be conducted under such conditions. Transport Winds Transport wind is an average of the horizontal wind speed and direction from the surface to the mixing height. This is the wind that moves smoke out of an area and helps to disperse it in the atmosphere. However, it will generally not reach the mixing height. High intensity wildfires might. The smoke will spread out both horizontally and vertically as it moves down wind. Wind speed usually increases with height. It is usually greatest in the afternoon. When transport winds are less than 9 mph, caution is indicated if smoke sensitive areas could be impacted. Surface Winds Surface wind is measured at 20 feet in open areas, and is an indication of the wind that will affect the fire. Measurements are made at 20 feet to get away from the local changes at ground level, but still close enough to indicate the wind at the surface over a broad area. The forestry forecast usually includes both morning and afternoon surface winds. Dispersion Index The Dispersion Index is a numerical indicator of how well and how rapidly smoke will be dispersed. It utilizes stability, mixing height, and transport wind as the major factors. Other factors are: the amount and angle of sunlight and temperature. Most states include some type of dispersion (or stagnation) index in their weather forecast SMOKE DISPERSION INDEX Numerical Interpretation Rating 100 or over Excellent Dispersion  May indicate hazardous fire control conditions. 61-100 Good Dispersion  Typically, good prescribed burning days.  Most good prescribed burning days will fall in this category. 41-60 Generally Good Dispersion  Use care with marginal burns.  Afternoon values in most inland forested areas of the United States usually fall in this range. 21-40 Fair Dispersion  Marginal day for burning.  Stagnation may be indicated if accompanied by persistent low windspeeds. 13-20 Generally Poor Dispersion  Stagnation will develop if poor conditions persist. (Better than average for most nights.) 7-12 Poor Dispersion  Stagnant conditions during the day. (Near or above average at night.) 1-6 Very Poor Dispersion  Do not burn (Represents the majority of nights in most locations). Note: The decision to burn should not be based solely on the dispersion index. Remember ... the mixing height often drops rapidly around sunset. During the night, dispersion will usually be poor or very poor. Sky Conditions Sky conditions are also part of a forestry forecast. These include:  Amount of cloud cover  Hours of sunshine  Visibility  Drying potential

200 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The weather service determines visibility by whether or not known landmarks can be seen. Visibility of five miles or less is an indication of existing pollutants in the air. This fact should be carefully considered before adding to the concentration, especially where smoke-sensitive areas could be impacted by smoke from the burn. Upper Air Measurements Stability, mixing height, and transport winds are determined from measurements taken with a weather balloon. Although these measurements are taken regularly (twice each day), only one or two measurements are made in each State. Neither are they taken during the middle of the day. They are taken at 6:00am and 6:00pm in the southeast. (All upper air measurements are taken at the same time world wide.) Consequently, prescribed burners cannot blindly depend on the dispersion index alone. Look at the forecast mixing height, transport winds, and sky conditions. Observe the atmospheric conditions at the burn site as well. Forestry Weather Forecasts A forestry forecast is made by the National Weather Service and disseminated to the state forestry agencies and national forests. In turn, the states broadcast this forecast over the radio and it can be monitored on the designated frequency. Some States put it on the internet. Its made for today, tonight and tomorrow. Forecasts can also be obtained by calling the nearest district office of the state or federal forestry agency. NOAA Radio The National Weather Service has added a continuous weather forecast which is broadcast throughout the state on a designated frequency. Radios which are on the proper frequency for a given area are inexpensive to purchase. Many of these NOAA radios also have an alert system, allowing the weather service to activate transmission, and broadcast information when severe weather (thunderstorms, tornados, etc) threaten a specific area. It is possible to add this frequency to two-way radios used by most forest industries. In some areas, the National Weather Service has added the forestry forecast on NOAA radio. If the forestry forecast is not offered, a special agricultural forecast can be used. It will contain all the needed information except the upper-air soundings for stability, mixing height, and transport winds. Special or spot forecasts are still available by calling the National Weather forecast office. Observations on Site Weather observations should be made at the actual site of the burn:  Just before the burn  During the burn  After the burn Observations at the site will provide a ground check on the forecast. During the burn, watch for changes in the wind and behavior of the fire. After the burn, check to see if there are any changes that will determine where your smoke will go.

6. State the importance of Environmental Protection Act 1986 in Hospital Administration. Ans: (Ref: Annexure question no. 7 page 163) Group c Essay answer type question 7. Define biomedical waste. Describe different methods of management of biomedical waste. Ans: (question no. 11 (iv) of 2009 )

8. Define the objectives of EIA. Mention the steps involved in the EIA process. Highlight eight guiding principles of EIA. Ans: (Ref: question no. 3 of 2008)

9. What is noise? Discuss the psychological and physical/ audiological effect of noise pollution. Describe the mechanism of photochemical smog formation. Ans: 1st Part: (Ref: question no. 8 of 2008)

201 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

2nd Part: (Ref: 2nd part of question no. 3 of 2014)

10. a) what are the causes of environmental degradation? Explain briefly. b) What are the effects of environmental degradation? Explain. c) How can we stop environmental degradation? Ans: (Ref: question no. 2 of 2009)

11. a) What is BOD? b) Outline the steps in standard 5 day unseeded BOD test c) Write short notes on – i) Temperature inversion ii) MSW and ISW

Ans: 11 (a) and (b) (Ref: question no. 7 of 2014) c) i) (Ref: question no. 11 (a) 2011) ii) (Ref: question no. 8 of 2009) Management of Solid Waste and Incineration

202 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Environment and Ecology BHM 403 2016 Group A 1. MCQS: i) Devices like electrostatic precipitator and fabric filter are used to reduce a) Air pollution b) Water pollution c) Noise pollution d) Thermal pollution a

ii) VOC is a) Volcanic Organic Compound b) Volcano originated Compound c) Volatile Organic Complex d) Volatile Organic Compound d

iii) POPs is a) Permanent Organic Pesticides b) Persistent Oxidising pollutants c) Persistent Organic Pollutants d) Persistent Organic Pesticides. c

iv) Lake rich in nutrients is known as a) Eutrophic lake b) Atrophic lake c) Mesotrophic lake d) Oligotrophic lake a

v) Which is often found locked in fossil fuel and limestone? a) Protein b) Oxygen c) Carbon d) Fat b

vi) Formaldehyde is a) A criteria pollutant b) A complex pollutant c) A secondary pollutant d) A primary pollutant d

vii) “trickling filters” are devices of a) Primary treatment of waste water b) Tertiary treatment of waste water c) Secondary treatment of waste water d) None a

viii) Which one of the following is true for waste water sample? a) BOD>COD

203 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

b) COD>BOD c) BOD=COD d) BOD=1/COD b

ix) What is the normal hearing frequency range? a) 20 HZ-20,000Hz b) 60 dB c) 60 Hz – 60,000Hz d) 80 dB a

x) Which one of the following is waterborne disease? a) Typhoid b) Mumps c) AIDS d) Cataract a

xi) The main source of water in India is a) Rain water b) Ground water c) Surface water d) Sea water b

xii) Ouch-Ouch disease is related with a) Methyl Mercury b) Lead c) Arsenic d) Cadmium d Group B Short answer type question 2. Briefly explain the activated sludge treatment process. Ans: Activated Sludge Process The most common suspended growth process used for municipal wastewater treatment is the activated sludge process as shown in figure:

Activated sludge plant involves: 1. wastewater aeration in the presence of a microbial suspension, 2. solid-liquid separation following aeration, 3. discharge of clarified effluent, 4. wasting of excess biomass, and 5. return of remaining biomass to the aeration tank. In activated sludge process wastewater containing organic matter is aerated in an aeration basin in which micro-organisms metabolize the suspended and soluble organic matter. Part of organic matter is synthesized into new cells and part is oxidized to CO2 and water to derive energy. In activated sludge systems the new cells formed in the reaction are removed from the liquid stream in the form of a flocculent sludge in settling tanks. A part of this settled biomass, described as activated sludge is returned to the aeration tank and the remaining forms waste or excess sludge. Activated Sludge Process Variables The main variables of activated sludge process are the mixing regime, loading rate, and the flow scheme. Mixing Regime Generally two types of mixing regimes are of major interest in activated sludge process: plug flow and complete mixing. In the first one, the regime is characterized by orderly flow of mixed liquor through the aeration tank with no element of mixed liquor overtaking or mixing with any other

204 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India element. There may be lateral mixing of mixed liquor but there must be no mixing along the path of flow. In complete mixing, the contents of aeration tank are well stirred and uniform throughout. Thus, at steady state, the effluent from the aeration tank has the same composition as the aeration tank contents. The type of mixing regime is very important as it affects (1) oxygen transfer requirements in the aeration tank, (2) susceptibility of biomass to shock loads, (3) local environmental conditions in the aeration tank, and (4) the kinetics governing the treatment process

3. What is acid rain? What are the adverse effects of acid rain? 2+3 Ans: (Ref: question no. 6 of 2009)

4. a) What is sustainable development? Explain with three interdependent components. b) Mention the factors that can promote sustainable development. Ans: a) Sustainable development is defines as development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

Sustainable development has three important interdependent components: (i) Economic developments: Utilization of natural resources for cultivation, industrialization, creating job opportunities, raising quality of life. (ii) Social development: Providing basic needs like food, clothes, shelter, health, education, etc. (iii) Environmental protection: Providing clean water, air, soil, i.e., safe environment to present as well as future generations. Human civilization through their excellence in scientific and technological fields has reached a level where they can produce more of their own kind by cloning, exploit lands of other planets and receive information from any part of the world.

205 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India b) 1. New Global Development Goals Must Look to the Future The world looks quite different today than it did in the 1990s when the MDGs were conceived. It will look even more different in 2030. For the next set of global goals to succeed, they must grapple with several paradigm-changing trends. First, the location of poverty is shifting. Today, India and China house more than half of the 1.3 billion people still living under $1.25 a day. Most poor people in the next 10 to 15 years will likely be concentrated in Africa and other fragile states. Second, inequality is on the rise, undermining efforts to reduce poverty and promote sustainable development in both poor and rich countries. Asia’s widening inequality gap, for example, reportedly held back 240 million people from escaping extreme poverty over the past 20 years. Third, dangerous environmental thresholds are being crossed at an alarming rate. About 1.2 billion people live in water-scarce regions today, and 1.8 billion people may do so by 2025. Concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere already exceeds 390 parts per million (ppm), although most scientists argue that the threshold to avoid catastrophic climate change is 350 ppm. If we are already exceeding planetary limits, how will Earth absorb a global economy that is four times larger in 2050? These trends hold two lessons for the next set of development goals: Africa and fragile states are central to solving the poverty challenge; and sustainability and equity must be embedded in all development efforts. 2. Goals Need to Be Multi-Dimensional and Universal The MDGs were responsible for spurring progress in tackling extreme poverty, but they prioritized social needs over economic and environmental ones. Future development goals will need to combine these three dimensions to be effective. Public health goals, for example, should promote clean air and water; energy goals should set targets for energy efficiency and the use of wind and solar power, as well as for universal access to electricity. At the same time, we will need to set explicit universal goals to address global sustainability challenges, such as climate change and deforestation. The MDGs, by contrast, focus the burden of action on developing countries. Beyond engaging all countries, universality must also embrace the explosion of new players seeking to combat poverty, including emerging powers like China and Brazil, and private foundations. 3. Goals Should Be Few, Focused, and Simple Sustainable development means many things to many people, and the prospect of global goals has already produced a vast array of proposals from governments and civil society. Some focus on sustainability, including goals for protecting biodiversity, oceans, and clean water, and promoting sustainable cities. Others are tightly tethered to the current MDGs – proposing goals that would focus on poverty, health, education, and gender, with only a nod to topics like sustainable development or infrastructure. Dozens more groups are advocating one particular goal or theme, such as peace, human rights, or climate change. Given these competing agendas, tough choices will need to be made. Prioritizing and simplifying areas for action will be critical to producing SDGs that are practical, actionable, and that can deliver measurable results. 4. Goals Must Belong to Everyone The discussion of how to shape global development beyond 2015 must go far beyond the UN system, traditional aid agencies, and civil society. Most importantly, the new development agenda must empower the poor. Eradicating extreme poverty is a realistic goal, but it will only succeed if we heed poor communities’ own views of what they need. At the same time, new goals must speak to and inspire not only governments and aid agencies, but the private sector, investors, and the public at large. To succeed, we should ask ourselves: What kind of goals could spur action not only in Kenya or Brazil, but also with the giant U.S. pension funds and major, multinational corporations? Shaping the Global Development Agenda Delegates at the packed event, hosted by the Economic and Financial Committee of the UN General Assembly, embraced the urgent need for global development goals that reflect today’s rapidly changing world. Among the major questions we wrestled with were how to achieve an agenda that is

206 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India both transformative and pragmatic? And whether wealthy countries should set different objectives than developing ones? The aim of the event was to inform the thinking of the intergovernmental open working group and high-level panel on the post-2015 development agenda, which will take the SDGs process forward. I think we achieved that goal, and WRI looks forward to helping shape the global development agenda in the days and months ahead.

5. State the role of green peace in environmental protection. Ans: (Ref: question no. 4 of 2009)

6. What are meant by hazardous waste? Mention the special care to be taken for their handling and disposal. 1+4 Ans: (Ref: question no. 10 of 2008)

Group c Essay answer type question 7. a) What do you mean by ecosystem? What are the components of ecosystem? b) Write down the nitrogen cycle and explain with diagram. (2+4)+(4+5) Ans: An ecosystem is a community made up of living organisms and nonliving components such as air, water and mineral soil. The biotic and abiotic components interact through nutrient cycles and energy flows.

Ecosystems represent the interconnected nature of living organisms and their world. An ecosystem could be as small as a drop of pond water or as big as the Amazon rainforest. When you think about what makes an ecosystem function, the critical concepts revolve around the organic and inorganic components and their interactions with each other. The concept of an ecosystem is a jumping-off point for the study of many of the more complex behavioral and biological interactions that make up an ecological system. Abiotic Components The abiotic components of an ecosystem are all of the nonliving elements. They include the water, the air, the temperature and the rocks and minerals that make up the soil. Abiotic components of an ecosystem might include how much rain falls on it, whether it is fresh water or salt water, how much sun it gets or how often it freezes and thaws. The biotic components of the ecosystem both live on and interact with the abiotic components.

Producers at the Base Producers are the living organisms in the ecosystem that take in energy from sunlight and use it to transform carbon dioxide and oxygen into sugars. Plants, algae and photosynthetic bacteria are all examples of producers. Producers form the base of the food web and are generally the largest group in the ecosystem by weight, or biomass. They also act as an interface with the abiotic components of the ecosystem during nutrient cycles as they incorporate inorganic carbon and nitrogen from the atmosphere. Consumers in the Chain Consumers are living organisms in the ecosystem that get their energy from consuming other organisms. Conceptually, consumers are further subdivided by what they eat: Herbivores eat producers, carnivores eat other animals and omnivores eat both. Along with producers and decomposers, consumers are part of what is known as food chains and webs, where energy and nutrient transfer can be mapped out. Consumers can only harvest about 10 percent of the energy contained in what they eat, so there tends to be less biomass at each stage as you move up the food chain.

207 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Decomposers and Nutrient Cycling Decomposers are the living component of the ecosystem that breaks down waste material and dead organisms. Examples of decomposers include earthworms, dung beetles and many species of fungi and bacteria. They perform a vital recycling function, returning nutrients incorporated into dead organisms to the soil where plants can take them up again. In this process they also harvest the last of the sunlight energy initially absorbed by producers. Decomposers represent the final step in many of the cyclical ecosystem processes.

b) Nitrogen being 79 per cent of the atmosphere, the atmospheric phase is predominant in the global nitrogen cycle. It is required by organisms in the synthesis of proteins, nucleic acids, and other nitrogenous compounds. Atmospheric nitrogen serves as the ultimate source. But aerial nitrogen, the most abundant component of air, is rather inert chemically and actually cannot be used as such by the majority of organisms. It must first be “fixed” by specialized organisms or by industrial processes. From an ecological perspective, the nitrogen cycle consists of the following stages: (i) Ammonification (ii) Nitrification, (iii) Nitrogen uptake by plants, (iv) Fixation of Nitrogen, and (v) Denitrification Ammonification: Ammonification is a process in which the organic nitrogen of plants and animals after their death is converted to ammonium ions (NH4) by the action of saprotrophic fungi and bacteria. The saprotrophs use the ammonia (NH3) to synthesize their own proteins and other nitrogen-containing organic compounds. Nitrification: Ammonium ions added to the soil by ammonification, are soon oxidized by a process known as + nitrification. It takes place in two stages. In the first stage, ammonium (NH4 ) is converted to nitrite (NO2-). This reaction involves the addition of oxygen to ammonia, giving rise to hydroxylamine (NH2OH), which is further oxidized to nitrite. This reaction is completed by the bacteria such as Nitrosomonas, Nitrosospira, Nitrosolobus and Nitrosococcus (Hamilton, 1988). The second stage of nitrification involves the oxidation of nitrite (NO2) to nitrate (NO3) by bacteria of the genera Nitrobacter, Nitrospira and Nitrococcus. The reaction proceeds by the addition of water followed by the removal of hydrogen (Hamilton, 1988). The bacteria responsible for these reactions occur in the same soil. The association between Nitwsomonus and Nitrobacter has been described as one of commensalism (Gooday, 1988). Nitrogen uptake by Plants: – Nitrate (NO3 ) formed in the process of nitrification is used by most plants as a mineral metabolite and may be converted by them into amino groups and other nitrogen- containing compounds. Nitrates are also added to the soil through rock dissolution and combination of atmospheric nitrogen with oxygen by lightning (nitrates so formed reach the soil by rain). However, many plants also absorb ammonium from the soil.

Fixation of Nitrogen: + The reduction of atmospheric nitrogen (N2) to the ammonium ion (NH 4) is called nitrogen fixation. This process can only be carried out by certain species of bacteria and cyanobacteria (Postgate, 1988). Some of these bacteria are free-living, occurring in soil or water (saprophytic bacteria like Azotobacter and Clostridium ; others exist in symbiotic relationship with plants of the Family Legxuninosae, e.g., nodule bacteria Rhizobium leguminosarum). Species of the genus Rhizobium occur in the soil until they infect a damaged epidermal cell or root hair. The plant responds to this infection by producing root nodules, about 1 to 3 mm in diameter. These root nodules contain leg hemoglobin, which functioning like hemoglobin, transports oxygen. As these bacteria are aerobic, some oxygen is required for the bacteria to survive, but too much oxygen inactivates the enzyme that catalyses nitrogen fixation. The nitrogen molecule (N2) is very stable and 16 molecules of ATP are needed for each molecule of nitrogen that is fixed. In

208 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India the soil microorganism Klebsiella pneumoniae a total of 17 genes, called ‘nif’ genes are known to be responsible in nitrogen fixation. Researches in biotechnology are now attempting transfer of ‘nif’ genes from prokaryotes to crop plants so that yield of crops like rice and wheat may be increased. However, scientists have not yet succeeded in this attempt.

De-nitrification: It is a process in which the nitrate ion (NO3) is reduced to nitrogen dioxide (NO2), di-nitrogen oxide (N2O), nitrogen monoxide (NO) or nitrogen (N2) by certain soil bacteria like Pseudomonas denitrificans. Thus, nitrogen is liberated into the atmosphere. Plants also lose small amounts of nitrogen to the atmosphere as gaseous ammonia, N2O, NO2 and NO especially when well fertilized with nitrogen (Wetselaar and Farquhar, 1980). Thus, nitrogen cycle depends upon at least four different kinds of bacteria known as the decay causers, the nitrifiers, the denitrifiers, and the nitrogen-fixers and there is a regular circulation of nitrogen through the air, soil, plants and animals.

8. a) What is pollutant? b) Give two examples of each of primary and secondary air pollutants. c) Explain major air pollutant in the hospital context. d) State their effects and methods of control. 1+4+4+6 Ans: (Ref: question no. 8 of 2009)

9. Explain the term ‘Excessive Greenhouse Effect’. Name six greenhouse gases and their sources. Mention the disadvantages of greenhouse effect. What is Kyoto protocol? Why is existence of life not possible in venus? 4+4+4+2+1 Ans: 1st Part: Excessive Greenhouse Gases Lead to Warming Greenhouse gases surround the Earth like a blanket. As we use burn more coal, natural gas, and oil, the blanket becomes excessively thick, dense,

209 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India and less likely to allow heat to escape. Heat gets trapped inside the blanket of greenhouse gases and the Earth becomes too warm. Greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrous oxide (N2O), and methane (CH4), trap heat in the atmosphere. With higher-than-natural concentrations, they lead to unnatural warming.

2nd Part: (Ref: question no. 8 of 2009)

3rd Part:

Kyoto Protocol The Kyoto Protocol is an international agreement linked to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which commits its Parties by setting internationally binding emission reduction targets. Recognizing that developed countries are principally responsible for the current high levels of GHG emissions in the atmosphere as a result of more than 150 years of industrial activity, the Protocol places a heavier burden on developed nations under the principle of "common but differentiated responsibilities." The Kyoto Protocol was adopted in Kyoto, Japan, on 11 December 1997 and entered into force on 16 February 2005. The detailed rules for the implementation of the Protocol were adopted at COP 7 in Marrakesh, Morocco, in 2001, and are referred to as the "Marrakesh Accords." Its first commitment period started in 2008 and ended in 2012.

4th Part: Venus's location closer to the Sun than Earth and the extreme greenhouse effectraising temperatures on the surface to nearly 735 K (462 °C), and the atmospheric pressure 90 times that of Earth, make water-based life as we know it unlikely on the surface of the planet. However, a few scientists have speculated that thermoacidophilic microorganisms might exist in the lower-temperature, acidic upper layers of the Venusian atmosphere.

10. What is solid waste? What are the source wise compositions of solid wastes? Discuss the advantages of sanitary landfill. Explain autoclaving and incineration. 2+3+4+6 Ans: (Ref: question no. 8 of 2009)

11. Write short notes on any three of the following: a) Renewable and non-renewable sources of energy Ans: Renewable resources are the resources which are used by the mankind from the starting of human life. Our ancestors used wood for cooking and heating purposes, wind energy for transportation, solar energy for lighting purposes, etc. But after the discovery of the Non-renewable resources like fossil fuels, coal, etc the working of the entire mankind has seen a drastic change and it resulted in rapid industrialization. Use of fossil fuels has become a compulsion in our life which is polluting the earth very badly. RENEWABLE RESOURCES The resources which are being continuously consumed by man but are renewed by nature constantly are called as Renewable Resources. These resources are inexhaustible because they cannot be exhausted permanently. Renewable resources are also called as ‘Non-Conventional’ sources of energy.

Examples  Solar energy  Wind energy  Tidal energy  Hydro power

210 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

 Geothermal energy  Biofuels NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES The resources which are non-renewable are called as Non-Renewable sources. The Non- Renewable resources do not replenish and cannot be renewed. It took thousands of years of time to form the non-renewable resources which exist inside the earth in the form of coal, fossil fuels, etc. Examples  Coal  Mineral Ores  Metal Ores  Crude Oil  Nuclear Energy COMPARISON TABLE

RENEWABLE RESOURCES NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES

The Renewable resources are present in The Non-Renewable resources are typically found in the the atmosphere of the earth. underground layers of the earth.

Replaceable

The Renewable resources are replaced by The Non-Renewable resources cannot be replaced by nature itself in a very short period. nature during the time of human life span.

Availability

The Renewable energy resources are The Non-Renewable resources are scarce resources and not plentily available and abundant in nature. available in an abundant manner in nature.

Cost

The Renewable resources are obtained free The Non-Renewable resources are very costly and not of cost or at very less cost in nature. easily available.

Impact on Environment

The Renewable resources do not affect the The Non-Renewable resources seriously affect the environment of the earth and don't cause environment and cause climate changes in the any climate changes in the atmosphere. environment.

Pollution

211 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

RENEWABLE RESOURCES NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES

The Renewable resources do not cause The Non-Renewable resources pollute the earth by pollution in the environment and do not releasing various types of pollutants into the air, water, release any pollutants into the soil, etc. when fossil fuels are burned. environment.

Impact on Atmosphere

The Renewable resources are called as 'Clean and Green' energy sources because The Non-Renewable resources release 'Green House' they don't produce harm to the gasses into the atmosphere which leads to global warming. environment.

Impact on Health

The Non-Renewable resources adversely affect the health The Renewable resources do not cause any of the living beings by releasing smoke, radiations, health problems to the living beings of the carcinogenic or cancer causing elements into the earth. environment.

Impact on Nature

The use of Renewable resources promotes The use of Non-Renewable resources disrupts the balance the balance in the nature and natural in nature which is due to digging the earth to take out coal, habitat of the earth. minerals, fuels, etc.

CONCLUSION There is a limited supply of Non-Renewable resources is on the Earth. We’re using them much more rapidly than they are being created. Eventually, they will run out and our future generations are left with no crude oil and nuclear resources. We have a responsibility to transfer the resource to our future generations, for that we have to use the non-renewable and renewable resources in a balanced way and promote sustainability of resources.

b) Role of plastic in land pollution Ans: Plastic pollution is the accumulation of plastic products in the environment that adversely affects wildlife, wildlife habitat, or humans.[1] Plastics that act as pollutants are categorized into micro-, meso-, or macro debris, based on size.[2] Plastics are inexpensive and durable, and as a result levels of plastic production by humans are high.[3] However, the chemical structure of most plastics renders them resistant to many natural processes of degradation and as a result they are slow to degrade. Together, these two factors have led to a high prominence of plastic pollution in the environment. Plastic pollution can afflict land, waterways and oceans. Living organisms, particularly marine animals, can be harmed either by mechanical effects, such as entanglement in plastic objects or problems related to ingestion of plastic waste, or through exposure to chemicals within plastics that

212 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India interfere with their physiology. Humans are also affected by plastic pollution, such as through disruption of various hormonalmechanisms. In the UK alone, more than 5 million tonnes of plastic are consumed each year, of which only an estimated 24% is recycled The remaining 3.8 million tonnes of waste is disposed of in landfills. This large amount of plastic waste inevitably enters the environment, with studies suggesting that the bodies of 90% of sea birds contain plastic debris. In some areas there have been significant efforts to reduce the prominence of plastic pollution, through reducing plastic consumption and promoting plastic recycling.[7] Since the 1950s, an estimated 6.3 billion tonnes of plastic has been produced, of which an estimated 9% has been recycled and another 12% of plastic waste has been incinerated.

c) Cyclone separator Ans: (Ref: 3rd part of question no 8 of 2012)

d) Oxidation pond Ans: Oxidation pond Oxidation ponds, also called lagoons or stabilization ponds, are large, shallow ponds designed to treat wastewater through the interaction of sunlight, bacteria, and algae. Algae grow using energy from the sun and carbon dioxide and inorganic compounds released by bacteria in water. During the process of photosynthesis, the algae release oxygen needed by aerobic bacteria. Mechanical aerators are sometimes installed to supply yet more oxygen, thereby reducing the required size of the pond. Sludge deposits in the pond must eventually be removed by dredging. Algae remaining in the pond effluent can be removed by filtration or by a combination of chemical treatment and settling.

e) Montreal protocol Ans: The Montreal Protocol, finalized in 1987, is a global agreement to protect the stratospheric ozone layer by phasing out the production and consumption of ozone-depleting substances (ODS). The stratospheric ozone layer filters out harmful ultraviolet radiation, which is associated with an increased prevalence of skin cancer and cataracts, reduced agricultural productivity, and disruption of marine ecosystems. The United States ratified the Montreal Protocol in 1988 and has joined four subsequent amendments. The United States has been a leader within the Protocol throughout its existence, and has taken strong domestic action to phase out the production and consumption of ODS such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and halons. The Montreal Protocol has proven to be innovative and successful, and is the first treaty to achieve universal ratification by all countries in the world. Leveraging worldwide participation, the Montreal Protocol has sent clear signals to the global market and placed the ozone layer, which was in peril, on a path to repair. Full implementation of the Montreal Protocol is expected to result in avoidance of more than 280 million cases of skin cancer, approximately 1.6 million skin cancer deaths, and more than 45 million cases of cataracts in the United States alone by the end of the century, with even greater benefits worldwide. The Montreal Protocol’s Scientific Assessment Panel estimates that with implementation of the Montreal Protocol we can expect near complete recovery of the ozone layer by the middle of the 21st century. Further information on the science of the Stratospheric Ozone Layer can be found on the NASA and NOAA websites, and information on the U.S. domestic implementation of the Montreal Protocol can be found on the EPA website. The full text of the Protocol, information on its institutions and past actions, and related publications are available through the UNEP Ozone Secretariat. KIGALI AMENDMENT TO THE MONTREAL PROTOCOL On October 15, 2016, Parties to the Montreal Protocol adopted the Kigali amendment to phase down production and consumption of hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) worldwide. HFCs are widely used alternatives to ozone depleting substances such as hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) and chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), already controlled under the Protocol.

213 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

This amendment creates market certainty and opens international markets to new technology that is better for the environment, without compromising performance. It calls on all countries to gradually phase down their production and consumption of HFCs in the coming decades using the flexible, innovative, and effective approaches the Montreal Protocol has used for three decades. Global stakeholders endorsed adoption of the Kigali amendment, including most of the major U.S. companies working in related sectors.

Environment and Ecology

214 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

BHM 403 2017 Group A 1. MCQS: i) Minamata disease is related to to a) Hg b) Cd, c) Pb, d) As. a

ii) The coldest region of the atmosphere is a) Troposphere b) stratosphere, c) Mesosphere, d) Thermosphere c

iii) Ozone acts as a pollutant when resides in\ a) Troposphere b) stratosphere, c) Mesosphere d) Ionosphere a

iv) Natural reservoir of water below the earth’s surface is a) Aquiclude b) aquifer, c) aquitard, d) aqueduct. b

v) Which of the following is an example of in situ conservation? a) Botanical garden b) Tissue bank c) seed bank d) sanctuaries a

vi) The value of earth’s albedo is a) .21 b) .021 c) .31 d).031 c

vii) Montreal protocol is related to a) Water pollution b) use of CFC’s c) land pollution, d) noise pollution b

viii) The most toxic volatile organic compound is a) Vinyl chloride b) carbon tetrachloride c) chloroethane d) none a

ix) The catalyst used in catalytic converter is finally divided a) Ni b) Pt c) Pd d)Fe b

x) The atmosphere is unstable under condition of a) ELR>ALR b) ELR

xi) Industrial noise is measured by a) L10 (18 hrs) index b) Vapour Pressure c) Lepn d) none d

xii) The cause of eutrophication is a) Increase of algae’s productivity b) Increase of pathogens c) Increase BOD d) Increase of DO c

Group B Short answer type question 2. Define decibel (dB). How much is a sound of 100dB louder than a sound of 80 dB? 2+3

Ans: 1st Part:

215 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

The decibel ( dB) is used to measure sound level, but it is also widely used in electronics, signals and communication. The dB is a logarithmic way of dscribing a ratio. The ratio may be power, sound pressure, voltage or intensity or several other things.

2nd Part:

100 DB = 10B= 1010 80DB = 8B = 108

100DB is 10 x 10 = 100 times louder than 80 DB (Ans)

3. What is photochemical smog? Briefly describe the formation mechanism of PAN. 2+3 Ans: 1st Part: (Ref: 2nd part of question no. 3 of 2014)

2nd Part: Peroxyacyl nitrates (also known as Acyl peroxy nitrates, APN or PANs) are powerful respiratory and eye irritants present in photochemical smog. They are nitrates produced in the thermal equilibrium between organic peroxy radicals by the gas-phase oxidation of a variety of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), or by aldehydes and other oxygenated VOCs oxidizing in the presence of NO2.

For example, peroxyacetyl nitrate, CH3COOONO2:

Hydrocarbons + O2 + NO2 + light → CH3COOONO2 The general equation is:

CxHyO3 + NO2 → CxHyO3NO2 They are good markers for the source of VOCs as either biogenic or anthropogenic, which is useful in the study of global and local effects of pollutants.[1][2] PANs are both toxic and irritating, as they dissolve more readily in water than ozone. They are lachrymators, causing eye irritation at concentrations of only a few parts per billion. At higher concentrations they cause extensive damage to vegetation. Both PANs and their chlorinated derivates are said to be mutagenic, as they can be a factor causing skin cancer. PANs are secondary pollutants, which means they are not directly emitted as exhaust from power plants or internal combustion engines, but they are formed from other pollutants by chemical reactions in the atmosphere. Free radicalreactions catalyzed by ultraviolet light from the sun oxidize unburned hydrocarbons to aldehydes, ketones, and dicarbonyl compounds, whose secondary reactions create peroxyacyl radicals, which combine with nitrogen dioxide to form peroxyacyl nitrates. The most common peroxyacyl radical is peroxyacetyl, which can be formed from the free radical oxidation of acetaldehyde, various ketones, or the photolysis of dicarbonyl compounds such as methylglyoxal or diacetyl.

Since they dissociate quite slowly in the atmosphere into radicals and NO2, PANs are able to transport these unstable compounds far away from the urban and industrial origin. This is important for tropospheric ozone production as PANs transport NOx to regions where it can more efficiently produce ozone.

4. State the importance of environment protection act, 1986 in the Hospital Administration. Ans: (Ref: question no. 7 in Page no. 163)

216 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

5. Draw a flow-sheet of a water treatment plant for treating surface water to conform public water supply standard. Ans: Surface Water Treatment Plant – Flow Diagram

1 Intake Crib Raw water from a surface water lake or reservoir is drawn into the plant through intake structures. Large debris like logs are prevented from entering and zebra mussel control is performed at the intake. 2 & 3 Screens Smaller debris like fish, vegetation and garbage are removed from the raw water by protective bar and traveling screens before the water enters the low lift pumps. 4 Low Lift Pump Well These pumps lift the water to flow through the treatment processes by gravity. 5 Pre-oxidation & Primary Disinfection Disinfectants or other oxidants are added to disinfect or control tastes and odours. The specific processes used are determined by the chemical and biological raw water characteristics. 6 Coagulation Coagulants, rapidly add electrochemical charges that attract the small particles in water to clump together as a “floc”. This initial charge neutralization process allows the formed floc to agglomerate but remain suspended. 7 Flocculation By slower mixing, turbulence causes the flocculated water to form larger floc particles that become cohesive and increase in mass. This visible floc is kept in suspension until large enough to settle under the influence of gravity. 8 Sedimentation Flocculated water is applied to large volume tanks where the flow speed slows down and the dense floc settles. Settled floc is removed and treated as a waste product that is discharged to the sewer system.

217 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

9 Media Gravity Filtration Relatively floc free, settled water flows through a media filter by gravity. Filter media are made from layers of anthracite or granular activated carbon and sand. Gravel or synthetic materials support the media. Physical straining removes the remaining floc. Filters are periodically backwashed to clean off accumulated floc and other trapped impurities. 10 Clear Well Filtered water in the clear well is used to backwash filters and kept in storage to ensure that disinfectants are in contact with the water long enough to inactivate disease causing organisms. 11 Secondary Disinfection Supplemental chlorine is added to maintain disinfection concentrations while the water is pumped through the distribution system. The purpose is to ensure minimum residual disinfectant levels at the farthest points of the system. 12 Fluoridation A process where silicofluoride compounds are added to treated drinking water to artificially raise the fluoride concentration to within a specified range; for example between 0.5 to 0.8 mg/L (ppm). Fluoridation is an optional public health dental policy. 13 High Lift Pump Well Treat drinking water is pumped through large pressure pumps to other pumping stations, reservoirs or points of supply within the local distribution system. 14a & 14b Elevated Water Storage Towers and Ground Level Reservoirs Water distributed to water towers and storage reservoirs ensures stable water pressure. An adequate supply of water is maintained to meet peak water demands or emergencies such as fires, water main breaks, power outages and pump failures. Distribution System Distribution systems are comprised of large pipes known as trunk mains to deliver drinking water. Smaller diameter branch mains feed individual streets. Service connections to branch mains deliver water into residences. Pumping stations are used to increase pressure and to maintain adequate supply flows.

6. What do you understand by the term ‘maximum’ sustainable yield’? prove that N=k/2 for maximum sustainable yield (where N = population size and k= carrying capacity of a system).2+3 1st Part: In population ecology and economics, maximum sustainable yield or MSY is theoretically, the largest yield (or catch) that can be taken from a species' stock over an indefinite period. Fundamental to the notion of sustainable harvest, the concept of MSY aims to maintain the population size at the point of maximum growth rate by harvesting the individuals that would normally be added to the population, allowing the population to continue to be productive indefinitely. Under the assumption of logistic growth, resource limitation does not constrain individuals' reproductive rates when populations are small, but because there are few individuals, the overall yield is small. At intermediate population densities, also represented by half the carrying capacity, individuals are able to breed to their maximum rate. At this point, called the maximum sustainable yield, there is a surplus of individuals that can be harvested because growth of the population is at its maximum point due to the large number of reproducing individuals. Above this point, density dependent factors increasingly limit breeding until the population reaches carrying capacity. At this point, there are no surplus individuals to be harvested and yield drops to zero. The maximum sustainable yield is usually higher than the optimum sustainable yield and maximum economic yield.

2nd Part:

Life table information, especially that concerning r, is useful in designing harvest schemes. Most management programs aim for some sort of sustained yield (SY), which means that the same number of animals is harvested each year (the same yield is sustained for year after year). Managing for sustained yield is easier than managing for different yields each year. Why? Once managers have figured out about how many animals can be harvested each year and maintain a constant population

218 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India size, figuring out how many permits can be sold, and so forth, can be calculated relatively easily from harvest results from previous years.

Sustained yield is attained when the instantaneous rate of harvest (H) equals r for the same population without hunting. H is the rate at which harvest could occur through the year for a population that reproduces throughout the year. Since most populations reproduce seasonally and fluctuate seasonably, H is not of practical value. When harvest is restricted to a small number of seasons (usually 1 or 2), then the actual harvest rate (h) is less than H.

Figure 1. Relationship between population density of white-tailed deer does and the average number of embryos per adult and fawn doe.

For each density at which a population is maintained, there is a corresponding SY. One SY is the maximum sustained yield (MSY) and is the absolute highest yield that a population can maintain under the given conditions. MSY can be maintained only when the population size is just right. Several types of population models can be used to estimate MSY. The logistic model of population growth assumes that each new recruit to the population reduces the survival and fecundity of all members of the population equally. Although this assumption is seldom strictly true, increased population size usually leads decreased mx in populations of most wildlife, including white-tailed deer as shown in Figure 1. Thus, the assumption of the logistic model is not too far off. Note that Figure 1 is not an mx graph; it shows, instead, how population density affects fecundity of young deer and adult deer. Your demography handout showed that mx curves for hooved mammals often have a plateau for most adult females (that is, mx is the same for most adult ages). The assumption that each new recruit to the population reduces the survival and fecundity of all members of the population equally leads to a carrying capacity (K) for the population. K is the population size at which each new recruit reduces survival and fecundity exactly to match r, consequently leading to a stable population that neither declines or grows. The equation for the logistic model is

To estimate MSY with the logistic equation, one needs to know K and r. Figure 2A illustrates the

219 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India relationship between population size and time for a population that starts out small and that exhibits logistic growth and shows the relationship between SY and population size for that population. The slope of the curve at any point in Figure 2A is the rate of population growth at that time. Figure 2B plots the rate of population growth (the slope of the curve in Figure 2A) against population size, showing the sustained yield possible at each population size. Note that a large population and a small population will have the same sustained yield because they grow at the same rate. The small population grows less than maximally because population size, N, is too small, making rN small. The large population grows less than maximally because the population size, N, is too large, leading to too much negative feedback on population growth; (K-N) is close to 0. Where rate of population growth is maximal, sustained yield is maximal (MSY).

Figure 2a. Population size vs time for a population Figure 2b. Sustained yield (or rate of population exhibiting logistic growth. The slope of the curve growth) vs population size for the populations at any point is the rate of population growth at graphed in Figure 2a. Note that a large population that time. Note that the same rate of population and a small population will have the same growth can occur at very different population sustained yield because they grow at the same sizes. The population grows at a maximal rate rate. Maximum Sustained Yield (MSY) occurs at when it has grown to 1/2 of carrying capacity, or population size K/2. grown to K/2.

More complex models of population growth are available that incorporate interactions between trophic levels. Such models may incorporate predation, competition, food, and other factors. MSY estimates from these models are generally lower than those from obtained from logistic models. Thus, model choice is critical to effective management of populations and estimates of MSY from the logistic model can only be used with caution or can be used as estimates of the upper limit for MSY.

When fecundity and mortality change rapidly with changes in populationdensity, MSY can sometimes be estimated from yield/effort ratios. A population must exhibit rapid turnover, however, and many, many estimates of yield/effort must be obtained over a wide range of effort intensities in order to estimate MSY with this method.

220 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Sometimes a manager wishes to partition mortality rate into components, such as hunting and "natural" mortalities. One might express this: qx = hx + nx . where qx is mortality rate for individuals of age x (remember?), hx is hunting mortality for individuals of age x, and nx if natural mortality. BUT, these components are not independent and thus they can not legitimately be added. If hunting ceases, natural mortality will increase in compensation. Expressions are available that do weigh these components independently. For example, let hx be the proportion of age class x that would die from hunting if no other mortality occurred, and let nx be the proportion dying naturally if no hunting occurred. Then qx = hx + nx - hxnx, or

px = (1-hx)(1-nx) . Then hxnx term in the qx equation represents the overlap of the 2 mortality factors when they occur together. Since px = 1- qx, getting to the second equation is simple algebra.

Maximum sustained yield is less often the goal of wildlife managers now than it was in the past. As more and more people share in non-hunting and non-trapping uses of wildlife, management goals reflect these changes in uses of wildlife. MSY, as a rule of thumb, is possible when a population is at about ½ of K, or K/2. Though hunters like being able to have the maximum chance of harvesting game, failure to bag game is often offset by being able to see the game being hunted. Therefore, hunters may actually prefer to have lower bag limits and a population size slightly greater than K/2. Wildlife observation is usually easier and more rewarding when populations are higher that K/2. When a population reaches K, it is limited by food and and some animals will starve. Consequently, wildlife observation is most rewarding at some level less than K. Wildlife managers now must determine the optimum sustained yield (OSY) for a population, which incorporates interests of hunters and trappers and of those who do not hunt or trap. Determining MSY is difficult for most populations because the necessary life table parameters are unknown. MSY is most often determined through trial and error and through manipulation of hunting and trapping regulations over many seasons until MSY is approximated. OSY is even more difficult to determine because optimal population size comes from a compromise between conflicting interests that often can not be quantified. Once an OSY is determined, however, it can be treated the same as any SY as far as calculations, setting of regulations, and so forth.

Group c Essay answer type question

7. a) Define Aquifer& hydraulic gradient. State Darcy’s Law. b) Define Lapse rate and discuss about different types of Lapse rates. c) How is hardness of water removed by ion exchange process? d) Write short notes on composting as method of solid waste. Ans: a)

221 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Aquifer: An aquifer is a body of saturated rock through which water can easily move. Aquifers must be both permeable and porous and include such rock types as sandstone, conglomerate, fractured limestone and unconsolidated sand and gravel. Fractured volcanic rocks such as columnar basalts also make good aquifers. The rubble zones between volcanic flows are generally both porous and permeable and make excellent aquifers. In order for a well to be productive, it must be drilled into an aquifer. Rocks such as granite and schist are generally poor aquifers because they have a very low porosity. However, if these rocks are highly fractured, they make good aquifers. A well is a hole drilled into the ground to penetrate an aquifer. Normally such water must be pumped to the surface. If water is pumped from a well faster than it is replenished, the water table is lowered and the well may go dry. When water is pumped from a well, the water table is generally lowered into a cone of depression at the well. Groundwater normally flows down the slope of the water table towards the well.

Hydraulic gradient: The hydraulic gradient is a vector gradient between two or more hydraulic head measurements over the length of the flow path. For groundwater, it is also called the 'Darcy slope', since it determines the quantity of a Darcy flux or discharge.

Darcy’s Law: If the rate of flow is q (volume/time) through cross-sectional area (A) of the soil mass, Darcy's Law can be expressed as v = q/A = k.i where k = permeability of the soil i = h/L h = difference in total heads L = length of the soil mass The flow velocity (v) is also called the Darcian velocity or the superficial velocity. It is different from the actual velocity inside the soil pores, which is known as the seepage velocity, vS. At the particulate level, the water follows a tortuous path through the pores. Seepage velocity is always greater than the superficial velocity, and it is expressed as:

where AV = Area of voids on a cross section normal to the direction of flow n = porosity of the soil b) Lapse Rate: the rate at which air temperature falls with increasing altitude.

Different types of Lapse Rate: There are three types of lapse rates that are used to express the rate of temperature change with a change in altitude, namely the dry adiabatic lapse rate, the wet adiabatic lapse rate and the environmental lapse rate. Dry adiabatic lapse rate Since the atmospheric pressure decreases with altitude (see Earth's atmosphere), the volume of an air parcel expands as it rises. Conversely, if a parcel of air sinks from a higher altitude to a lower altitude, its volume is compressed by the higher pressure at the lower altitude. An adiabatic lapse rate is the rate at which the temperature of an air parcel changes in response to the expansion or compression process associated with a change in altitude, under the assumption that the process is adiabatic (meaning that no heat is added or lost during the process). Earth's atmospheric air is rarely completely dry. It usually contains some water vapor and when it contains as much water vapor as it is capable of, it is referred to as saturated air (i.e., it has a relative humidity of 100%). The dry adiabatic lapse rate refers to the lapse rate of unsaturated air (i.e., air

222 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India with a relative humidity of less than 100%). It is also often referred to as the dry adiabat, DALR or unsaturated lapse rate. It should be noted that the word dry in this context simply means that no liquid water (i.e., moisture) is present in the air ... water vapor may be and usually is present. The dry adiabatic lapse rate can be mathematically expressed as:

where: = the dry adiabatic lapse rate, 0.0098 K/m (equivalent to 9.8 K/kilometre or 5.4 °F/1000 feet) = Earth's gravitational acceleration, 9.8076 m/s2 = the specific heat of dry air at constant pressure, 1004.64 J/(kg K) The troposphere is the lowest layer of the Earth's atmosphere. Since and vary little with altitude, the dry adiabatic lapse rate is approximately constant in the troposphere. Wet adiabatic lapse rate An unsaturated parcel of air will rise from Earth's surface and cool at the dry adiabatic rate of – 9.8 K/kilometre (5.4 °F/1000 ft) until it has cooled to the temperature, known as the atmospheric dew point, at which the water vapor it contains begins to condense (i.e., change phase from vapor to liquid) and release the latent heat of vaporization. At that dew point temperature, the air parcel is saturated and, because of the release of the heat of vaporization, the rate of cooling will decrease to what is known as the wet adiabatic lapse rate. This rate is also often referred to as the wet adiabat, saturated lapse rate, SALR, moist adiabatic lapse rate or MALR. The wet adiabatic lapse rate is not a constant since it depends upon how much water vapor the atmospheric air contained when it started to rise, which means the amount of heat of vaporization available for release is variable. In the troposphere, the rate can vary from about 4 K/kilometre (2.2 °F/1000 ft) in regions where the ambient temperature is about 25 °C (77 °F) to about 7 K/kilometre (3.8 °F/1000 ft) in regions where the ambient temperature is about – 10 °C (14 °F). After the air parcel has reached its dew point and cooling has decreased to the wet adiabatic lapse rate, it will eventually rise to a point where all of its water vapor has condensed and its rate of cooling will then revert back to the dry adiabatic lapse rate. The wet adiabatic lapse rate can be mathematically expressed as:

where: = Wet adiabatic lapse rate, K/m = Earth's gravitational acceleration = 9.8076 m/s2 = Heat of vaporization of water, J/kg = The ratio of the mass of water vapor to the mass of dry air, kg/kg = The universal gas constant = 8,314 J/(kmol K) = The molecular weight of any specific gas, kg/kmol = 28.964 for dry air and 18.015 for water vapor = The specific gas constant of a gas, denoted as

223 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

= Specific gas constant of dry air = 287 J/(kg K) = Specific gas constant of water vapor = 462 J/(kg K) =The dimensionless ratio of the specific gas constant of dry air to the specific gas constant for water vapor = 0.6220 = Temperature of the saturated air, K U.S. Standard Atmosphere Lapse Rates = The specific heat of dry air at constant pressure, J/(kg K)

Altitude Region Lapse rate Lapse rate Environmental lapse (m) (K/km) °F/1000 feet rate 0.00 to 10,999 -6.5 -3.566 The dry adiabatic lapse rate and the wet 11,000 to 19,999 0.0 0.000 adiabatic lapse rate are 20,000 to 31,999 1.0 0.549 both theoretical rates. The actual real-world 32,000 to 46,999 2.8 1.536 profile of temperature 47,000 to 50,999 0.0 0.000 versus altitude that 51,000 to 70,999 -2.8 -1.536 exists at any given time and in any given 71,000 to 85,000 -2.0 -1.092 geographical location is called the environmental lapse rate, also often referred to as the ELR, prevailing lapse rate or ambient lapse rate.[6][7][11] Meteorologists measure vertical temperature profiles by releasing weather balloons with mini-weather stations attached to them called radiosondes. Sometimes, meteorologists drop these mini-weather stations from an airplane at high altitude with a parachute attached. This type of measuring device is called a dropsonde. In general, the ambient atmospheric air in the troposphere decreases with increasing altitude and so the environmental lapse rate is denoted as being negative. A committee consisting of 29 organizations and universities in the United States, established an average environmental lapse rate named the U.S. Standard Atmosphere[5] having various values, as shown in the adjacent table, which are dependent on the altitude region of Earth's atmosphere. From the Earth's surface to an altitude of 11 kilometres, the value of the U.S. Standard Atmosphere is – 6.5 K/km (3.57 °F/1000 feet). A number of other organizations have established "Standard Atmospheres", including the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)[12], the International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

224 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

(PD) Diagram: NOAA and NWS Temperature versus altitude within the Earth's atmosphere. [13] and the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), all three of whom agree with the U.S. Standard Atmosphere for altitudes up to 11 km (6.8 miles) The adjacent graph, published by the United States National Weather Service (NWS), [14] depicts the average profile of temperature versus altitude in the various layers the Earth's atmosphere. As can be seen, it is generally in fair agreement with the above tabulated lapse rates of the U.S. Standard Atmosphere. At times, inversion layers may form in the troposphere. Such inversion layers will have a positive environmental lapse rate, meaning that the atmospheric temperature increases with altitude within the inversion layers[11]. An inversion layer may be one of two types: Surface inversion layer During the night, the Earth's surface loses heat rather rapidly by radiation while the ambient air above the surface looses heat more slowly by convection. Thus, what is called a radiation inversion forms in which the air temperature for some distance above the ground is higher than the air temperature very near to the ground. In other words, the environmental lapse rate within the surface inversion layer is positive and increases with altitude. Air very near Earth's surface which has flowed across a cold surface (such as a lake), and been cooled by advection, may also

225 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

form a surface inversion layer called an advective inversion. Advection is a meteorological term for heat transferoccurring from horizontal air motion. [11] Inversion aloft During a typical diurnal pattern (i.e., daily cycle), the base of a radiation inversion formed during the night rises during the day as the Earth's surface warms up. As it rises, it forms what is called an inversion aloft. The base of that inversion aloft is a ceiling or lid, above which very little or essentially no vertical turbulence (i.e., vertical motion) or vertical mixing occurs within the inversion layer. The height of the lid is called the mixing height. As the day goes on and the Earth's surface continues to warm, the base of the inversion rises, the inversion layer gets thinner and the mixing height increases. When the base of the layer reaches the inversion top, perhaps by mid-afternoon on a hot summer day, the inversion aloft breaks up completely and the mixing height is no longer limited. c) Process of hardness of water removed by ion exchange process

Hardness in water is found through the world and can cause a wide variety of problems. The problems that can occur are mainly scaling which reduces efficiency on water heaters, boilers, cooling towers and many other processes. Water hardness is composed of calcium (Ca) and magnesium (Mg). To reduce or eliminate hardness from the water, there are various processes that can be utilized. The most common is the use of water softeners which exchange the

Soft Water 0 to 3.5 grains per gallon 0-60 ppm

Moderately Hard Water 3.5 to 7 grains per gallon 61-120 ppm

Hard Water 7 to 10.5 grains per gallon 121-180 ppm

Very Hard Water Over 10.5 grains per gallon Over 180 ppm

calcium and magnesium for sodium. This technology is used in residential, commercial and industrial settings. In industrial and municipal applications, lime softening can be used with clarifiers and the addition

226 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

of lime. The calcium and magnesium precipitate out of the water and form sludge at the bottom of the clarifier. Due to the advancement of membrane technology, Nano filtration, or NF, can be used as well. This publication will mainly discuss how water softeners work due to the process of ion exchange. Water hardness is measured in grains per gallon (gpg) and in part per million (ppm) or milligrams per liter (mg/L). One grain per gallon is equal to 17.1 ppm or mg/L. Below is a classification of water hardness. Water can be tested using water hardness kits such as test strips, titrates, and various digital hand held testers. Once the hardness is known, one is able to calculate the capacity of the cation exchange resin. Capacity is determined by water hardness, salt dosage and the amount of cation resin used. Salt dosage equals the following capacities in grains.

6 lbs. of salt per cubic foot of 20,000 grains resin

8 lbs. of salt per cubic foot of 22,500 grains resin

10 lbs. of salt per cubic foot of 25,000 grains resin

12 lbs. of salt per cubic foot of 27,500 grains resin

15 lbs. of salt per cubic foot of 30,000 grains resin

Now that we know how hardness and salt dosages are calculated, we can figure out cation resin capacity by cubic foot. Below are simply equations that are used. We will assume 10 lbs. of salt per cubic foot of resin along with 25 grains per gallon of hardness. 25,000 grains/hardness of 25 gpg = 1,000 gallons of softening capacity If we used 10 cubic feet of resin, the same equation would be used except that 25,000 grains would be multiplied by the number of cubic feet of resin. 10 cubic feet of resin * 25,000 grains/hardness of 25 gpg = 10,000 gallons of softening capacity. The reason these calculations become imperative in water softener applications is because it affects the design of the equipment. The above calculations do

227 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

not take into account flow rate, only capacity, but are the basis of the beginning of water softener design. The size of the water softener is dictated by the capacity. It does also include flow rate calculations, but for now, the size and capacity are solely related. Industrial water softeners have a given capacity that we discussed above. Once that capacity is exhausted, a water softener must regenerate or the resin would have to be continuously replaced. Because this is almost always unfeasible, water softeners must regenerate using salt. The regeneration process consists of backwash, brine draw/slow rinse, fast rinse and refill. Backwash is controlled by a backwash flow control orifice. Standard backwash velocity should be 5 gallons per minute (gpm) per square foot of bed surface area. In backwash, the resin bed is expanded through reverse flow to remove organic matter and any particles that have accumulated on the resin beads. Brine draw is next which draws brine into the resin bed in the same direction as the service water flow. The brine is from a nearby brine tank, brine pit, or day tank of a salt silo. During brine draw, the cation beads are recharged to attract calcium and magnesium to its core which it exchanges with sodium ions. The rate of brine draw is controlled by a venturi or a brine pump. While the brine is being drawn into the resin bed, fresh water is used as well to dilute and help distribute the brine flow evenly over the bed. After the brine draw is complete, which is controlled via an air check or by time, slow rinse starts. In slow rinse, fresh water is used to rinse approximately 80% of the brine water out of the bed. The next step is fast rinse. In fast rinse, the velocity of the flow is the same as backwash but is in the same direction as service, which packs the bed back down to its service position and also rinses the remaining 20% of the brine water. The final step is refill. Because all of the brine has been removed from the brine tank, it has to be replenished. To replenish it, fresh water is sent back through the same piping that the brine draw occurred. Refill is controlled by a brine line flow control and is programmed to refill by time. Depending on the application, water softeners are designed several ways. For residential and commercial applications, the most common design is a fiberglass pressure vessel with a top mounted valve. This is typically the most cost effective design for equipment and installation costs. The main limitation for this design is that it is not able to handle high flow

228 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

rates. For higher flow rates, the most common design is a valve nest with steel pressure vessels. Instead of using a top mounted valve, six valves are used instead. This design allows for less pressure loss and is used in commercial and industrial applications. Valve nests are much more robust and have less mechanical failures compared to top mounted valves when they are used on a continuous basis. d) Composting as method of solid waste. Another method for disposal of solid waste is composing. Composting is a biological process where fresh organic wastes are transformed by decomposition into stable humus like substance. For many centuries, farmers and Gardner throughout this world have been practicing composting by placing vegetable manures and animal manures in piles or pits for decomposition prior to use. Conditions are quite different today. The processing of organic wastes, unlike the backyard compost pile, is accomplished in a mechanized process, resulting in organic manure which can be used agriculturally. As with the backyard compost pile, the micro- organisms, which effect the decomposition, are ingredients to the wastes themselves, but when there is a variety of domestic wastes, granulation of the dry waste is necessary along with a thorough mixing to ensure homogeneity and definite control of moisture content as well as complete aeration of the material being treated. Under these conditions, the wastes decompose rapidly at decomposition temperatures which are lethal to pathogenic organisms. A completely automatic system involves several steps. The crude refuse is dumped into a container on to a belt conveyor, and then iron or metallic particles are removed by a magnetic separator. There is also a means for extracting magnetic metal materials which will not decompose. The degradation of the material actually occurs in a rotating cylinder similar to a rotatory drier.

This cylinder contains as much as 5 day’s supply of refuse, depending upon the degree of treatment required, and these wastes are delivered to the cylinder in a moistures condition. This cylinder rotates slowly on large ‘tyres’, much like a cement kiln, and the wastes move from one end towards the other. They are thoroughly mixed and granulated by abrasion. Air is added at low pressure and in controlled amounts throughout the length of the cylinder. In this manner, an environment is created where the

229 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

action of aerobic micro-organisms ensures a rapid decomposition of the wastes under inoffensive conditions. Normal operating temperatures up to 140° F are spontaneously developed. The final process material is, then, delivered on to a conveyor belt and through a screen where the compost is separated from more durable matter, and delivered into a storage container, where splinters of glass from bottles, etc. are extracted. From 100 tonnes of crude refuse, it is possible to extract between 60 and 70 tonnes of compost.

India has made remarkable and speedy progress in organizing many compost plants. Four plants have already gone into production, while 21 other plants are at various stages of completion/implementation.

The Ahmadabad plant was commissioned in 1975, the Baroda plant in 1977, while the Bangalore and Calcutta plants were recently commissioned. The plant at Bombay has the largest capacity, viz., 300 TPD. The minimum plant capacity is 100 TPD. In India, mechanical compost plants were encouraged by the Government of India as a national programme. Under this scheme, substantial incentives are also offered to municipal corporations for generating infra- structure facilities to ensure supplies of refuse to compost plants. The know-how and equipment required for the establishing of compost plant is indigenously available. In fact, Indian Engineering firms are coming out with many innovative and practical suggestions and are offering equipments with know- how at competitive prices. Indian know-how is now offered to other needy countries by the National Research Development Corporation-a Government Company. There is another interesting and useful area where compost is used-the Indian Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, New Delhi, has developed strains of blue green algae for use in rich fields for direct nitrogen fixation. An appropriate technology is being developed in India to produce blue green algae coated granulated compost. The importance attached to and the momentum that composting has attained is clearly reflected by studying the list of installed and proposed units as given important design consideration for anerobic composting processes and for anaerobic digestion.

8. Define Bio-medical waste. Describe different methods of management of biomedical wastes 2+13 Ans: (question no. 11 (iv) of 2009 )

230 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

9. a) What are the biochemical effects of Cadmium and Arsenic? b) What is Green house effect? Write the names of green gases. Discuss the effect of green house gases on earth? c) Explain Nitrogen cycle with diagram? (2.5+2.5)+(1+1+3)+(3+2) Ans:

a) (Ref: question no. 12 (d) of 2012)

b) (1st part: Ref: question no. 8 of 2009) 2nd Part: (question no. 5 of 2008) 3rd part: (Ref: question no. 7 of 2010)

c) (Ref: question no. 7 (b) of 2016)

10. a) What is resource? What are the types of resources? b) Discuss the effect of excessive use of resources on population growth. c) What is acid rain? What are the effects of Acid rain? d) Write short notes on “sustainable development”. (1+2)+5+(1+3)+3 Ans: a) (Ref: question no. 2 of 2012) b) Population growth and its impacts – complete detail. Population growth and its impacts on nature and natural resources. The geometric rise in human population levels during the twentieth century is the fundamental cause of the loss of biodiversity. Nature and natural resources are destroyed as human populations grow. Nature and natural resources are destroyed as human populations grow and require more space for habitation and farming, and more fuel for cooking. Demand for cultivable land, fuel wood/charcoal and other forest products, arising from the needs of the non- agricultural (mostly, urban) population and the export sector.

Population growth is less important a factor here: income growth and the technological factor play a much greater role in this case than in the preceding one. In this context, a national policy of limiting population growth probably has a limited effect. Demand for forest products from non- agricultural sectors (industries, mining etc., including through export channels). The role of population growth as a determinant of growth in demand is even weaker in this case; technological change and policies can carry far greater weight than demographic change. Therefore, population

231 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

growth policies probably have a negligible impact on this component.

Population growth is responsible for degradation of nature and natural resources. Population growth has become a major force behind nature degradation in many rural and urban environments. The equality of the environment is constantly losing its status due to increase in population growth in most countries of world. Environmental degradation is a situation where the environment loses its natural equilibrium. Population has been a chief agent of environmental degradation in most cities of the world. He further explain that man main occupations were hunting and gathering of fruits but later as human population increased, man invented new techniques which has constitute great menace to the natural environment. population growth in these communities have lead to increasing environmental problems such as loss of plant and animal species, pollution, air population, soil infertility among others. Nature and natural resources are destroyed as human populations grow and require more space for habitation and farming, and more fuel for cooking. In many cases the local people lost their traditional power over the groves, and their groves have been opened up to commercial forestry.

All world facing deforestation and environmental degradation as the population grows, and with it the demand for space and resources. Much of the original vegetation in many places has been cleared, and sacred groves remain as refuges for plants and animals. However, even the sacred groves are being encroached upon as demand for space and resources increases. Demand for cultivable land, fuel wood and other forest products, for the needs of a growing agricultural population. In this context, it may often be true that “policies to slow down population growth and enhance alternative employment opportunities are a necessary complement to strategies to attain sustainable agricultural development”. There is some uncertainty; however, as to how much national policies of this kind actually influence the growth of rural populations, especially those living in subsistence agriculture, because those populations typically are those who benefit the least from reproductive health services.

232 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

Demand for cultivable land, fuel wood/charcoal and other forest products, arising from the needs of the non-agricultural (mostly, urban) population and the export sector. Population growth is less important a factor here: income growth and the technological factor play a much greater role in this case than in the preceding one. In this context, a national policy of limiting population growth probably has a limited effect. Demand for forest products from non- agricultural sectors (industries, mining etc., including through export channels). The role of population growth as a determinant of growth in demand is even weaker in this case; technological change and policies can carry far greater weight than demographic change. Therefore, population growth policies probably have a negligible impact on this component.

The geometric rise in human population levels during the twentieth century is the fundamental cause of the loss of biodiversity. It has led to an unceasing search for more arable land for food production and livestock grazing, and for wood for fuel, construction, and energy. Previously undisturbed areas (which may or may not be suitable for the purposes to which they are constrained) are being transformed into agricultural or pasture land, stripped of wood, or mined for resources to support the energy needs of an ever- growing human population. Humans also tend to settle in areas of high biodiversity, which often have relatively rich soils and other attractions for human activities. This leads to great threats to biodiversity, especially since many of these areas have numerous endemic species.

c) (Ref: question no. 6 of 2009)

d) (Ref: question no. 11 (d) of 2011)

11. Write short notes on any three of the following: a) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Ans: (Ref: question no. 3 of 2008)

b) Eutrophication Ans: (Ref: question no. 10 of 2009)

c) ESP (Electrostatic Precipitator) Ans: (Ref: question no. 6 of 2010)

233 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

d) Bio Chemical effect of HG (Mercury) Ans: (Ref: question no. 12 (d) of 2012)

e) Importance of Biodiversity. Ans: The Importance of Biodiversity Biodiversity is the amount of variety of life on Earth. It is the number of different species of plants, animals, and microorganisms. It includes organisms from Earth’s vastly different ecosystems, including deserts, rainforests, coral reefs, grasslands, tundra, and polar ice caps. Our biodiversity is very important to the well-being of our planet. Most cultures, at least at some time, have recognized the importance of conserving natural resources. Many still do, but many do not.

Healthy ecosystems and rich biodiversity:  Increase ecosystem productivity; each species in an ecosystem has a specific niche—a role to play.  Support a larger number of plant species and, therefore, a greater variety of crops.  Protect freshwater resources.  Promote soils formation and protection.  Provide for nutrient storage and recycling.  Aid in breaking down pollutants.  Contribute to climate stability.  Speed recovery from natural disasters.  Provide more food resources.  Provide more medicinal resources and pharmaceutical drugs.  Offer environments for recreation and tourism.

How do we replace lost biodiversity? Our environments and the species that live in them need a diverse population of genes. More genetic defects are caused by inbreeding. With reduced diversity in the gene pool, the chance for extinction increases. All species, including humans, are adversely affected by the loss of species diversity.

234 Environment and Ecology BHM 403 Techno India

235